Professional Documents
Culture Documents
tmadi1@gmail.com
B.C. Шах-Назарова
К.В. Журавченко
СВЕТОТОН
Москва, 1995
ББК 81.2 Англ.
Ш 31
Б Б К 81.2 Англ.
Учебное издание
Структура пособия
Вводный курс
3
ские тексты и сопровождающие их коммуникативные упражнения позво
ляют развивать навык ведения беседы с самого начального этапа. По
скольку описательные тексты вводного курса в отличие от текстов основ
ного курса не содержат всех лексических единиц, подлежащих активно
му усвоению, то часть из них вводится и закрепляется в предтекстовых
упражнениях. Поэтому слова и словосочетания к данному разделу распо
лагаются в алфавитном порядке. Перед диалогами дается список слов,
выражений и речевых моделей в том порядке, в котором они появляются
в диалогах. VI раздел — Домашнее задание, которое включает упражне
ния для самостоятельной работы учащихся.
Основной курс
4
чивает закрепление разговорных образцов, фразеологизмов и лексико
грамматических структур сначала в микроситуациях и постепенно подво
дит учащихся к творческому их использованию в естественной беседе.
Целесообразно начинать работу над четными уроками до заверше
ния работы над нечетными, в этом случае может быть обеспечено более
гармоничное развитие навыков монологической и диалогической речи.
На прохождение четного урока автор рекомендует предусмотреть от
4 до 6 часов аудиторных занятий.
Объем активного лексического минимума, вводимого в двадцати че-
рырех уроках 1 -й части, составляет примерно 1600-1700 лексем.
В грамматический материал включены основные времена глагола в
действительном залоге, сведения об артикле, существительном, прилага
тельном, наречии, предлогах и т. д.— т. е. основной материал практиче
ской грамматики.
Авт ор
УСЛОВНЫ Е СО К РАЩ ЕН И Я
ВВОДНЫЙ КУРС
УРОК 1 ............................................................................................................. 12
7
LESSON З 47
Ї. Буквы и звуки. 1. Буквы и их алфавитное название: J j, U и
(47). 2. Звуки: [а], [э], [э:], [а:], Ц], [*], Мз), lo h
[rjk](47). 3. Связующее г (48).
И. Интонация. 1. Мелодика: а) восходящий тон (49); б) ни
сходящий тон (49).
III. Фонетические упражнения. (49).
IV. Грамматика. 1. Множественное число существительных
(51). 2. Неопределенный артикль (52). 3. Личные место
имения: именительный падеж (53). 4. Глагол to be в про
стом настоящем времени (53). 5. Множественное число
указательных местоимений (54). б. Специальные вопросы
с глаголом to be (55). 7. Количественные числительные 1-
12 (55). 8 . Дополнение (55).
V. Лексико-грамматический материал. (56).
VI. Домашнее задание. (64).
LESSON 4 ......................................................................................................... 66
I. Буквы и звуки. Звуки: [э:], [зі], [із], [еэ] ( 66).
II. Интонация. Мелодика: нисходяще-восходящий тон или со
четание нисходящего тона с восходящим (67).
III. Фонетические упражнения. ( 68).
IV. Грам м ат ика 1. Образование причастий настоящего вре
мени (70). 2. The Present Continuous Tense (71). 3. Конст
рукция "to be going + инфинитив" (72). 4. Альтернатив
ные вопросы (73). 5. Артикль перед неисчисляемыми су
ществительными (73). 6 . Количественные числительные
13-19 (74). 7. Обстоятельство (74).
V. Лексико-грамматический материал. (75).
VI. Домашнее задание. (85).
LESSON 5 ......................................................................................................... 88
8
BASIC COURSE
LESSON S E V E N .............................................................................................. 126
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. Objective Case of Personal
Pronouns (126). 2 . Indirect Object (127). 3. Tag Questions
(128). 4. Negative Form of Imperative Mood (130). 5. Tenses
(131). 6 . The Simple Present Tense (133). 7. Ordinal
Numerals (137). 8 . No Article before the Names of Streets,
Squares, Parks, Underground Stations and Airports (138).
II. Text: My Family (139).
LESSON E I G H T ............................................................................................... 147
Conversations: A. Introductions (149). B. Greetings and Asking
about Health (150). C. In the Canteen (150).
LESSON N I N E .................................................................................................. 153
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. Modal Verbs ’’can", "may", "must"
(153). 2. Indefinite Pronouns/Adjectives (157). 3. Imperative
Sentences (158).
II. Word-building: Composition (159).
III. Text: Mr Payne Goes Shopping (160).
LESSON TEN .................................................................................................. 166
Conversations: A. Shopping (166). B. Congratulations (166).
C. Saying Goodbye (166).
LESSON E L E V E N ........................................................................................... 174
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Simple Past Tense (174). 2.
The Verb "to be" in the Simple Past Tense (176). 3. Complex
Sentence (181).
II. Text: George Volkov (181).
LESSON T W E L V E ........................................................................................... 187
Conversations: A. At a Reception (187). B. After a Visit to
London (187). C. A Cup of Tea (187).
LESSON THIRTEEN ................................... ............................................... 194
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Present Perfect Tense (194).
2. The Gerund (199).
II. Word-building: I. Affixation (200). 2. Conversion (200).
III. Text: Going Out (201).
LESSON FOURTEEN .................................................................................... 208
Conversations: A. Talk on Theatre and Cinema (208). B.
Invitations (208). C. Tea P arty (208).
LESSON FIFTEEN ...................................................................................... 216
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Simple Future Tense (216).
2. Equivalents of Modal Verbs "can" and "must" in the Simple
Future and the Simple Past Tense (220). 3. Ways of Expressing
Future Actions (223). 4. Attributive Clauses (223). 5.
Adjectives "another" and "other" (225). 6 . The Use of the
Definite Article before the Nouns "sun", "moon", "sky” (226).
II. Text: P&ns for the Summer Holiday (226).
9
LESSON SIXTEEN ....................................................................................... 235
Conversations: A. Transport: At a Railway Station (235).
Booking Airline Tickets. At the Airport (235). B. An Enjoyable
Holiday (235). C. It is Nice to See You again (235).
LESSON SEVENTEEN ................................................................................ 243
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Simple Present Tense in
Clauses of Time and Condition (243). 2. The Future
Continuous Tense (245). 3. Comparative Structures (247). 4.
"It" as Subject (249). 5. The Article with Uncountable Nouns
(250). 6. The Past Continuous Tense (250).
II. Word-building: Affixation: Noon-forming Suffix "-ion" (254).
ІИ. Text: A Football Match (255).
LESSON EIGHTEEN .................................................................................... 264
Conversations: A. A Football Match (264). B. Wales v.
England (264). С. I Can’t Accept Your Invitation (264).
LESSON NINETEEN .................................................................................... 272
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. Impersonal "it" (272). 2. Absolute
Form of Possessive Pronouns (274). 3. Degrees of Comparison
of Adjectives and Adverbs (275). 4. Comparative Structures
(279). 5. The Use of the Article with Some Nouns (280). 6 . "To
get", "to become", "to grow", "to turn", ”to look", "to feel" as
Link-verbs (281).
II. Word-building: 1. Adjective-forming Suffixes ”-al", "-ful", “-y"
(281). 2. Adverb-forming Suffix ”-ly" (282).
HI. Text: Climate of Great Britain and Russia (282).
LESSON TWENTY ................................................. ...................................... 290
Conversations: A. W eather (290). B. It’s Too Wet to Go for a
Walk (290). C. A Visit to an Exhibition (290).
LESSON TWENTY-ONE ............................................................................. 301
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Present Perfect Tense (301).
2. The Present Perfect Continuous Tense (303). 3. Compounds
of "some", "any", "no", "every" (306). 4. Present Participle in
the Function of an Attribute (310). 5. Article with an Apposition
(311).
II. World-building: Noun-forming Suffix "-ing" (311).
HI, Text: A Visit to the Houses of Parliament (312).
LESSON TWENTY-TWO ............................................................................. 319
Conversations: A. Telephone Conversations (319). B. You
Should Spend a Holiday in the Highlands (319).
LESSON T W E N T Y -T H R E E ......................................................................... 329
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The PastPerfect Tense (329). 2.
Reflexive and Emphatic Pronouns(331). 3.Substantivized
Adjectives (333).
IL Word-building: Prefix ”-un" (333).
III. Text: George Bernard Shaw (334).
LESSON T W E N T Y -FO U R ............................................................................. 342
Conversations: A. Can You Tell Me about Russian Writers?
(342). B. Tell Me about British Writers, Please (342). C. Could
you advise me an English Novel to Read? (342). D. I am Fond
of Music (342).
10
ВВОДНЫ Й КУРС
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ АЛФАВИТ
А а [Є1] N n [еп]
j 4 cl J f n
В b [bit] О о [ou]
Ж (D e
С с [si:] p p [pi:]
f y
D d [di:] Q q [kju:]
3 )d
Е е [і:] Rг [а:]
&Qs
F f [ef] S s [es]
9 L ifb ,
Gg [d3i:] T t [ti:]
3 t
f
Н h [eitfl U u [ju:]
К к U u .
І і [ai] V v [vi:]
л V o .
J j [d3ei] W w ['dAblju:]
W w
Ч
К к [kei] X x [eks]
К к Х ъ
L 1 [el] Yy [wai]
£ 1 У ш
М m tA tr r v [em] Z z [zed]
. З ъ
УРОК 1
I. БУКВЫ И ЗВ У К И
1. Ф онетическая транскрипция
2. Гласные звуки
В английском языке выделяют 12 монофтонгов и 8 диф
тонгов. Монофтонги: [і:], [і], [е ], [ж ], [а:], [э], [э :], [л],
[и ], [и:], [э:], [э].
Монофтонги подразделяются на долгие: [і:], [а:], [э:],
[и:], [е :] и краткие: [ і], Ге], [ае], [э], [л], [и], [э]. Долго
та гласных имеет смыслоразличительный характер (напри
мер: Pete [pi:tj Пит (мужское имя) и pit [p it] ш ахт а).
Дифтонги: [e i], [a t], [au], [зі], [ou ], [із ], [єз] и [из].
Дифтонги это звуки, при произнесении которых язык
сначала занимает положение для одного гласного, а затем
передвигается в направлении положения для другого глас
ного, причем это передвижение происходит в пределах од
ного слога. Более сильный, напряженный, слогообразую
щий элемент дифтонга называется ядром, а слабый, ненап
ряженный элемент — скольжением.
Все гласные звуки (монофтонги и дифтонги) различа
ются по длительности в зависимости от положения в слове
и звуков, следующ их за ними:
1) в ударном слоге гласный звук более долог, чем в не
ударном, длительнее всего гласные звуки произносятся в
12
односложных словах, если за ними не следуют согласные
(например, my [m ai], day [d e i], т е [ т і:]);
2) гласные звуки в ударном слоге произносятся более
длительно перед сонантами и звонкими согласными, чем
перед глухими согласными (например, main [mein ] —
made [m eid ] — mate [m eit]).
4. Согласные звуки
6. Звуки
в односложных
ie [ai] tie [tai]
словах
i+ Id laild] mild [maild]
в ударном слоге
i+ nd [aind] kind [kaind]
b — [b ], d — Ed], h — [h ], k — [k ], 1 - [ 1 ] , m - [ m ] ,
n — In ], p — [pL t — [t]
14
Буква Звук Примечание Пример'
cen t [sent]
[ S] перед гласными е, і, у
pencil ['p en sl]
с
перед остальными гласными и ca t [kset]
№ согласными pact [psekt]
Буквосо
Звук Примечание Пример
четание
15
7. Редуцированны е формы служ ебны х слов
Транскрипция
Служеб
ное редуциро Пример Транскрипция
полная
слово ванная
форма
форма
а [eil [э] 'This is а "Л desk. [' 8 is iz э ""'Idesk]
ап [sen] [эп], [п] 'T hat’s ап "Лapple. ['daets эп ""laepl]
'T hat’s a Vtie- ['daets э Лtax]
is [IZ] [Z], Is] His 'nam e’s “ЛВІ11. ['hiz 'neimz
П ЬіІ]
II. ИН ТОНАЦИЯ
1* М елодика
Под мелодикой понимают последовательное изменение
в высоте тона различных слогов предложения. Это изм ене
ние в высоте тона в зависимости от его общего направле
ния движения в предложении может быть нисходящим,
восходящим и ровным.
В английском языке выделяют два основных тона: н и
с х о д я щ и й и в о с х о д я щ и й (см. урок 2).
Падение тона принято графически изображать стрел
кой вниз "Л, которая ставится перед ударным слогом (сло
вом), а восходящий — стрелкой вверх
16
Для английского языка характерно резкое падение то
на, напоминающее тон, которым произносятся приказания
в русском языке.
”^Ье Дай!
. J be Да?
17
2. У дарение
3. Ритм
19
Упражнение 4. Произнесите следующие слова. Следите за тем, чтобы зву
ки [s] и [z] произносились у альвеол.
[S ] [2 ]
—>sin side nice kites - J lies dim es pins
_/ silk site miss bits -J d ie s lines bills
“^ sick sit kiss sits -J tie s m iles sides
"I pies binds lids
Упражнение 5. Протранскрибируйте и произнесите следующие слова.
-J my mile in pies nice bits
J by mild ill ties mice lips
J die mind is lines miss kicks
4 tie kind it sides kiss sits
Упражнение 6 . Произнесите следующие слова. Следите за тем, чтобы со
гласные звуки перед е^не смягчались. Следите также за позиционной
долготой гласного [е].
-J e n d pen let set
_Jden dell met desk
~^ten tell net best
Упражнение 7. Произнесите следующие слова, обращая внимание на то,
что слогообразующие [1] и [п] произносятся слитно с предшествую
щими согласными.
20
Упражнение 10. Произнесите следующие слова. Следите, чтобы второй
элемент дифтонга [ei] произносился кратко, следите также за пози
ционной долготой дифтонга.
^m ay main name date table
- J day lain pale late cable
~^say plain tale cake stable
day, man, mail, than, kind, name, hi, sick, knelt, desks,
ties, pay, him, his, lines, m iddle, kitten, that, them
2. Личные местоимения
3. Притяжательные местоимения
5. Глагол be быть
В настоящем времени (The Present Indefinite Tense)
глагол be имеет три различных формы для разных лиц:
форма 3-го лица единственного числа — is. Глагол be час
то используется в качестве глагола-связки.
'This is а ~\pencil. Это карандаш.
His 'name is ~ЛТе(1. Его зовут Тед. (Его имя Тед.)
'That #isn*t а p e n c il То (это) не карандаш.
В русском языке соответствующая форма глагола
быть — есть обычно опускается.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. Сокращенная отрицательная форма isn ’t в предло
жении всегда ударна.
6. Прилагательное
Имена прилагательные в английском языке не имеют
формы числа, родовых окончаний и не склоняются по па
дежам.
'This is a 'nice \ tie. Это красивым галстук.
24
'T h a t’s a 'nice "~\hat. To красивая шляпа.
'T his is a 'nice d a p p le . Это красивое яблоко.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. Если прилагательное употребляется перед существи
тельным, то артикль ставится перед прилагательным.
Прилагательные чаще всего употребляются в предло
жении в функции:
а) определения (перед существительными).
'T hat is a 'nice \ hat.
б) именной части составного сказуемого ( см. урок 2).
С. Упражнения
У пражнение 1. Прочитайте следующие предложения, употребляя нисхо
дящий тон.
1. This is a pen. It’s а реп. 2. T hat’s a pencil. It’s а
pencil. 3. This is a map. It’s a map. 4. T h at’s a lamp. It’s a
lamp. 5. T h at’s an apple. It’s an apple. 6. This is a black hat.
It’s a black hat. 7. T hat’s a bad apple. It’s a bad apple, 8.
This is a nice tie. It’s a nice tie. 9. T hat’s a black pencil. It’s
a black pencil. 10. This is a black desk. It’s a black desk. 11.
This is my desk. It’s my desk. 12. T hat’s my bed. It’s my
bed. 13. T hat’s his cat. It’s his cat.
Упражнение 2. Произведите подстановку и добавление по следующему
26
образцу. Прочитайте получившиеся предложения, употребляя нисхо
дящий тон.
"This is a hat.
"That’s a “Miat. It’s a "~^hat.
1. This is an apple. 2. This is a bed. 3. This is a map. 4.
This is a black desk. 5. This is a nice hat. 6. This is a black
cat. 7. This is a bad lamp. 8. This is a nice tie.
Упраж нение 3. Составьте предложения по следующему образцу. Прочи
тайте их.
tie (his)
'T his is a ^tie. ('T h at’s a ”^ tie.) It’s his ""Uie.
desk (m y), hat (m y), pencil (m y), lamp (h is), pie (m y),
map (h is), apple (my)
Упражнение 4. Добавьте прилагательные к существительным по следую
щему образцу. Не забывайте о месте неопределенного артикля. Про
читайте получившиеся предложения,
'T his is а "Лtie. (nice)
'T h a t’s a 'nice Чtie. It’s a 'nice ~"^tie.
1. This is an apple, (nice) 2. T his is a desk, (black) 3.
This is a cap. (black) 4. This is a hat. (nice) 5.This is a cat.
(black) 6. This is a lamp, (bad)
Упражнение 5. Сделайте следующие предложения отрицательными. Про
читайте их, используя нисходящий тон.
1. This is a tie. 2. T h at’s a desk. 3. This is a table. 4. This
is a nice apple. 5. T hat’s a black hat. 6. This is a bad map. 7.
T h at’s his pencil. 8. T hat’s an apple.
У пражнение 6. He согласитесь со следующими утверждениями.
This is a "~\pen. (pencil)
It isn ’t a pen. It’s a ^ p e n c il.
1. This is a desk, (table) 2. T hat’s a pencil, (pen) 3. This
is a hat. (lamp) 4. T hat’s an apple, (pie) 5. This is a bad
lamp, (nice) 6. T hat’s a nice hat. (bad) 7. This is his tie,
(my) 8. T h at’s his pencil, (my) 9. This is his map (my)
У пражнение 7. Составьте 6 микродиалогов по следующему образцу.
Л: 'T h at’s his "^desk.
В: It ^is n ’t his desk. It’s "Л ту desk.
Упражнение 8. Составьте предложения, используя данные талицы.
“^Ben.
“Л Ted.
a) My 'nam e’s “'Ш И .
His ^ iT im .
“^Len,
27
Л Bill.
*Л Т іт.
b) My 'nam e is n ’t ”^ T ed .
His “ 4 Dick.
"^Ben.
У пражнение 9. Скажите, как зовут вашего друга.
pencil table
desk hat
I. БУКВЫ И ЗВ У К И
F f [ef J V v [vi: ]
G g [сізі:] W w ['dAblju:]
О о [ou ] X x [eks ]
R r [ a: ] Z z [zed ]
2. Звуки
[і:], [u :], [ju:], [u], (o:J, [ou], [auL [f]> WL [jl, [0],
[w ], [г], [g]
Ударный слог
Ударный Ударный
Алфавитное I . перед г Безударный
Буква открытый закрытый
название 2 . перед г + слог
слог слог
согласная
[а:]
а [ei] [ei] [зе] car [Э]
е [і:] [Є]
[і:] he
[ou]
0 [ou] close
[ju:], [u:]
и [ju:] student
rule
29
Правила чтения гласных буквосочетаний и сочетаний
гласных с согласными
Букво
сочетание Звук Примечание Пример
еа meat [mi:t]
[і:] в ударном слоге
ее meet [mi:t]
too ftu: ]
оо lu:] в большинстве слов
room [ru:m]
class [kla:s]
a+ ss [a:s] past [pa:st]
a+ st [a:st] во многих словах
path [pa:9]
a+ th [a: 0]
30
Буква
или
буквосо Звук Примечание Пример
четание
3. Ассимиляция
Транскрипция Пример
Служеб
ное редуциро
слово полная
ванная
форма
форма
31
П. ИН ТОНАЦИЯ
1. Словесное ударение
В сложных существительных ударение, как правило,
падает на первое из составляющих слов: notebook
['noutbuk], classroom ['kla:srum ].
2. М елодика
а) восходящ ий тон
Восходящий тон выражает незаконченность, незавер
шенность высказывания, сомнение, неуверенность и т. п.
Восходящий тон употребляется в общих вопросах (об
щими вопросами называются вопросы, требующие ответа
"да" или "нет").
'Is 'this а - J та р ?
Ts "this а -Stable?
3. Синтагма
33
2 Практический курс английского языка
ливается коммуникативным тоном предложения. Смысло
вые группы отделяются друг от друга небольшими п ауза
ми, которые в естественной речи почти незаметны.
Ш. Ф О Н ЕТИ Ч ЕС К И Е У П РА Ж Н Е Н И Я
35
-J bar arm art ask class
-J fa r "army part mask pass
_^car farm start task last
“^Istar barn park path past
Упражнение 17. Произнесите следующие слова, следя за тем, чтобы вто
рой элемент дифтонга [auj произносился кратко.
_ in o w brown sound
_Jhow round count
”"ldown found out
Упражнение 18. Произнесите следующие слова, следя за тем, чтобы в
конце слов после [д] не было гласного призвука.
-^ gay game gleam glase egg
_^go gamble gloom [u: ] glide big
"''I gain glad good [u ] globe bag
Упражнение 19. Произнесите следующие слова: а) буква х читается [k sj;
б) буква г читается [z].
a) _^mix six
Л fix text
b) -^Z oo zeal
_Jzoom zip
”^zone "zippy
Упражнение 20. Произнесите следующие сложные слова. В сложных сло
вах ударение, как правило, падает на первую часть.
classroom ['kla:srum]
notebook ['noutbukj
textbook Ttekstbuk]
Упражнение 21. а) Произнесите следующие сочетания слов, Следите за
тем, чтобы на стыке двух смычных согласных был только один взрыв
(после второго смычного).
а ' goo с О book
а 'thiclQ textbook
а 'gooq V tgxtb ook
Ь) Произнесите следующие предложения с восходящим тоном, следите за
тем, чтобы звук [г] произносился у зубов.
36
'Is 'that a 'good - J textbook?
It’s “^thick.
It’s "^ithin.
I. Определенный артикль
3. Личное местоимение it
/п.:
Give me a "“'l реп, - J please.
V. Л ЕК С И К О -ГРА М М А ТИ Ч ЕС К И Й М АТЕРИАЛ
39
В. Основные модели предлож ений
'Yes, it
1 . 'Is 'this a J pencil?
'No, it "'bisn’t.
С. У праж нения
Упражнение 1. Составьте вопросительные предложения; используя табли
цу. Дайте краткие и полные утвердительные и отрицательные ответы
на них.
a -Jbook?
a textbook?
a coat?
a room?
a classroom?
'this a thick book? 'Y es, it \ is.
Ts
'that a thick textbook? 'N o, it ""Hsn’t.
an easy text?
a green coat?
a white hat?
a red apple?
a yellow pencil?
Упражнение 2. Измените предложения по следующему образцу.
This is a car. (Yes.)
Is this a car? Y es, it is.
40
1. T hat’s a lamp. (No) 2. This is a green coat. (Yes)
3. T h at’s a thin book. (No) 4. This is a white hat. (Yes)
5. T h at’s an easy text. (No) 6. This is an old tie. (Yes)
7. T hat’s a green pencil. (No) 8. This is a red apple,
(Yes)
Упражнение 3. Составьте все возможные утвердительные предложения,
используя таблицу, и произнесите их, употребляя нисходящий тон.
Переведите их.
Ben
Is Bill a student? Yes, he is.
Ted N o, he isn ’t
41
Упражнение 6. Составьте 5 утвердительных, 5 отрицательных и 5 вопро
сительных предложений. Произнесите их.
D. Текст
42
Dick: "No, it -M sn ’t. It’s a ^ r e d pencil.
Tim: 'Give me 'that “"'Ipencil, .J p lea se.
Упражнение I. Прочитайте текст и переведите его.
Упражнение 2. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
1. Is Dick a student? 2. Is Dick in the classroom? 3. Is his
textbook thin? 4. Is his notebook thick? 5. Is Tim Brown a
student too? 6. Is he in the classroom? 7. Is his notebook
thin? 8. Is Ted Black in the classroom too? 9. Is he ill? 10. Is
Dick a good student?
У пражнение 3. Расскажите о себе (о своем товарище), используя актив
ные слова урока.
Е. Словарь (к диалогам)
dialogue f'daibg] п диалог, беседа It’s a nice day today, isn’t it? [its э
hello [he \ lou] здравствуйте 'nais 'dei fcT^dei, -Jizn t it] Се
M r (сокр. от m ister ['m ista]) м-р, годня хороший день. He так ли?
мистер, г-н, господин friend [frend] n друг
T his is 'M r 'Brown. Познакомьтесь, from [fram]; be from быть из; He is
это г-н Браун. from Kiev, [hiz frsm “"Utiev] Он
How do you do. ['hau dju: ~^du:] из Киева,
Здравствуйте. (употребляется cold [kouldl а холодный
при представлении) It’s a 'cold 'day to"^day, J isn’t it?
diplom at ['diplom at] n дипломат Сегодня холодный день, не так
day [dei] n день ли?
today [ta'dei] adv сегодня
F. Dialogues
N ote (П римечание)
44
4. Ben: Hello, Dick. This is my friend Ted Smith.
Ted: How do you do.
Dick: ...
Упражнение 5. Переведите реплики одного из собеседников на англий
ский язык.
45
thick tw enty
л.
textbook happy
46
ли текст? — Да. Текст легкий. 6. Дайте мне учебник, по
жалуйста. 7. Это зеленая машина, а та черная.
У пражнение 10. Переведите следующие диалоги.
1. Г-н Смит: Здравствуйте. Познакомьтесь, это г-н Пет
ров.
Г-н Браун: Здравствуйте.
П ет ров: Здравствуйте.
2. А: Здравствуйте.
В: Здравствуйте. Сегодня хороший день, не так ли?
А: Да.
3. А: Здравствуй (те).
В: Здравствуй (те). Сегодня холодный день, не так ли?
А: Да.
LESSON* 3
I. БУКВЫ И ЗВУКИ
J j № e i ] U u [ju: ]
2. Звуки
Ударный Безударный
Алфавит Ударный Ударный слог 1 . пе слог 1 . пе
Буква ное назва открытый закрытый ред г 2 . пе ред соглас
ние слог слог ред г+со- ной 2 . пе
гласная ред г
і
а [Є!] laej М
[ei] [а:] '
'woman
е [э]
[і:] [і:] [е] 'absent
47
Правила чтения гласных букв
перед некоторыми согласными
Гласная буква
Звукосочетание Примечание Пример
+ согласная
в ударном слоге son [SAn]
а+п [лп]
(в некоторых mother ['тл Зэ]
a+th [АЙ]
словах)
ore в односложных тоге [тэ:]
[э:]
oor словах door [do:]
Буква или
буквосочета Звук Примечание Пример
ние
1 . в начале слов
2 . в конце однослож chess [ tjes]
ch itfl ных слов после дол teach [ti:tj]
гого гласного звука
в конце односложных
tch ил слов после краткого match [ma&tj]
гласного звука
3. С вязую щ ее г
Если после слова, оканчивающегося на г или на ге, сле
дует слово, начинающееся с гласного звука, то буква г и
буквосочетание ге читаются как звук [г]. Слово, начинаю
48
щееся с гласного звука, в этом случае произносится слитно
с предшествующим словом.
T he 'teacher is “^good. [do 'ti:tj9nz “"'igud]
'What 'colour is the “''lpen? ['wDf^Alariz дэ ~^pen ]
II. И Н ТОНАЦИЯ
1. М елодика
а) нисходящ ий тон
Специальные вопросы произносятся с нисходящим то
ном*
6 ) восходящ ий тон
При прощании приветствия произносятся с восходящим
тоном. Следует помнить, что употребление нисходящего
тона в приветствиях при прощании рассматривается как
грубое, неуважительное отношение к собеседнику.
Good -Л эуе,
. j
Вуе —7bye.
. j
III. Ф О Н ЕТИ Ч ЕС К И Е У П РА Ж Н ЕН И Я
*
Exercise 1. Произнесите следующие слова. Следите за тем, чтобы звук
[cfc] артикулировался у альвеол.
.J J a n e jam jet gym page
"'Uim jazz joke gin stage
49
Exercise 2. Произнесите следующие слова. Помните, что звук [$] мягкий.
J shine shave shift fish "Swedish
-J s h e shell sheep dash 'D anish
“'Ishow shelf sheet dish "Finnish
Exercise 3. Произнесите следующие слова. Следите за тем, чтобы этот
звук был тверже соответствующего русского звука.
50
Exercise 9. Выпишите в колонки слова, в которых содержатся звук и [ л ],
[о], [ж], [tjl и ш .
51
„ [z ] после гласных и звонких согласных
-s читается звуков
^ [s ] после глухих согласных звуков
a tie галстук — ties [taiz ] галстуки
a teacher преподаватель — teachers ['ti:tj3zj преподава
тели
a room комната — rooms [rumz ] комнаты
а т а р карта — maps [maeps J карты
2. Существительные, оканчивающиеся на согласные s,
ss, sh, ch, x, во множественном числе принимают оконча
ние -e s, которое читается [iz ].
a match спичка — matches ['msetjiz] спички
3. К именам существительным, оканчивающимся на -у
с предшествующей согласной, прибавляется окончание -es
и у меняется на і.
a factory фабрика, завод — factories [Taekteriz] фабри
ки, заводы
Если перед у стоит гласная, то никаких изменений не
происходит, и множественное число образуется путем при
бавления окончания -s.
a day день — days [deiz ] дни
4. М ножественное число имен существительных, окан
чивающихся на f, fe, образуется путем замены f согласной
V и прибавлением окончания -es*
2. Н еопределенны й артикль
52
3. Личные местоимения: именительный падеж
I я
you ты, вы
Единственное число he он
she она
it оно
we мы
Множественное число you вы
they они
I am
You are
a "^student.
('not)
Не
She is
It a ""ipen.
We
You are ('not) ""^students.
They
53
'А т I 'Yes, І "Л ат.
'No, I am ~^not.
'Are you a —^student?
he 'Yes, he "'Us.
she 'No, she ^ i s n ’t.
Is
it 'Yes, it " lis .
a —Jpen?
'No, it isn’t.
we 'Yes, we ~~\are.
you 'No, we are ""Inot.
'Are -/students?
they 'Yes, they “'lare.
'Yes, they are ""^not.
54
предметы, расположенные ближе к говорящему, those так
ж е, как that,— на предметы, расположенные дальше от го
ворящего.
В предложении these и those выполняют те же ф унк
ции, что this и that:
а) подлежащего*
These are shelves. ['di:z э jelvz ] Это полки.
Those are apples. ['<3ouz эг і :piz J To яблоки.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. В вопросе, начинающемся с вопросительного место
имения who [hu:] (кто), these и those обычно не употребляются.
Who are they? э dei] Кто они? (Кто они по профессии?)
They are teachers. Они преподаватели.
В ответе также обычно употребляется местоимение they.
б) определения.
Theses pictures are nice. Эти картины хорошие.
Those books are good. Те книги хорошие.
7. Количественные числительные 1 — І 2
1 — one [WAn] 7 — seven ['sevn ]
2 — two [tu: ] 8 — eight [eit]
3 — three [0ri: ] 9 — nine [nain J
4 — four [fa:] 10 — ten [ten]
5 — five [faiv] 11 — eleven [1'levn ]
6 — six [siks ] 12 — twelve [tw elv]
8. Дополнение
В английском языке, как и в русском, дополнение под
разделяется на прямое и косвенное.
Give т е that textbook, please. Дайте мне тот учебник,
пожалуйста.
Прямое дополнение обычно ставится после косвенного
дополнения.
Show Jim my pictu re, please. Покажите Дж иму мою
картину, пожалуйста.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. Если прямое'дополнение выражено местоимением it,
то оно ставится после глагола, а косвенное дополнение заменяется пред
ложным — с предлогом to.
Show it to Jim . Покажите ее (картину) Джиму.
56
В. Basic Sentences*
4. Special questions
Ответы
(специальные вопросы)
в официальной в разговорной
речи речи
57
e) 'W hat ""Itime is it? It's "Лseven Seven.
Который час? o’clock.
С. Exercises
58
Exercise 5, Скажите, что говорящий ошибается.
T hese coats are blue, (dark blue)
Oh no. They aren’t blue. T hey are dark blue.
1. T h ese hats are grey, (black) 2. Those textbooks are
new. (old) 3. T hese notebooks are thick, (thin) 4. Those
matches are bad. (good) 5. Those shelves are yellow, (brown)
6. T hese maps are old. (new) 7. T hose children are bad.
(nice) 8. T hose plates are green, (grey). 9. Those blackboards
arc yellow, (brown)
Exercise 6 . Сделайте следующие предложения общевопросительными и
дайте полные и краткие ответы на них.
59
red). 9. How old is his son? (two, four, six, seven, nine,
eleven, twelve) І0. How old are his sons? (2 and 5, 3and 6,
4 and 8, 7 and 12) 11. What time is it?(2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11,
12 o ’clock)
Exercise 10. Задайте 12 специальных вопросов, начинающихся со слов
what, who, what colour, what time, how old, и ответьте на них.
D. Text
60
5. Are Nick and his friends
a) teachers too? b) students too?
6. Nick, show me
a) the notebook, please, b) the new textbook, please*
7. Read text
a) 3, please, b) 7, please.
Exercise 3. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
1. Is Nick a teacher? 2. What is he? 3. Is his classroom
large? 4. What colour are the walls? 5. Are the pictures on the
walls? 6. Are his notebooks and textbooks on his desk? 7. Are
his textbooks new? 8. What colour are the shelves? 9. What
colour is the blackboard? 10. What time is it? 11. Is Dick
absent? 12. Is he ill? 13. Is Ann ill too? 14. Is the teacher in
the classroom?
Exercise 4, а) Расскажите о Нике, b) Расскажите о себе, опишите свою
аудиторию.
Exercise 5. Задайте друг другу вопросы о своей аудитории. Употребите об
щие и специальные вопросы.
Е. Vocabulary (D ialogues)
F. Dialogues
1
Mr Brown: He'Ilo, Mr P e O r o v . 'M eet (my 'friend) Mr
^ S m ith .
/V/rov; 'How do you ~"ldo.
61
M r Sm ith: 'How do you “''tdo.
M r Brown: 'Mr 'Smith is a 'British businessm an.
2
Ben: Не~Л11о.
Peter: He~Mlo. How “Лаге you?
Ben: I’m " Ifin e, ""Лthank you. And ”Луои?
Peter: I’m 'fine _^too. It’s a 'nice ~*\day today, - J isn ’t it?
Ben: Y es, it “Лis.
3
Stu den t: Sorry, I’m “M ate.
Teacher: T h at’s all -bright.
4
Ben: Ex"^cuse J m e . 'Is this _^your textbook?
Peter: N o, it " ^ isn’t. That is my -Jtextb ook .
5
Bill: Good _^bye.
Peter: - J Bye. 'H ope to ""Isee you soon.
Exercise 1. Прочитайте диалоги и переведите их.
Exercise 2. Выпишите начальные слова реплик собеседников из диалогов и
устно закончите их*. Выучите диалоги наизусть.
62
3. A: Excuse me. Is this his notebook!
В: No, it isn ’t. It’s my notebook.
(A* pen, pencil, textbook; В: pen, pencil, textbook)
Exercise 4, Воспроизведите диалоги.
Exercise 5, Какие реплики вы бы употребили, если бы вы были собеседни
ками в следующих диалогах? Воспроизведите получившиеся диалоги.
64
1. T h is is a child. 2. T h a t is a man. 3. T h is is his
notebook. 4. That coat is blue. 5. That classroom is large. 7.
T his desk is brown.
LESSON 4
I. БУ КВЫ И ЗВ У К И
Звуки
[э:], [d i ], [ю з, [еэ]
Ударный Безудар
Алфа
Удар ный слог
вит Ударный слог перед 1 .
ный за перед Примечаг
Буква ное откры г
крытый 1 . соглас ние
назва тый слог 2 . r+соглас"
слог ная ной
ние
2. г
[Єї] [ю] [а:] [э]
а Геї] name bad large 'beggar
[ai] [і]
і [ai] [э]. [і]
nice ill girl
в некоторых односложных
air словах и в ударном слоге chair [tjes]
[£Э]
are многосложных слов care [кеэ]
II. ИНТОНАЦИЯ
“IM rs Brown is
'watching T “*\V
"Л Thank -J y o u .
Л Thank you.
III. Ф ОНЕТИЧЕСКИЕ У П РА Ж Н ЕН И Я
68
—/B e n — burn get — girl well — world
ten — turn set — serve wet — work
stern— term b e t — birth w e s t — worst
Exercise 6. Произнесите следующие слова. Следите за тем, чтобы второй
элемент дифтонга [зі] произносился кратко.
—/b o y coin noise
_^joy coil voice
- J to y soil choice
"~\coy point hoist
Exercise 7. Произнесите следующие слова. Следите за тем, чтобы второй
элемент дифтонга [із] не удлинялся и дифтонг произносился слитно.
-J dear clear mere beer peer
"Л rear hear here cheer steer
Exercise 8. Произнесите следующие слова. Следите за тем, чтобы дифтонг
[еэ 1 произносился слитно.
—7mare fare chair
- /b a r e hare hair
“^dare stare pair
Exercise 9. Произнесите следующие пары слов, обращая внимание на раз
личия в дифтонгах [ 1э] и [еэ].
_^mere — ’"'I mare cheer — chair
beer — bare steer— stare
deer — dare here — hair
Exercise І0. Повторите следующие звуки. Обратите внимание на различия
в артикуляции звуков [э:] и [э:]
—/burn — "Л born w o r ld — warn word— ward
turn — torn curl — corn shirt— short
firm — form worm — warm third—thorn
Exercise 11. Произнесите сочетания числительных с существительными:
а) ударение падает на первую часть сложного числительного.
VI. ГРАММАТИКА
ї am
You are
Не
She is ('not) 'reading a “"Ibook.
(It)
We
You are
They
Am I 'Yes, I "la m .
we
'Yes, they "Лаге
'Are you 'No, they are “"Inot.
they
71
The Present Continuous T ense употребляется для выра
жения действия, которое совершается в момент речи. Мо
мент речи часто подчеркивается употреблением наречия
now [паи] сейчас, в наст оящ ий м ом ент .
ПРИМЕЧАНИЯ:
1. Глаголы, выражающие чувства, восприятия и умственную деятель
ность, обычно не употребляются в формах Continuous. Запомните некото
рые из них: to hear [ta 'hia] слышать, to see [ta 'si:] видеть, to feel [t9
'fi:l] чувствовать, to know [t9 'nou] знать, to u nderstand [ta .Anda'stsend]
понимать, to like [to 'laik] нравиться.
2. В формах Continuous также не употребляются глаголы to be быть и
to have [hasv] иметь (в значении «владеть, обладать»).
3. В словосочетаниях to have breakfast завтракать, to have dinner
обедать и др. глагол to have не имеет самостоятельного значения и может
употребляться в Present Continuous Tense.
They are having dinner now. Сейчас они обедают.
72
4. Альтернативные вопросы
Вопрос Ответ
[э ] перед согласными
or
[эг] перед гласными
Первая из противопоставляемых частей альтернативно
го Вопроса произносится с восходящим тоном, вторая
часть — с нисходящим тоном.
6. Количественные числительные 13 — 19
(Cardinal num erals,* 13 — 19)
7. О бстоятельство
74
Вопрос Полный ответ Краткий ответ
'W here is he “ ^from? H e’s from “"I Kiev. From "\K iev.
В. B asic Sentences
d) 'W hat are they "Л doing? They are 'playing "'Ichess.
76
С. E xercises
1. I’m going to read text 12. (14, 17, 18, 19) 2. Please
open your books at page 7. (9, 11, 13, 15, 16, 18) 3. Please
go to room 4. (8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 19)
D. Text
It is Saturday. It is nine o ’clock in the morning. The
G reens are at home. Mr George* Green is a british diplomat.
His wife Laura** is a French teacher. Their son David*** is a
student. Their daughter Amy is a schoolgirl.
T he G reens are sitting at the table. T hey are having
breakfast. Mr Green and David are having bacon and eggs,
toast, butter, jam and tea. Mrs Green and Amy are having
orange juice, toast, jam and coffee. Mr Green is asking Amy
and David about their studies. Amy and David are answering
his questions.
After breakfast they are going to visit the Browns. Amy is
going to show her new little dog to her friend Jane Brown.
It is Л evening.
"'What’s 'Mr 'Green Л doing now?" "He’s 'reading a
book."
"Ts Mrs 'Green 'reading a _^book or 'watching T ?"
"She’s 'watching T Л У ."
"Ts 'Amy 'watching T - J V or 'playing ~^chess?"
"She’s 'watching T I V ."
"'What’s Л David doing?"
"He’s 'writing а Л letter to his friend."
Exercise 1. Прочитайте текст и переведите его.
* George [сізз:сіз]
** Laura Г'Ь:гэ]
*** David t'deivid]
80
Exercise 2. Выберите правильный ответ (проверьте по тексту).
1. It is
a) nine o ’clock in the morning, b) ten o ’clock in the eve
ning.
2. Mr George Green is
a) a British businessm an, b) a British diplomat.
3. T heir daughter Amy is
a) a student, b) a schoolgirl.
4. Mr Green is asking
a) Mrs Green questions, b) Amy and David about their
studies.
5. After Breakfast they are going to visit
a) the Petrovs, b) the Browns.
6. Mrs Green is
a) writing a letter, b) watching TV.
Exercise 3. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
1. What time is it? 2. Is Mr Green a British businessm an
or a British diplomat? 3. Is his wife Laura a French teacher?
4. What is their son David? 5. Is Amy a student or a
schoolgirl? 6. Are the Greens sitting at the table? 7. What are
they doing? 8. What are Mr Green and David having for
breakfast? 9.What are Mrs Green and Amy having for
breakfast? 10. What is Mr Green asking Amy and David
about? 11. Are Amy and David answering his questions? 12.
What is Amy going to show her friend?
Exercise 4. Задайте друг другу вопросы по тексту и ответьте на них.
Е. Vocabulary (D ialogues)
81
well, thank you." Спасибо, я хо (суббота и воскресенье); Have а
рошо себя чувствую. "Very well, nice weekend. Желаю хорошо
thank you." Благодарю, я очень провести выходные дни.
хорошо себя чувствую, The sam e to you. Желаю вам того
weekend f'wi:kend] п конец недели же.
F. D ialogues
1
Peter: It’s a 'nice "^Iday today, - J is n ’t it?
George: 'Y es, it Л і з . Е хЛ си в е _^me, 'w here’s Л іа п е ?
Peter: S h e’s in the Л garden. She’s 'playing with her ^ d o g .
2
George: 'Where are 'Tom and Л David?
Peter: T hey are in the Л sitting-room . T h ey ’re 'playing
ch ess. Your 'D avid is a 'very 'nice Л Ь о у .
George: Your 'Tom is a ^ v e r y nice boy, Л и ю .
3
George: 'What are you 'going to 'do on "^Sanday?
Peter: I’m 'going to 'take 'Jane to the "^Zoo, 'Are you
'going to the 'Zoo -Jtoo?
George: "^N o, I’m 'going to 'take 'Amy to the Л theatre.
4
Petrov: Good morning. How Л а е you?
M r Brown: I’m Л й п е , - J thank you. And _^you?
P.: 'V ery n w e l l . - J Thank you.
M r B.: G ood .J b y e . Have a nice Л w eekend.
P .: Л T hank you. T he 'sam e to Л у о и .
А: G oodbye.
3. А: H ello. How are you?
В: • 4 »
А: W hat’s he doing?
5. А: What are you going to do on Saturday?
В: • »*
83
В: W e’re going to visit the G reens.
6. A: ...
B: Mrs Green is a French teacher.
Exercise 5. Переведите реплики одного из собеседников с русского языка
на английский (и релики другого собеседника с английского языка
на русский). Воспроизведите получившиеся диалоги.
1. А; Доброе утро. Как вы себя чувствуете?
В: I’m fine, thank you. And you?
А: Очень хорошо, спасибо. Ж елаю хорошо провести
субботу и воскресенье.
В: T he same to you. Bye.
2. S: Доброе утро. Простите, я опоздал.
Т: T h at’s all right. Good morning. Now open your book
at page 19 and read the new text.
3. А: Простите, а где Джейн?
В: S h e’s in the sitting-room . S h e’s watching TV.
А: А Эми тож е в гостиной?
В: N o, she is n ’t. She is in the garden. S he’s playing with
her new dog.
4. А: Как зовут вашего друга?
В: Davig Green.
А: Кто он?
В: H e’s a student. David is a very nice boy.
5. A: What are you going to do now?
В: Я собираюсь читать 4-й текст.
A: Is the text easy?
В: Д а, текст очень легкий. 5-й текст тож е очень лег
кий.
6. A: What are you going to do on Sanday?
В : Я собираюсь пойти в театр со своим сыном. А вы?
A: I’m going to take my daughter to the Zoo. G ood-bye.
Have a nice w eekend.
В: Ж елаю вам того ж е. До свидания.
Exercise б. Составьте речевые ситуации.
1. Поздоровайтесь с г-ном Грином. Представьте ему
своего коллегу. Спросите, как он себя чувствует. Попро
щайтесь с ним и пожелайте ему хорошо провести субботу и
воскресенье.
2. Спросите своего коллегу, что он собирается делать в
субботу. Скажите, что вы собираетесь повести свою дочь в
зоопарк. Спросите, не собирается ли он тож е пойти с сы
ном в зоопарк.
3. Вы в гостях у Гринов. Спросите г-на Грина, где дети.
4. Поздоровайтесь со своим английским коллегой, спро
84
сите его, как он себя чувствует, попрощайтесь и пожелайте
ему хорошо провести выходные дни.
5. Спросите своего друга (коллегу), что он и его жена
собираются делать в воскресенье. Скажите, что вы идете в
театр.
Bill
Ann
Peter
■ Y 1 maatmm *
Bob Smith
" Y 1 -
Thank you
85
Exercise 5. Проставьте ударения и тоны в соответствии с тонограммами и
произнесите следующие предложения.
Is he a teacher or
a diplomat?
LESSO N 5
L БУКВЫ И ЗВ У К И
Q q [fcju: 1
2. Звуки
[и э] Циэ]
II. ИНТОНАЦИЯ
88
употребляется для выделения слов, выражающих особое
качество, число, размер и т. д.
III. Ф ОНЕТИЧЕСКИЕ У П РА Ж Н ЕН И Я
Exercise 3. Повторите гласные звуки [і:], [е], [ж ], [з], [л], [аі] и [ou]*.
Следите за правильностью артикуляции.
її: ] [e ]
,_^me green —7ten well e'leven
—^he 'easy -J p en 'yellow 'textbook
—/s h e 'evening ^pencil French 'breakfast
~^tea 'please Л friend 'tw enty 'question
[ae] [э] [л]
Jm an 'absent —/ on from —/so n
-J jam match orange dog J Sunday
—/th a n k 'factory —/sorry clock —/colour
"~Mamp 'Saturday ЮЛ morrow what "Abutter
[a i] [ou ]
-J I time —/n o 'Soviet
—/ my 'm inus —/ go those
_^bye to'night —^show hope
^tie write he~Mlo 'notebooks
В упражнение включены активные слова 1 - 4 уроков.
89
Exercise 4. Протранскрибируйте следующие слова и произнесите их.
cloud, 'bedroom, see, work, flat, fond, uncle, mine, cold,
small, quite, 'm oment, mild, 'doctor, U ni'versity, them ,
a'bout, 'lesson, re'peat, sir, 'tw ilight, 'horror, 'husband,
ar'rive, poor, blow, toast, door, 'corner, 'envy, sure, 'centre,
pound, a'gree
Exercise 5. Поставьте фразовое ударение и проинтонируйте следующие
предложения. Произнесите их. Объясните, почему вы употребляете
нисходящий или восходящий тон.
a) 1. Peter has a nice dog. 2. John has a daughter and a
son, 3, Jane has som e French books. 4. His daughter Ann is a
schoolgirl. 5. It’s six o ’clock now. 6* T hey are sitting at the
table now.
b) 1. Is this a brown or a black pencil? 2. Is that an
English or a French book? Is that coat blue or green? 4. Is it
Saturday or Sunday today? 5. Is Jane writing a letter or
reading the text? 6, Are you going to see the Browns or the
Smiths on Sunday? 7. Have you a brother or a sister? 8. Has
he got a new or an old car?
Exercise 5. Произнесите следующие предложения, употребляя эмфатиче
ское ударение.
1. Tom has a very nice dog. 2. Jane is fond of
m athem atics. 3. T hey are two bedrooms and a sitting-room in
their flat. 4. Their father is a very interesting man.
I
You
We have
They a “"Ison,
'not
children.
He
She has
It
I
you 'Yes, I "Л have.
'Have a -/so n ?
we 'No, I haven’t.
they
he
'Yes, he ~^has.
'H as she a -Json?
'No, he hasn’t.
(it)
90
Отрицательная форма глагола to have образуется:
а) с помощью отрицательной частицы not. В разговор
ной речи обычно употребляются сокращенные формы:
haven’t ['haevnt J и h asn ’t ['hasznt].
I haven’t a book, [ai 'haevnt э Л Ь и к ]
H e h asn ’t a pencil, [hi 'haeznt э “^ p en sl ]
б) с помощью отрицательного местоимения по никакой.
N o ставится перед существительным, и артикль в этом
случае не употребляется.
I have по pencil. У меня нет карандаша, (нет никакого
карандаша)
My elder sister has по children. У моей старшей сестры
нет детей.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЯ: 1. Глагол to have в значении иметь, обладать не
употребляется в Present Continuous.
2. В британском варианте английского языка в разговорной речи часто
употребляется сочетание to have got вместо глагола to have в значении
иметь, обладать. То have got не употребляется, однако, когда речь идет о
членах семьи.
Не has a mother and a father.
91
1. Неопределенное местоимение som e, как правило,
употребляется в утвердительных предложениях:
а) перед исчисляемыми существительными во множест
венном числе и имеет значение некот оры е* несколько.
Не has som e English textbooks. У него несколько анг
лийских учебников.
б) перед неисчисляемыми существительными со значе
нием «некоторое количество». В этом значении som e на
русский язык не переводится.
Give me som e butter, please. Дайте мне масло, пож алуй
ста.
2. a) Any чаще всего употребляется в вопросительных и
отрицательных предложениях как перед исчисляемыми,
так и перед неисчисляемыми существительными.
T h ey haven’t any French textbooks. У них нет ф ранцуз
ских учебников.
Have you got any milk at home? У вас есть дома молоко?
б) в утвердительных предложениях any может употреб
ляться в значении лю бой, всякий.
Give him any book, please. Дайте ему, пожалуйста, л ю
бую книгу.
3. N o никакой употребляется в отрицательных предло
жениях как перед исчисляемыми, так и перед неисчисляе
мыми существительными. В зтом случае с глаголом не
употребляется отрицание not.
Не has по tea in his cup. (=He h asn’t (got) any tea in his
cup.)
I have no French books. (=1 haven’t (got) any French
books.)
B. B asic Sentences
94
С. E xercises
having an English
Is Mrs Brown’s daughter
class now?
Mr Brown’s
book book.
my friend’s
picture picture.
her
is this? It is
pen daughter’s
pen.
Whose his
hat brother’s
hat.
his sister’s
pencils pencils.
her so n ’s
notebooks notebooks,
are these? They are
Mr Brown’s
newspapers newspapers.
97
4 Практический курс английского языка
Exercise 9. Прочитайте диалоги. Замените выделенные слова словами,
данными в скобках. Воспроизведите диалоги.
D. T ext
98
2. His son Peter is
a) a student at Moscow U niversity, b) at university now.
3. Ann is going to be
a) a schoolteacher, b) a journalist.
4. Ann is fond of
a) English, b) mathematics.
5. The Snegovs have
a) three-room flat, b) a four-room flat.
6. A ndrew ’s father and mother and Jane’s brother are coming
to see
a) the Browns, b) them.
7. T hey are having
a) dinner, b) breakfast.
8. Paul is
a) a very good man, b) a very interesting man.
Exercise 3. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
1. What Is Andrew Snegov? 2. Has he a large or a small
family? 3. What is his wife? 4. How many children have the
Snegovs? 5. What are their children’s names? 6. How old are
their children? 7. What’s Ann going to be? 8. Is Ann fond of
m athem atics or English? 9. Have the Snegovs a two-room or a
three-room flat? 10. Is their sitting-room small or large? 11.
Who is coming to see the Snegovs today? 12. About what are
Peter and Ann asking their uncle Paul? 13. What is Paul?
Exercise 4. Задайте друг другу вопросы по тексту и ответьте на них.
Exercise 5. Перескажите текст.
Exercise 6. Составьте рассказ о своей семье, о семье своего друга, исполь
зуя активные слова урока.
T hat'll do. ['dastl ' Vdu:] Достаточ вательную смену явлений); after
но, довольно. classes после занятий
Shall I read text 5? ['Jael ai 'ri:d be over I'ouva] окончиться, завер
'tekst .Jfaiv ] Должен ли я читать шиться; The lesson is over. Урок
5-й текст? Читать ли мне 5-й окончен.
текст? class [kla:s] n занятие; an English
repeat [ri' pi: t] v повторять ['irjghjj (French) class занятие
sentence ['sentans] n предложение; по английскому (французскому)
Repeat this sentence, please, языку; They are having an
after ['cuftaj prep 1 . за (указывает English class now. Are Nick and
на следование по порядку или по Paul going to play chess after
важности) ;Repeat this sentence classes? Собираются ли Ник и
after me; 2 . после (во временном Пол сыграть в шахматы после
значении указывает на последо- занятий?
99
busy ['bfzi] а занятый; to be busy help [help] а помогать; Help me,
быть занятым; Are you busy please; to help smb. with smth.
tonight? Вы сегодня вечером за помочь кому-л. в чем-л.; John’s
няты? (намечено ли у вас что- sister is going to help him with his
нибудь на сегодняшний вечер)? French. Сестра Джона собирает
to be busy with sm th. быть заня ся помочь ему в его занятиях
тым чем-л. французским языком.
F. D ialogues
In the C lassroom
3
Teacher: The 'lesson is ~^over. G ood-^bye. Have a 'nice
"Лw eekend.
S tu den ts: Thank you. The 'sam e to ~^you. G ood-^bye.
After C lasses
1
102
1. Teacher: Good morning.
Ст удент : Доброе утро. Как вы себя чувствуете?
Teacher: I’m fine, thank you. Now open your book and
read the text, please.
Ст удент : Мне читать 12-й урок?
Teacher: Yes, p lease.... T hat’ll do. Repeat this
sentence, please.
Ст удент : Простите, повторите, пожалуйста, предло
ж ение.
2. Teacher: Ben, go to the blackboard and write the
sentence "We are having an English class".
С т удент : Простите, повторите, пожалуйста, предло
жение.
3. Ben: Простите, закончен ли урок?
Teacher: Yes, the lesson is over. G oodbye. Have a nice
weekend.
Ben: Спасибо. Ж елаю вам того ж е. Д о свидания.
4. Пит: Ты занят сегодня вечером?
Bill: Y es, I am. I’m going to see my sister.
П ит : Она больна?
Bill: N o, she isn ’t. S h e’s going to help me with my
English.
5. Andrew: Когда ты собираешься сыграть в шахматы с
Томом?
Ben: After classes today.
6. A ndrew : When are you going to take your children to
the Zoo?
Peter; После занятий в субботу.
7. Ник: Что сейчас делают Джейн и Анна?
P eter: T hey are having coffee.
8. С: Доброе утро. Простите, я опоздал.
Т: T h at’s all right. Good morning.
9. А: Как зовут друга вашего брата?
В: Jack G reen. H e’s a student too.
10. A: What are you going to do tonight?
В: Я собираюсь навестить своего дядю. Он болен.
11. A; H as Volkov a large family?
В: Нет. У него не очень большая семья. У него ж ена
и двое детей.
12. A: And how many friends have you?
В: У меня пятеро друзей.
Exercise 7. Составьте речевые ситуации.
1. В аудиторию вошел преподаватель. Поздоровайтесь с
ним. Преподаватель просит вас открыть учебник и прочи-
103
тать упражнение. Спросите его, должны ли вы читать д е
вятое упражнение.
2. Преподаватель просит вас пройти к доске и написать
предложение "The Smiths are coming to see me tomorrow."
Вы не запомнили предложение. Попросите преподавателя
повторить его. Поблагодарите преподавателя.
3. Вы опоздали на занятие. Поздоровайтесь и извини
тесь перед преподавателем.
4. Преподаватель говорит, что занятия окончены и ж е
лает вам хорошо провести выходные дни. Поблагодарите
преподавателя.
5. Ваш друг (коллега) спрашивает, заняты ли вы сегод
ня вечером. Вы отвечаете, что собираетесь навестить свое
го брата. Ваш брат — преподаватель английского языка, и
он собирается помочь вам.
6. Поздоровайтесь со своим коллегой, спросите, как он
себя чувствует. Скажите, что сегодня очень хороший день.
Попрощайтесь. П ожелайте ему хорошо провести выходные
дни.
7. Спросите своего друга, что он собирается делать в
воскресенье. Скажите, что вас собираются навестить ваши
отец и мать.
LESSO N 6
I. БУ КВЫ И ЗВУ К И
Звуки
[а із], [аиэ], Ы
107
II. Ф ОНЕТИЧЕСКИЕ У П РАЖ Н ЕН И Я
—/o u r 'flower
-/f lo u r ' power
-^ sour 'tower
hour ['аиэ] 'vowel
Exercise 3. Повторите гласные звуки [ae], [а:], [э:], [u:], [ju:], [э:], [au],
[ou], [із ]. Следите за изменениями в длительности гласных в зависи
мости ог положения в слове, а также в зависимости от согласных, ко
торые следуют за гласными.
[Ж] [а:] [э:]
.J ran shall —/large grass —7raw re'corder
-J ban tank -/h a r d class —>all salt
~Jcan thank - /a f t e r last —/w all su'pport
stand happy “Particle 'basket "^corner chalk
[u: ] [ju:] [э:]
—M o boom —/y o u -Nearly work
—Moo pool —/n e w —Hearn 'dirty
-J through [8ru: ] food J pupil - /g ir l 'thirty
"^soon boot ex^ cu se ""Word 'thirsty
[au ] [ou] [1Э]
_^how round —Jlow over - /n e a r real
a - /lio w pound —Jshow smoke _^hear 'really
-/b r o w n sound Jow n 'yellow _^spear 'nearly
town out “Thorne 'window “'Itear 'nearby
Exercise 4. Произнесите следующие предложения. Следите за тем, чтобы
звуки [d], [t], [s], [z], [n] перед [d] и [0] произносились V зубов.
1. T he 'textbook i s _ —/th ick a n d _ th e 'notebook
is_~*U hin. 2. T he 'textbook is o n _ th e "‘'Idesk. 3. 'I s _ th e
'book o n ^ th e —Jdesk? 4. 'R ep ea t_ 'th ese“^words, please.
5. 'R e a d _ th e “^dialogues, -/p le a s e . 6. 'L earn _the 'new
“Sw ords, -^ p lease. 7. 'Shall we tran s'late^ the dialogues? 8.
It’s round, the "^corner.
108
Exercise 5. Прочитайте следующие предложения, произнося соединитель
ный звук [г] перед гласными.
1. К онструкция there is /a r e
is а "Л book
There “ 'I books on the desk.
are some """i books
is 'no ""Лbook
'isn’t а "ЛЬоок
There are 'no “Ebooks on the desk.
'a re n ’t any
“"b books
'Yes, there -U s.
Is a -/book 'No, there isn’t.
on the
there
-J books desk? 'Yes, there —iare.
'Are any -Ebooks 'No, there "Лaren’t
There is а “ДЬоок on
the desk. There are
'W hat is there on the “Л desk?
(some) “'I books on
the desk.
2. П ритяжательные местоимения
I my мой
you your ваш (твой)
he his его
she her ее
it its его (ее)
we our наш
you your ваш
they their их
3. Специальные вопросы
110
4. Специальные вопросы к п одлеж ащ ем у
'Whose 'children are havind "^dinner now? Чьи Peter’s children are.
дети обедают сейчас? ""IHis children are.
И1
IV. Л Е К С И К О -ГРАМ М АТИЧЕСКИЙ М АТЕРИАЛ
B. B asic Sentences
D. T ext
OUR CLASSROOM
Our 'classroom is 'not “Marge. There is 'one
'b ig ^ w in d o w in it. T he 'walls are 'light green and the
'ceiling is A w h ile . There are 'no pictures on the walls but
there is a 'blackboard and 'two —>maps. 'One is a 'map of
'G reat Britain and the 'other is a 'map of the U 'nited
'States of А""ітегіса. There is a 'stick of —Jchalk and a
114
“"lduster on the blackboard. There are 'seven desks and
'twelve “^chairs in the classroom . T here is a "^tape-recorder
on the teacher’s desk.
There are 'ten students and a "^teacher in the class
room. We are 'having an 'English ""'Iclass. We are 'listening to
the _^tape and re'peating sentences after the speaker.
We are im itating the 'sounds and the into- ^nation.
/^\/N ow J we are 'having а break. 'Peter is 'sm oking a
c ig a ^ r e tte . 'M ichael is 'reading the “ W a ll newspaper. There
are som e 'interesting P a r tic le s in it. 'I am 'looking through
’’T he 'M orning ^ S t a r ”.
Exercise 1. Прочитайте текст и переведите его.
Exercise 2. Выберите правильный ответ. (Проверьте по тексту)
1. On the walls there are no
a) maps, b) pictures.
2. One is a map
a) o f France [frarns], b) of Great Britain.
3. We are listening to
a) the teacher, b) the tape.
4. We are im itating
a) the sounds, b) the sounds and the intonation.
5. N ow we are having
a) a French class, b) a break.
6. Michael is reading
a) the new text, b) the wall newspaper.
7. I’m looking through
a) the new English book, b) "Ttie Morning Star".
Exercise 3. Ответьте на вопросы по тексту.
1. Is the classroom large? 2. How many windows are there
in the classroom? 3. What colour are the walls? 4. What colour
is the ceiling? 5. Are there any pictures on the walls? 6. How
many maps are there on the walls? 7. What is there on the
blackboard? 8. How many desks (chairs) are there in the
classroom? 9. What is there on the teacher’s desk? 10. How
many students are there in the classroom? 11. Are they
having an English or a French lesson? 12. What are they
listening to? 13. What are they doing? 14. What is Peter
doing? 15. What is Michael reading? 16. What is John*
looking through?
Exercise 4. Задайте друг другу вопросы по тексту и ответьте на них.
Exercise 5. Перескажите текст.
Exercise 6. Составьте рассказ о своей аудитории и занятиях, используя ак
тивные слова урока.
115
E. Vocabulary (D ialogu es)
F. D ialogues
In the C lassroom
1
Teacher: 'P eter and “4John, read the "^dialogues,
-J p le a se . ... "Л T hat’ll —Mo.
S tu den t: Shall we trans-^late the dialogues?
Teacher: ""iYes, please.
2
Teacher: 'P lease, re'peat these 'words "Rafter me:
"_^ban, -J e a n , _Jtank, thank."
S tu den t: "^Ban> _^can, .J ta n k , thank." 'Is it all
-b righ t now?
116
T: ’"lY es. 'Take 'down your “^hom ework. 'Learn the
'new J words and 'read the dialogues. ~"Шо
'exercises —/ 1 and "Л2. The 'lesson is "'lover. 'Good
—?bye.
S tu den ts: 'G ood - /b y e .
In the Street
2
A: E x“ \c u se —/ me. 'Is there a -/b u s s to p nearby?
B: ”^Y es. It’s 'round the “^corner.
A: ^ Thank you.
3
A; 'What ™^day is it today?
B: It’s Monday.
4
A: What tim e is it by your watch?
B: I ’m afraid, my watch is fast. It’s tw enty-five
m inutes to twelve.
A: N ick, and what time is it by your watch?
N: My watch is slow. It’s twenty m inutes past eleven.
N ote
У. ДОМ АШ НЕЕ ЗА Д А Н И Е
г
Exercise 1. Выучите, правила чтения буквосочетаний, введенных в уроке.
Exercise 2. Прочитайте фонетические упражнения. Отработайте их.
Exercise 3. Протранскрибируйте следующие слова и произнесите их.
'office, 'elder, floor, dic'tate, 'paper, can'teen, roast beef,
stay, 'latest, know 'G erm an, meet, ice, cream, talks, 'prob
lem, prime, re'turn, France, ar'riving 'learning, re'port,
'party, 'central, Spain, trade, May
Exercise 4. а) Произнесите следующие слова согласно тонораммам. По
ставьте ударение и интонацию в словах.
120
Bill
Peter
ceiling
■ Y МИШ» *
Friday
thank you
good evening
happy
b ye-b ye
122
4. У нас сейчас перемена. Петр и Николай курят. Ми
хаил, читает стенгазету. В ней есть несколько интересных
статей. Я просматриваю новый учебник английского язы
ка.
5. Прослушайте магнитофонную запись. Теперь повто
ряйте предложения за диктором. Подражайте звукам и ин
тонации.
Exercise 10. Переведите следующие диалоги.
1. — Д ж он, читайте новый текст.
— Н уж но ли мне переводить его?
— Д а, пожалуйста.
2. — Петр и Михаил, читайте диалоги.
— Н уж но ли нам переводить их?
— Д а, пожалуйста.
3. — Запиш ите, пожалуйста, домаш нее задание. Прочи
тайте диалоги 2 и 4 на страницах 17 и 19. Выучите
новые слова и напишите их.
— Простите, повторите, пожалуйста, домаш нее зада
ние.
4. — Какой сегодня день недели?
— Четверг.
5. — Повторите за мной следую щ ие слова: there, throw,
thrill, Thursday.
— Простите, повторите, пожалуйста, слова.
6. — Что делает Джон?
— Он читает стенную газету.
— Есть ли в ней интересные статьи?
— Д а, есть несколько интересных статей.
123
BA SIC C O U R SE
ЗА Д А Н И Я К У П РА Ж Н ЕН И Я М ОСНОВНОГО КУРСА
L E SSO N SEVEN
I me меня, мне
*r
we us нас, нам
you you вас, вам
they them их, им
126
2. Вопросительное местоимение who также имеет форму whom, кото
рая, однако, редко употребляется в современной английской разговорной
речи.
2. Indirect Object*
(К освенное дополнение)
127
3. Tag Q uestions (Разъединительны е вопросы)
b) There is an 'English
magazine on the
desk, —/isn 't there? 'No, there “ lis n ’t.
На письменном 'Yes, there ~ \is. Да. Нет.
столе лежит анг
лийский журнал,
не так ли?
2. a) You ~~\aren’t а
student, - /a r e 'Yes, Ї Л а т , Но я
'No, I am ""Inot Да
you? Вы не студент. (Нет, я
(я не студент).
студент, не так студент.)
ли?
130
5. T en ses (В рем ена глагола)
131
Продолжение
Времена дейст
вительного за The Active Пример на англий Соответствующее
предложение на
лога русского Voice ском языке русском языке
глагола
the Simple Они играли в
They played chess шахматы в
Past last Saturday.
Tense прошлую
субботу.
They were playing В прошлое
the Past воскресенье В
chess at twelve
Continuous o’clock last 12 часов они
Tense играли в
Sunday. шахматы.
the Present They have already Они сегодня уже
ПРОШ ЕДШ ЕЕ Perfect played chess играли в
ВРЕМЯ Tense today. шахматы.
the Past They had played Они играли в
шахматы до
Perfect chess before we
returned. того, как мы
Tense вернулись.
They had been Они играли в
the Past playing chess шахматы уже
Perfect for three hours три часа до
Continuous before we того, как мы
Tense returned. вернулись.
Они будут
the Simple
Future They will play играть в
chess tomorrow. шахматы
Tense завтра.
the Future They will be Завтра в это
playing chess время они
Continuous
Tense at this time будут играть
tomorrow. в шахматы.
Они уже
сыграют в
They will have шахматы (к
the Future
БУДУЩ ЕЕ Perfect played chess by тому
ВРЕМЯ the tim e we
Tense return home. времени),
когда мы
венемся домой.
Они будут
играть в
They wilt have шахматы
the Future been playing
Perfect chess for about около трех
часов (к тому
Continuous three hours by времени),
Tense the time we
return home. когда мы
венемся домой.
I, We
You 'read
They the
'newspapers every “^day.
He,
'reads
she (it)
I, We
'do 'not
You
'don’t the
They 'read every ""iday.
'newspapers
He, does’not
she (it) 'doesn’t
I, we 'Yes,
'Do you О do.
they 'No, I
the every "'I don’t.
'read 'newspapers day.
'Yes,
he, she he~"l does.
'Does (it) 'No, he
doesn’t.
i, we I 'read
them in
'When do you
they the
the "^news ""I morning.
'read
papers?
He 'reads
he, she them in
does
(it) the
morning.
in the
always listens to the
He morning,
som e radio
She at seven in
times has dinner
the evening.
watch TV in the
I morning,
go to school
You do not on Sunday,
have lunch at
We don’t on Tuesday
home
T hey and
smoke
Thursday.
have a French
on Friday,
class
He does not on Sunday,
go to college
She d oesn ’t every
go to the
Saturday.
theatre
go to the
theatre
you
have lunch at
Do we often on Sunday?
home
they
play chess with
Ben
135
Продолжение
137
количественных числительных путем прибавления суф
фикса -th.
Существительное, которое определяется порядковым
числительным, употребляется с определенным артиклем.
T he second lesson is very difficult.
The twelfth lesson is easy.
В порядковых числительных, обозначающ их десятки,
буква у меняется на ie: twenty — twentieth [4w enti30],
thirty — thirtieth ['0э:Пэ0], etc.
При образовании составных порядковых числительных
суффикс -th прибавляется к конечному числительному
tw enty-fifth, two hundred and seventy-sixth.
Обратите внимание на написание сокращенных числи
тельных: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 5th (с цифрой пишутся два послед
ние буквы).
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. Порядковые числительные употребляются гораздо
реже, чем количественные. Так, при обозначении номеров домов, комнат,
автобусов, размеров обуви и предметов одежды обычно употребляются ко
личественные числительные.
Room 12 (twelve) двенадцатая комната
Bus 78 (seventy-eight) семьдесят восьмой автобус
Exercise 17. Pronounce and put in writing the following ordinal numerals.
3-й , 8-й, 2-й, 5-й , 12-й, 14-й, 17-й, 21-й, 34-й, 33~й,
99-й , 837-й , 2582-й
school
He work
leaves for at half past seven.
She college
the factory
2, It takes us five minutes to get there. Нам требуется
(нужно) пять минут, чтобы добраться (дойти) туда.
How long does it take you to get to college? Сколько вам
требуется (нужно) времени, чтобы добраться до институ
та?
Exercise 2. Make up sentences using the tables and translate them.
ten to college,
him minutes to school,
her forty to Pushkin Street,
It takes them minutes to get to Vnukovo
me twenty Airport,
Peter minutes to the factory,
an hour home.
Exercise 6. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian. Pay attention
to active words and word combinations.
I. Her eldest sister is a programmer. She works in a big
factory, 2. "Does your younger sister go to school?" "Yes, she
does. S h e’s in the second form”. 3. My m other usually gets up
at a quarter to six. 4. My eldest sister usually wakes me up at
half past six. 5. "How is he going to get there?" "He’s going to
get there by underground." 6. He always leaves for work at a
quarter to eight. 7. W hose translation is this? 8. I usually have
roastbeef or steak and a cup of coffee for lunch. 9. Does he
usually come home from school at half past one? 10. Do you
often borrow books from the school (university) library? 11.
He is going to stay at university till eight o ’clock today. 12.
Do you listen to the latest news on the radio every morning?
13. My younger sister is a secretary in the M inistry of
Foreign Affairs. 14. How many foreign languages do you
know?
Exercise 7. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A: Do Peter and Nick work in the sam e office?
B: Y es, they do.
(A: live in the sam e house, go to the sam e school, have
lunch in the sam e canteen)
2. A: I often have bacon and eggs for breakfast.
В: I never have bacon an d eggs. I usually have tea and
toast.
(A: coffee; B: coffee)
MY FAMILY
N otes
Exercise 9. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combination and
sentences.
1. Мария и я работаем на одном и том же заводе. 2. На
шему старшему сыну Борису двадцать два года. 3. Наша
квартира на третьем этаж е. 4. Приходим на завод без чет
верти девять. 5. Он часто берет книги в школьной библио
теке. 6* член нескольких университетских кружков.
Exercise 10. Quote the sentences in which the following words and word
combinations are used in the text.
Exercise 13. Make up ten questions based on the text and answer them.
Exercise 15, Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A \: You usually get up at seven in the morning, d on ’t
you?
B: Y es, I do. And what about you?
Аг: I get up at half p a st seven.
C4i: six, half past six; Аг: a quarter to seven, ten m inutes
past seven)
2. A: D oes Peter Bodrov live in M insk?
B: Y es, he does. He works in the M inistry of Foreign
Affairs there.
(A: Kiev, Kishinev; В : in a big factory, in an office)
3. A: W hen do you come home from the office?
B; At half p a s t six. It takes me an hour to get home.
(A: the factory, the m inistry, the university; В : a quarter
to seven, a quarter past six, half past four)
Exercise 16. Open the brackets using the verbs in Simple Present or Present
Continuous.
1. My friend ’s name (to be) George Lobov. He (to live) in
Kishinev. He (to be) chief engineer in a big factory. He
usually (to come) to the factory at a quarter past eight.
George (to have) a lot of things to do. He (to read) papers,
(to write) business letters and (to receive) visitors.
145
His wife Jane (to work) in the sam e factory. She (to be) a
programmer. Jane (to like) reading. She often (to borrow)
books from the factory library. There (to be) a lot of
interesting books there.
2. My brother and sister (to have) lunch in the canteen
now. 3. "What Nick (to do) now?" "He (to do) his homework.
It usually (to take) him an hour and a half to do his
homework."
Exercise 17. Ask questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
1. His elder sister lives in O m sk . (1) 2. His younger son
often goes for a walk in Gorky Park. (I) 3. His elder brother
is a do cto r. (1) 4. Mary usually comes home at h alf p a st five.
(1) 5. It takes my daughter three hours an d a half to do her
homework. (I)
Exercise 18. Insert articles where necessary.
1. This is ... nice street. It’s ... Ostozhenka. 2. Mr Brown
lives near ... H yde Park, He often goes for a walk there. 3.
T hey are going to leave for ... Sherem etyevo Airport now. 4.
It takes him ten m inutes to get to ... Sokolniky Underground
Station. 5. His elder sister is ... chief engineer in ... big
factory. 6. At half past seven we leave ... home for ... work or
.. school. 7. He usually gets to ... office at ... quarter to nine.
8. He usually looks through ... newspapers after ... lunch.
Exercise 20. Make up ten sentences using the verbs to get, to take, to go, to
come in the word combinations that you know.
Exercise 21. Translate into English and give a summary of the texts.
L E S S O N EIG H T
147
Learn these speech patterns
1. Ґ d like som e salad, steak and a cup of coffee.
Exercise 1. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
a cup of coffee.
a cup of tea.
some ice-cream ,
I’d like some apple-pie.
H e’d like to go for a walk.
to look through the papers.
to meet Mr Brown.
148
really I'risli] <в грам. знач. междо salad ['sseted] n салат; Would you
метие) разг. Правда? Вот как? like some salad?
Вот что! ice-cream n мороженое; I’d like
cold п простуда, насморк; катар some ice-cream,
верхних дыхательных путей apple-pie ['seplpai] яблочный пи
(острое респираторное заболева рог; I’d like a cup of tea and
ние); to catch (a) cold просту some apple-pie.
диться; I’m afraid I’m catching pass [pa:s] v передавать; Pass her
a cold; to have a cold быть про the letter, please,
стуженным; Jane has a cold, salt [sD:lt] n (неисчисл.) соль;
too adv слишком T hat’s too bad. Pass him the salt, please.
Очень плохо. Дело плохо. How H ere you are. О h is ju ”^ a :] Вот,
are you? Not too well. Я не пожалуйста. Вот то, что вам
очень хорошо себя чувствую. нужно.
(Не очень хорошо.) bread [bred] п (неисчисл.) хлеб;
hear [Ыэ] v слышать, услышать; rye [rat] (black) bread ржаной
I can hear you very well. Я хо хлеб; Pass me the rye bread,
рошо вас слышу. I ’m sorry to please.
hear that. Ж аль (слышать это). Not at all. ['n3t at ~Ъ:1] He за
Do you hear me? что! Пожалуйста, (в ответ на
благодарность)
2
M r Black: Good evening, Mr Norris. Meet Mr Popov.
M r Norris: How do you do.
Popov: How do you do.
M r Black: Mr Popov is from Moscow.
* Обобщение материала
149
В. G R EETIN G A N D ASKING ABOUT H EA LTH 3
1
M r Green: Hello.
Bobrov: Hello. How are you?
M r Green: I’m not feeling very well.
Bobrov: Really? W hat’s the trouble?4
M r Green: I’m afraid I’m catching a cold.
2
M r N orris: H ello. How are you?
Bobrov: Fine, thank you. And what about you?
M r N orris: Not too well, I afraid.
Bobrov: I’m sorry to hear that.
C. IN THE C ANTEEN
1
A: I’d like som e salad, steak, and a cup of coffee for
lunch. And what about you?
B: I ’d like roastbeef and some ice-cream.
A: Would you like som e apple-pie?
B: Y es, please.
2.
A: Excuse me, pass me the butter and the salt, please.
B: H ere you are. Pass me the rye bread, please.
A: H ere you are.
B: Thank you.
A: Not at all.
N otes
1. Mr Bobrov is from R ussia. При представлении, как пра
вило, сообщаются некоторые сведения о представляе
мом.
2. It’s quite [kwait 1 different ['difrant] from what I expected
[iks'pektid ]. Очень отличается от того, что я ожидал.
3. Greeting and Asking about Health: greeting ['gri:tii]z J
приветствия; to ask about health [hel0] справиться о
здоровье.
4. W hat’s the trouble [ЧглЫ ]? Что вас беспокоит (трево
ж ит)?
150
Exercise 5. Read and translate the dialogues.
can
'cannot
'can ’t
I, you may,
He, she may 'not “"Ido it.
We, they 'm ayn’t
must,
must 'not
'needn’t
'Yes, I “"lean.
'Can 'No, I cannot.
'No, I can’t.
I play chess.
He read English.
can
His friend give you the book.
T hey show you the pictures.
155
Exercise 2. Read these dialogues and translate them. Make the necessary
substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
157
Exercise 6. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the use of the
indefinite pronouns.
159
Exercise 1. Read these compound* words. Pay attention to the stress. Translate
them.
'bathroom, 'bookcase, 'bedroom, 'coffee-table, 'notebook,
'newspaper, 'underground, 'textbook» 'birthday, 'two-room
Exercise 2. Read these compound words and translate them (see the
dictionary).
handbag, shopwindow, pay-day, airport, handbook,
handwork, grandchild, granddaughter, grandson
III. TEXT
160
все. Вот и все. departm ent [di'paitmant] n отдел,
need [ni:d] v нуждаться; Do you отделение; M e n $ D epartm ent
need these books? отдел мужской одежды;
walk [wa:k] v ходить, идти пеш departm ent store [sto:] универ
ком; Are you going to walk there? сальный магазин
along b 'b rj] prep вдоль; There are birthday ['b3:0dei] n день рожде
some shelves along the bedroom ния; Tomorrow is my mother’s
walls. birthday; birthday party ['pa:ti]
counter ['kaunts] n прилавок прием гостей по поводу дня
put [put] v класть, ставить; Please рождения
put the books on that desk, invite [m'vait] v приглашать,
purchase ['parijas] n покупка звать, просить; Who are you
bascart ['ba:ska:t] n тележка с ус going to invite to your birthday
тановленной на ней корзиной party?
(используется в магазинах са present ['preznt] n подарок
мообслуживания) for [fo:, fo] prep для; Can you buy
loaf [louf] п (p i loaves); white a present for Jane today?
loaf батон (белого хлеба); rye want [wont] v хотеть, желать; I
trai] loaf буханка ржаного хле don’t want to go there,
ба clothes [kloudz] n (собир.) одеж
fresh [frej] а свежий; fresh bread да; women’s clothes отдел жен
(eggs, fruit, etc.); Is the bread ской одежды
fresh? shoe [Ju:] n туфля, полуботинок
meat [mi:t] n (неисчисл.) мясо; goods [gudz] n p i товары, товар;
We need some meat for dinner, sports [spo:ts] goods спортив
fish [fij] n (неисчисл.) рыба; ные товары; le ath e r ['1едэ]
Please buy some fish in the goods кожаные изделия
supermarket, and so on и так далее, и тому по
sausage ['saisicfe] n (неисчисл.) добное; You can buy there pens,
колбаса; Is there any sausage at pencils, notebooks and so on.
home? glove [gUv] n перчатка; a pair of
cereals ['siam lz] n pi. крупы (ов gloves (shoes) [з 'рєзг av
сянка, рис и т. д.) glAvz] пара перчаток (туфель)
vegetables ['vecbatablz] п p i ово sweater ['sweta] n свитер; What
щи; What vegetables are you colour is that sweater?
going to buy in the supermarket? like [laik] v нравиться, любить;
fruit [fru:t] n (собир.) фрукты; Do you like this colour?
Would you like to have some box of paints набор красок (короб
fruit? ка с красками); I’m looking for
potato [pa'teitou] n картофелина a box of paints,
potatoes картофель tired [taiad] а усталый, утомлен
tomato [t3'ma;tou] n помидор; ный; to be tired быть усталым,
tomatoes помидоры; уставать; You are very tired,
cucumber ['kjurkamba] n огурец . aren’t you?
lemon ['1етэп] n лимон caf£ ['kaefei] n кафе; Is there a
cafe nearby?
Exercise 4. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
1. How many tim es a w eek do you have an English class?
2 . 1 can buy all I need in the supermarket. 3. Are w hite loaves
fresh? 4. How much meat do we need? 5. You must buy
tomatoes and potatoes here. They are very good. 6. "Where
can I buy a present for my sister?" "In the department store.
161
6 Практический курс английского языка
It’s round the corner." 7. "Where’s the sports goods
department?" "It’s on the fourth floor." 8. "May I see those
sh oes, please?" "Here you are." 9. How many friends are you
inviting to your birthday party? 10. "He isn ’t’ very tired, is
he?" "I’m afraid, he is."
MR PAYNE GOES SHOPPING
Mr 'Roger 'P ayne lives in London. He is a 'teacher of
““ї English. He 'teaches 'English to 'foreign .^ stu d en ts at St
'G iles 'School of Languages.1 Mr 'Payne has T four
'classes 'four 'tim es a "^Iweek. He "Mikes teaching English.
Mr 'Payne has a _^w ife, a -^daughter and a ~^son. His
'w ife, 'Grace —J Payne, is a 'teacher ”*\too. She 'teaches
'French at 'London U n i v e r s i t y . His 'daughter 'Jane is
f i f t e e n and his 'son _JD ick is twelve. T hey are at
compre"^ hensive sch ool.2
'Mrs Payne 'usually goes 'shopping on Monday and
"^W ednesday. ~^Mr J Payne goes 'shopping on 'Saturday
“Л morning.
It is Saturday today. Mr 'P ayne is 'going "^shopping
now. He 'usually 'goes to the s u p e r b market. He can 'buy T
all they "^need there. He 'walks along the —^counters and
'puts his 'purchases into the "^bascart. He 'buys 'two 'white
-^ loaves and 'one "^rye loaf. The 'bread is G a lw a y s fresh
there. 'Then he 'buys some _^m eat, —Jfish, D bacon,
sausage and cereals. He 'also buys 'vegetables and
fruit; p o-^tatoes, to ^ m a to e s , -^cucum bers, apples,
^ o r a n g e s and "Clemons.
Today Mr Payne must go to a department store.
Tomorrow is his so n ’s birthday. Dick is inviting a few friends
to his birthday party. Mr Payne must buy a present for his
son. He wants Jane to go to the department store with him.
T hey are going to a big department store in Oxford Street.
There are a lot of departments in the store: wom en’s clothes,
m en’s clothes, sh oes, sports goods, leather goods and so on.
On the ground floor Mr Payne buys a tie and Jane buys a
pair of gloves. Then they go to the second floor, to the M en’s
Department and buy a blue sweater for Dick. Dick likes that
colour. T hey also buy a box of paints for him. They are very
tired. Now they can go to a cafe and have tea.
N am es
Roger Payne ['rod^s 'p em ] Роджер Пейн
Grace [greis] Грейс
162
N otes
163
6*
Exercise 8. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A: Must I go shopping now?
B: Y es, I want you to go now.
(A: invite John to my birthday party, go to see them
tonight; B: to invite him, to go to see them tonight)
2. A: W here’s M ary! I d on ’t see her here.
B: She must be in the leather goods departm ent.
(A: Bill, him; B: in the sports goods department)
3. A; I’m afraid I can ’t go to the theatre tonight.
В: I ’m sorry to hear that.
04: go shopping after classes, go to the department store
with you)
4. A: Can Ben go to the Z o o tod a y?
B: No, he can’t.
(A: come to the party, buy a present for John; B: Y es, he
can. N o, he can’t.)
5. A: May I invite Fred to the party!
B: Y es, you may.
(A: smoke here, have lunch now, see Mr Brown today)
Exercise 9. Answer these questions using modal verbs.
1. May I go shopping after ten? 2. Must he buy fruit too?
3. May I put my books on the desk? 4. May they come and see
you tonight? 5. What departments must we go to? 6. We can
have tea in the cafe, can’t we? 7. Who can help me with my
homework? 8. What exercises must we do? 9. Can you bring
me the books tomorrow? 10. Can they com e and see us
tonight? 11. May I introduce Mr Brown to you?
Exercise 10. Insert prepositions where necessary.
1. I usually go shopping ... the supermarket ... Monday
and Thursday. 2. "Is there a supermarket nearby?" "Yes, it’s
... the corner." 3. Who teaches German ... your brother? 4. Let
the children go ... a walk ... Izmailovo Park. 5, How many
people are you going to invite ... your birthday party? 6.
There is a big department store ... Sokol Underground
Station. 7. Do you want Peter and John to go.... Sheremetyevo
Airport tonight? 8. Can you buy a brown sweater ... Fred? 9.
"... which floor is the M en’s Department?" "It’s ... the fourth
floor." 10. We can have coffee ... the cafe.
Exercise I I . Make up twelve questions based on the text and answer them.
165
басу, масло, крупу и т. д. Она также покупает белый и
черный хлеб. Хлеб в универсаме всегда свежий. 2. У Анны
завтра день рождения. Она собирается пригласить несколь
ких друзей. Ее брат собирается пойти в универмаг. Он дол
ж ен купить ей подарок. Он хочет купить ей темно-синие
перчатки. 3. Не мож ете ли вы пойти со мной в универмаг?
— Простите, не могу. Я очень занят сегодня, 4. Простите^
где можно купить туфли и перчатки? — На третьем этаж е.
5. Вам нравится этот свитер? — Д а, очень нравится. Я
люблю этот цвет. 6. Где Том? — Он, должно быть, в шко
л е.— А Анна? — Она, возможно, в институте. Она часто
остается в библиотеке.
LESSON TEN
a blue tie.
I’m a brown hat.
H e’s looking for a French textbook,
She’s his pen.
her notebook.
Exercise 2. Make up three sentences using pattern 1.
166
Learn these words and word com binations
A. SHOPPING
Shop-assistant: Are you being served?1
Custom er: No. I’m looking for a navy blue raincoat, size
44.
Shop-assistant: How do you like this raincoat?
Custom er: Well, I like it. How much is it?
Shop-assistant: £ 55.99 p.2
Custom er: Where must I pay?
Shop-assistant: At the cashier’s desk over there.
* * *
B. CONGRATULATIONS
C. SAYING GOODBYE
N otes
В Fine, thanks.
10. A ♦ ♦ * *
1. — Вас обслуживают?
— Нет. Я ищу коричневый галстук.
— Вот, пожалуйста, несколько галстуков.
— Мне нравится вот этот галстук. Сколько он стоит?
— £ 3 .1 7 р.
— Где платить?
— В кассу, вон там.
2. — Могу я вам помочь?
— Д а, пожалуйста. Мне хотелось бы купить эти две
книги. Сколько это будет всего?
— £ 4.78 р.
— Вот пять фунтов.
— Получите сдачу £ 0.22 р.
— Спасибо.
3. — Здравствуй, Дик. Поздравляю тебя с днем рождения.
— Большое спасибо.
— Между прочим, я думаю , что у тебя нет этой книги.
— Большое спасибо. Эго очень интересная книга.
4 — Боюсь, что мне нужно идти.
— Н еуж ели вам нужно уходить так рано?
— Боюсь, что да. У меня очень много работы.
— Передайте мои наилучшие пожелания вашей маме.
5. — Здравствуй, Бен. Как поживаешь?
— Я не очень хорошо себя чувствую. Боюсь, что забо
леваю гриппом.
— Очень жаль.
6. — Когда у тебя занятие по английскому языку?
— Через полчаса. Пойдем в кафе и выпьем по чашечке
кофе.
— С удовольствием.
7. — До свидания. Скоро увидимся.
— До свидания. Д о скорой встречи.
8. — Я пришел попрощаться с вами.
— Когда вы уезж аете?
— Я вылетаю в четверг. До свидания.
— До свидания и ж елаю вам всего наилучшеш.
173
L E S SO N ELEVEN
I, you
He, she 'lived
We, they
in 'Kiev last
I, you did 'not live **4year.
He, she 'didn’t live
We, they
I 'lived in Kiev
'When did you 'live in “YKiev Xlast year.
in 'Kiev
'Who last ""U did.
lived ’Луеаг? Peter did.
I was [woz]
Не was 'not
She 'wasn’t ['wDznt]
at “Thorne yesterday.
We were two]
You were 'not
'weren’t [wa:nt]
I 'Yes, I ~"\was.
'W as [woz] he 'No, I "W asn 't.
she
at _^home yesterday?
we 'Yes, they “~\were.
'W ere [wa:] you 'No, they weren’t.
they
178
4. A: How long did it take you to get to the office?
B: It took the h alf an hour.
(A: the m inistry, the airport, the factory; B: forty
m inutes, an hour and a half, tw enty m inutes)
5. A: You had lunch in our factory canteen yesterday,
didn’t you?
B: Y es, I did.
A: How did you like it?
В: It was very good.
04: last T uesday, two d ays ago)
6. A: Mr Brown is in L on don , isn ’t he?
B: N o, he isn ’t. He was there a m onth ago.
(A: Paris, Moscow; B: a week ago, two months ago)
7. A; The people there were w onderful, w eren’t they?
В: Y es, they certainly were.
(A: very, good, very nice)
Exercise 4. Transform these sentences into tag questions and give answers to
them.
He stayed at home last Sunday.
"He stayed at home last Sunday, d id n ’t he?" "Yes, he
did."
I. He liked your new picture. 2. John dictated a few letters
to the secretary yesterday morning. 3. My younger brother
collected foreign stamps last year. 4. H is m other woke him up
at six yesterday morning. 5. T hey cam e to see us last night.
6. My brother had a lot of friends at school. 7. Jane was ill
last week. 8. He did not watch TV last night. 9. She did not
go to school the day before yesterday. 10: H e did not know
about the textbook. 11. T hey did not have lunch in the factory
canteen last Friday. 12. She was not very tired yesterday. 13.
They had no English books last year.
Exercise 5. Make up questions according to the model.
His brother collected stamps last year, (his sister)
Did his sister collect stamps too?
1. His elder sister worked in a big factory two years ago.
(his younger sister) 2. He listened to the latest news last
night, (they) 3. His friend lived in London last year, (his
friend’s family) 4. We played chess last night, (they) 5. Peter
bought som e white and brown bread. (John) 6. Nick did his
homework after classes. (Bill) 7. Mr Brown took his children
to the Zoo la st Sunday. (Mr Smith) 8. He had lunch at one
o ’clock, (they) 9. He went shopping yesterday. (Mrs Brown)
10. Peter was ill last week. (Ben) 11. Jill was here yesterday.
(Jane)
179
Exercise 6, Answer these questions according to the model.
Did you see Peter in college yesterday?
No, I didn’t. He w asn’t in college yesterday,
1. Did you see Nick at Bill’s birthday party? 2. Did you
see Mary in the library last night? 3. Did you see Mr Brown
in the canteen? 4. Did you see them at the party 5. Did you
see John and Peter in the cafe?
Exercise 7. Answer these questions according to the model.
Do you usually get up at seven o ’clock? (yesterday)
I usually do, but I didn’t get up at seven yesterday.
1. Do you usually play chess on Saturday? (last Saturday)
2. Does your sister go shopping every day? (yesterday) 3. Do
you write letters to Peter every Friday? (last Friday) 4. Do
you usually have lunch in the factory canteen? (the day
before yesterday) 5. Does Jim go to see his mother every
Saturday? (last Saturday) 6. Is your son usually tired after
classes? (yesterday)
Exercise 8. Use these sentences in the Simple Past Tense. Add adverbial
modifiers of time given in brackets.
The bread and the cakes are fresh, (yesterday)
The bread and the cakes were fresh yesterday.
1, He is at hom e, is n ’t he? (last night) 2. There are not
many students in the library, (last Tuesday) 3. Are there
many people in the sports goods department? (yesterday
afternoon) 4. Is Dick there, too? (last Saturday) 5. Jane is ill.
(last month) 6. He works in an office, (last year) 7. I often go
to the theatre on Sunday, (last Saturday) 8. Jane goes
shopping three tim es a week, (last week)
Exercise 9. Use the italicized verbs in the Simple Past Tense. Give a summary
of the text.
Peter is a student at Moscow U niversity. He usually gets
up at seven o ’clock, shaves and washes in the bathroom and
has breakfast. At a quarter to eight he leaves for college. He
goes there by bus. It takes him half an hour to get there. He
usually has lunch in the U niversity canteen. Peter often stays
in the library till nine o ’clock in the evening. At half past nine
he com es home.
Exercise 10. Translate into English.
1. Они жили в Москве.два года тому назад. 2. Вам ведь
понравилась его новая книга? — Нет. 3. Какие журналы он
хотел показать мне вчера вечером? 4. Мы ведь не перево
180
дили этот текст на прошлой неделе? — Нет, переводили! 5.
Работал ли он на заводе три года тому назад? 6. Просмот
рели ли вы эти документы вчера? — Да. 7. Сколько писем
вы напечатали вчера? — Двенадцать. 8. Вы ведь поблаго
дарили его? — Да. 9. Он ведь показал вам свою новую кар
тину? — Да. 10. Он ведь, работал на заводе в прошлом го-
ду? — Да. А сейчас он учится в институте (студент коллед
ж а). 11. Когда он вернулся из Санкт-Петербурга? Неделю
тому назад.— Сколько времени он там пробыл? — Пять
дней. 12. Куда вы ходили вчера после занятий? — В ун и
вермаг. Я хотела, чтобы Анна пошла со мной, но ее не бы
ло дома. 13. Кто купил подарок для Джейн? — Билл.
II. TEXT
Learn this speech pattern
She goes to school by bus (by tube, etc.). Она ездит в шко
лу автобусом (на метро и т. д .).
Exercise 1. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
I go
They went to school
by bus.
to college
by tube.
He goes to the library
by underground.
She went to the supermarket
* complex ['kompleksl
І81
Learn these words and word com bin ation s
182
Exercise 2. Read these sentences and translate them. Pay attention to active
words and word combinations.
1. T he Volkovs returned hom e from London last month. 2.
Did Jane’s father return to Moscow from Kiev last week? 3.
Who teaches geography to you? 4. He did his physical
exercises and then took a shower. 5. He always brushes his
teeth in the evening. 6. When did they start work? 7. You
went to college by tube yesterday, d id n ’t you? 8. He made a
few phone calls last morning. 9. When did he go back to his
office? 10. Did you go out last night? 11. Did they drive to the
office in P eter’s car?
GEORGE VOLKOV
183
teachers and pupils. Twice or three tim es a week he visited
classes.
George often had lunch at home. He usually had salad,
roastbeef or steak and a cup of coffee for lunch. After lunch
he went back to the school.
In the evening George and Helen som etim es went out or
had guests at home.
On Saturdays the Volkovs often w ent for a walk in H yde
Park.
Narries
K ensington High Street ['kensirjten hai stri:t] Кенсинг-
тон-Хай-Стрит (название улицы)
Exercise 3. Read and translate the text.
Exercise 4. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1* вернулся в Москву из Великобритании. 2. учитель
ница географии. 3. Павел и Анна учились в школе. 4. Они
делали зарядку. 4. Без четверти восемь Волковы завтрака
ли. 6. Занятия начинались в половцне девятого. 7. Она
ехала в школу на метро. 8. звонил по телефону. 9. два или
три раза в неделю. 10. После обеда он возвращался в шко
лу.
Exercise 5. Quote the sentences in which the following words and word
combinations are used in the text.
last m onth, for three years, to teach, physical exercises,
to take a shower, to wake up, teeth, during, the school bus, a
geography class, by bus, ten m inutes, phone calls, after
lunch, to go out, to go for a walk
Exercise 6. Write out all the combinations in which the verbs to go, to take, to
have, to g et are used in the text.
pxercise 7. Answer the questions.
1. W hen did George Volkov and his fam ily return to
Moscow from Great Britain? 2. How long did the Volkovs stay
in Great Britain? 3. What did George Volkov do in Great
Britain? 4. In what street did the Volkovs live? 5. Where did
H elen work in London? 6. What subject* did she teach at the
Em bassy school? 7. Paul and Ann went to school, d id n ’t
they? 8. W hen did George and Helen usually get up? 9. Did
George usually take a shower in the morning or in the eve
ning? 10. At what time did the Volkovs have breakfast? 11.
* subject t'SAbcfelkt] n предмет
184
They listened to the latest news during breakfast, didn’t
they? 12. At what time did Ann and Paul leave for school? 13.
At what tim e did their classes start? 14. Did H elen always go
to school by the school bus? 15. How long did it take George
to get to the school? 16. Where did George usually have
lunch? 17. What did he often have for lunch? 18. Did George
go back to the school after lunch? 19. Did the Volkovs often
have guests? 20. T hey som etim es went out, d idn’t they? 21.
What did they often do on Saturdays? 22. What is George
doing now?
Exercise 8. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A: D oes your geography class start at 8.30?
В: It starts at 8.30 on T uesday and at 11.30 on
Thursday.
(A: English, German, French)
2. A: TDid you go there by bus or by tube?
В і : I went there by tube.
A: How long did it take you to get there?
B2: It took me fo rty m inutes (to get there).
(B \ : bus, trolley-bus ['trolibAs]), underground; B 2 : half
an hour, fifty m inutes, fifteen minutes)
3. A: How often did Peter go to the library?
B: Twice a week.
(A: go to see h is mother, go for a walk; B: three tim es,
four times)
4. A: Do you often go out?
В : N o, not very often. Three or fo u r times a month.
(B: two or three, four or five)
5. A; D id you drive to the office in Peter’ s car?
В : N o, I d idn’t. I went there by bus.
(A: N ick ’s, B en’s; B: by underground, by tube)
6. A: Your son is also at college, isn ’t he?
B: Y es, he is. H e’s a secon d year student.
(A: Peter, John, his son; В : first, third, fourth)
7. A: You also go to the office by bus, don’t you?
B: N o, I d on ’t. I always go by tube.
(A: tube; B: bus)
Exercise 9. Insert prepositions or adverbs where necessary. Give a summary of
the text.
Mr Brown is a British business man. He works ... a firm.
Y esterday Mr Brown w o k e ........ seven o ’clock. He got ... and
did his physical exercises. that he went ... the bathroom.
He w ashed, brushed his teeth and shaved. Then he went ...
the sitting-room . It was half ... seven.
185
His wife brought him his breakfast. ... breakfast Mr Brown
looked ... the "Financial [fai'naenjl] Times."
... ten minutes ... eight he left ... work. Mr Brown drove ...
his office. It took him an hour to get there.
Mr Brown said "good morning" to his colleagues. He had
a lot of things to do. He dictated letters ... his secretary,
looked ... the letters and telegrams, made phone calls and
received visitors.
... half past four Mr Brown finished (['fm ijt] закончил)
work and drove home. He got home ... half past five. His wife
and children were ... home. He had dinner ... his fam ily. ...
dinner he played chess ... his son.
At ten o ’clock he listened ... the latest news. Then he had
a shower and went ... bed.
Exercise 10. Insert articles or possessive pronouns wherever necessary.
1. "I have ... lot of things to do today.” "Can I help you?"
"I’m afraid you can’t. Thank you." 2... classes started at 8.30.
3. We usually listen to ... latest news in ... morning. 4. "Is Mr
Green receiving ... visitors now?" "No, he is n ’t. H e’s making
... phone calls." 5. "Is Peter having breakfast?" "No, he isn ’t."
"He is doing ... physical exercises." 6. "Is your sister ...
teacher of English?" "Yes, she is." "Does she teach English at
... school or at ... college?" "She teaches it at ... college." 7.
"Many happy returns of ... day." "Thank you very much." 8.
You bought... present for your daughter, d id n ’t you? 9.
"When do you usually listen to ... latest news?" "In ..
morning." 10. "Does he drive to ... office in ... car every day?"
"No, he d oesn ’t." "On Monday and Thursday his wife goes
shopping in ... car." 11. Peter said "goodbye" to ... friends and
left for ... home. 12. "When does ... French class start?" "At ...
quarter to ... nine." 13. If she has ... class in ... afternoon she
goes to college by bus. 14. Please wash ... hands and face and
brush ... teeth. 15. He was very tired and went to ... bed at
half past nine yesterday. 16. My friend is ... student at St.
Petersburg U niversity.
Exercise 11. Ask twelve questions based on the text and answer them.
Exercise 12. Give a summary of the text "George Volkov".
Exercise 13. Make up questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
1. T hey returned to Moscow from Sochi two m onths ago.
(1) 2. He has an English class fou r tim es a week. (1) 3. M y
eldest brother can drive a car. (1) 4. T he Browns went out
yesterday. (1) 5. My father came back from the office a t a
quarter to seven yesterday. (1) 6. John's wife is also a teacher
of French. (1) 7. George Volkov is a lecturer at the Teacher
Training College. (1)
186
Exercise 14, Open the brackets using the verbs in Simple Present or Past, or
Present Continuous.
1. "When the Browns (to return) to London from Paris?"
"I think they (to come back) two months ago." 2. "When you
usually (to start) work?" "I usually (to start) work at nine
o ’clock in the morning." 3. "He (to drive) to the office in his
car every day?" "No, he d oesn ’t. Som etim es he (to go) there
by tube.” 4. "How long the Volkovs (to stay) in London?"
"They (to stay) there for four years." 5. "What Mr Smith (to
do) now?" "He (to look) through the letters and telegrams." 6,
"Can your younger sister drive a car?" "Yes, she can. She (to
drive) to the office in her car every morning." 7. "The Volkovs
(to have) breakfast now?" "Yes, they are. T hey always (to
have) breakfast at this time."
Exercise 15. Translate these sentences.
1. Вы делали сегодня утром зарядку? — Д а, я делаю за
рядку каждое утро. 2. Поедемте домой на моей машине. —
Спасибо. 3. Николай поздоровался со своими коллегами и
принялся за работу. 4. Хорошо ли Петр говорит по-фран
цузски? (Может ли П етр...) 5. Вы мож ете сейчас продикто
вать письма? — Нет. Я собираюсь принять несколько посе
тителей сейчас. 6. Сколько вам потребовалось времени,
чтобы доехать до школы? — Я думаю, полчаса. 7. Должен
ли я сейчас сделать домаш нее задание? — Н ет, ты можешь
пойти погулять в парк, а затем сделать домаш нее задание.
8. Знаете ли вы, как пройти на площадь Пушкина (Pushkin
Square)? — К сожалению, я не знаю.
Exercise 16. a) Make up stories on these topics, b) Write a story on one of the
topics.
1. What I did yesterday. 2. What my friend (my son, my
brother) did yesterday.
L E S S O N TWELVE
introduce me to Mr Brown?
help me?
Could you show me that navy blue raincoat?
come to our French class?
translate this letter into English?
play chess with Jim?
Exercise 2. Translate into English.
помочь и м /
He мог представить меня Петрову?
ли бы вы передать ему мои наилучшие пожелания?
передать ей это письмо?
купить подарок для Анны?
2. When could I see you? Когда бы я мог увидеться (встре
титься) с вами?
Exercise 3. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
A. AT A RECEPTION
1
Volkov: Mr Shastri, this is Mr Ivanov, a Moscow
teacher. He arrived here only the day before yesterday.
Mr Ivanov, this is Mr Shastri, a professor from India.
Ivanov: How do you do, Mr Shastri.
M r Shastri: How do you do. It’s a nice day today,
is n ’t it?
Ivanov: Y es, it’s a very nice day. How do you like it
here?
M r Shastri: It is a very interesting country.
Ivanov: By the w ay, could you introduce me to som e of
your colleagues, Mr Shastri? Л
M r Shastri: With pleasure.
2
Ivanov: When can I see you?
M r Shastri: I’m free between ten and eleven tomorrow.
D oes that suit you?
Ivanov: Perfectly.
B. AFTER A VISIT TO LONDON
A: Where were you last week? I called you up but
there was no answer.
189
В: I was in London.
A: How long were you there?
В: 1 stayed there for ten days and came back last
night. By the w ay, I met George Volkov there and
we went to the theatre together.
A; What did you see?
B: O thello [э'0е1ои] at Covent G arden.1
C. A C UP OF TEA
J an e: Would you like a cup of tea?
M ary: Only, if it’s not too much trouble.2
Jane: How do you like it?
M ary: A little milk and no sugar.
N otes
1. Covent ['kovsnt] Garden or Covent Garden Royal
['гэНэИЗ Opera ['эргэ] House "Ковент—Гарден" (на
звание королевского оперного театра).
2. if it’s not too much trouble если это вас не очень за
труднит
Exercise 5. Read and translate the dialogues.
Exercise 6. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for these word
combinations and sentences.
1. Он только позавчера приехал сюда. 2. Очень инте
ресная страна. 3. Не могли бы вы представить меня неко
торым из своих коллег? 4. между десятью и одиннадцатью.
5. Я пробыл там десять дней. 6. Какой вы любите чай?
Exercise 7. Quote the sentences in which the following words and word
combinations are used in the text.
professor, to suit, before, to call up, how long, sugar
Exercise 8. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce tbe dialogues.
1. A: Mr Brown, this is Mr P etrov, a Moscow U niversity
professor. Mr P etrov, please meet Mr Brown, a London
U niversity professor.
B: How. do you do.
P: How do you do.
(A: Pankov, Pavlov, Popov)
2. A: It’s a cold day today, isn ’t it?
B: Y es, it is. By the w ay, how do you like it here?
A: W ell, it’s a very interesting country.
(A: nice, very cold, very nice)
3. A: Could you introduce me to som e o f your colleagues?
B: With pleasure.
(A: Mr Benson, your brother, Mrs Smith)
4. A: When could I see you?
В: I’m free between two an d three in the afternoon.
D oes it suit you?
A: Perfectly.
(B: at five o ’dock, in the morning)
5. A: Can you come at ten tom orrow m orning ?
B: Y es, it suits me perfectly.
04: at two in the afternoon, at five tomorrow, between ten
and eleven tomorrow)
6. A: Where were you la st night? I called you up but
there was no answer.
В : I went to a birthday p a rty.
(A: yesterday morning, last Sunday; B: shopping, for a
walk in the park)
7. A; Did you stay there long?
B: For ten d a ys.
(В : two w eeks, a m onth, a month and a half)
8. A* Would you like a cup o f tea l
B: Only, if it’s not too much trouble.
(A: a cup of coffee, to have lunch now)
Exercise 9. Fill in the blanks with missing remarks. Reproduce the dialogues.
I. A: Professor Brown, m eet my colleague Professor
T enson.
B: • • •
A: Perfectly.
5. A: Where were you last Sunday? I called you up but
there was no answer.
B: • • •
192
11* А: ... ?
В: At the cashier’s desk over there.
12. A: ...?
B: I ’m afraid so. My mother is n ’t very well.
Exercise 11. Reproduce the dialogues in pairs.
L E S S O N T H IR T E E N
194
Present Perfect T ense образуется при помощи вспомога
тельного глагола to have в форме Simple Present (have, has)
и Past Participle (причастия прошедшего времени) смысло
вого глагола.
Форма Past Participle стандартных глаголов совпадает с
формой Simple Past, т. е. к инфинитиву смыслового глагола
(без to) прибавляется окончание - (e)d: to live — lived, to
stay — stayed, to study — studied, to wash — washed, to
translate — translated.
Форма Past Participle большинства нестандартных гла
голов образуется путем изменения корневой гласной. Эти
формы следует заучивать наизусть (см, стр. 175). В слова
рях обычно даются три формы нестандартных глаголов:
инфин#т}*в, прошедшее время (Simple P a st), причастие
прошедшего времени (Past Participle).
Для разговорной речи характерно употребление сокра
щенных форм вспомогательного глагола to have в утверди
тельных и отрицательных предложениях: I’ve, w e’ve,
they’ve, h e’s, sh e’s, it’s, haven’t, h asn ’t.
Exercise 1. Give the Past Participle of the following standard verbs. Transcribe
and read them.
196
Exercise 2. Make up sentences using the table anu translate them.
I helped them,
You translated texts into
We have often English,
They just returned from Rostov,
already told him about that.
never read this book,
He
has written a letter to them
She
I invited them
You listened to the latest
haven’t yet.
We news
today,
They answered his letter
this week,
met Mr Brown
this month,
He seen them
lately.
She h asn’t done her homework
Exercise 7. Open the brackets and use the proper tenses (Simple Present,
Simple Past, Present Continuous and Present Perfect Tense).
1. I (to be) a student. I (to have) an English class now.
We (to do) just exercise five and now we (to answer) the
teacher’s questions. 2. "You (to buy) already fruit and
vegetables?" "Yes, 1 have." "When you (to go) shopping?" "I
(to go) shopping after lunch yesterday." 3. "He (to come) just
to the office. It’s five m inutes to nine." "And when he (to
198
com e) to the office yesterday?" "He (to come) at ten to nine
yesterday." 4. Peter (to leave) for school fifteen m inutes ago
but Ann (not to leave) for college yet. 5. Peter (not to go) to
see his mother yesterday. His elder brother Nick (to go) just
to see her. She (to be) ill lately. 6. "When you (to go) to the
theatre?" "I (to go) to the theatre last Saturday." 7. "She ever
(to drive) a car?" "Yes, she has. She can drive a car very
well." 8. "He (to ask) me to write a letter to Peter last week."
"You (to write) a letter yet?" "Yes, I have."
Exercise 8. Translate into English.
1. Закройте, пожалуйста, окно.— Я уж е закрыл. 2. Ку
пили ли вы фрукты и овощи? — Да. Я ходила за покупка
ми вчера после обеда. 3. Сколько занятий посетил дирек
тор школы вчера? 4. Могли бы вы перевести этот текст
сейчас? — Я уж е перевел его. 5. Вы когда-нибудь играли в
шахматы с Петром? Хорошо ли он играет? — Я не знаю. Я
никогда с ним не играл. 6. Вы еще не обедали? Давайте по
обедаем в кафе. Оно за углом. 7. Что вы читаете? —
"Мать". Эго очень интересная книга. Вы читали ее? — Нет
ещ е. 8. Я не видел Николая последнее время.— Я тоже, 9.
Вы сегодня были в библиотеке? — Нет. Я был там позавче
ра.
199
II. W ORD-BUILDING
1. A ffixation* (А ф ф иксация)
В английском языке, как и в русском, широко исполь
зуется аффиксация — образование новых слов от основ су
ществующих слов при помощи суффиксов и префиксов.
Знание значений суффиксов и префиксов помогает опреде
лить значение незнакомых слов, образованных при их по
мощи от знакомых слов.
Суффиксы -ег, -ог используются для образования от
глагольных основ существительных, обозначающих про
фессию или свойственное данному лицу действие.
to work работать — worker рабочий
to sleep спать — sleeper соня
Префикс ге- используется для образования от глаголь-
. ных основ новых слов, имеющих значение повторности
действия или совершения его заново.
2. Conversion** (К онверсия)
Конверсия — один из наиболее распространенных
способов словообразования в английском языке. Конвер
сией называется образование новых слов от слов, принад
леж ащ их к другой части речи, без добавления аффиксов
(суффиксов или префиксов). При помощи конверсии глав
ным образом образуются существительные от глаголов,
глаголы от существительных и глаголы от прилагательных.
* affixation bacfik'seijn]
** conversion [кэпЧэ:р 1]
200
to look смотреть — a look взгляд
to sleep спать — sleep сон
a hand рука — to hand вручать
Exercise 3. Form nouns from these verbs by means of conversion. Translate
them.
to work, to visit, to answer, to walk, to shave, to wash, to
stay, to study, to help, to hope, to return, to drive
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. Знание способов словообразования поможет вам раз
вить языковую догадку (т. е. умение догадаться о значении новых слов) в
процессе самостоятельного чтения.
III. TEXT
Learn these speech patterns
1. I f s very nice o f you to ask us. Очень лю безно (мило) с
вашей стороны, что вы нас пригласили.
Exercise 1. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
It is nice of you to invite us.
was him to say so.
Peter to come and see us.
them to help us.
2. It was tim e to leave for the cinema. Было пора отправ
ляться в кино.
Exercise 2. Make up sentences using the tabie and translate them.
I the book.
Peter the party.
the film.
Mrs Brown enjoyed
They seeing him.
reading the book.
201
4. We'd "Лlove to come, [wid ~Л \м to клт ] (We would
(wod ] ^ l o v e to come.) Мы с удовольствием (охотно) при
дем.
Exercise 4. Макс up sentences using th'e table and translate them.
to meet him.
I’d to have lunch with you.
H e’d love to see the new film,
We’d to stay in St. Petersburg.
Exercise 5. Complete these sentences using patterns 1, 2, 3, 4.
1) I. ... to go and see them. 2. ... to do that. 3.... to give
me the book. 4. ... to show us your new pictures. 5. ... to invite
them.
2) 6. It’s time to... . 7. It was time to... . 8. 1 think it’s time
to... . 9. He says it’s time to... .
3) 10. He enjoyed. ... 11. Did they enjoy... ? 12. The
children enjoyed... , d idn’t they?
4) 13. I’d love to... . 14. We’d love to... . 15. H e’d love
to
Exercise 6. Translate into English.
1. Вам очень понравился фильм, не так ли? — Д а. 2.
Благодарю вас, мне очень понравился вечер по случаю ва
шего дня рождения. 3. Который сейчас час? — Восемь. П о
ра отправляться в школу. 4. Мне очень нравится перево
дить с английского языка на русский. 5. Я с удовольствием
прочитаю эту книгу. 6. Ник с удовольствием повидается с
вами.
Exercise 7. Make up eight sentences using patterns 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Exercise 8. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
GOING O U T 1
Mr and Mrs Wilson were at home last Saturday afternoon.
Mr Wilson is a lecturer at Edinburgh U niversity. He lectures
on R ussian literature. Mr Wilson and his wife are fond of
R ussian literature and art.
T h ey were about to have dinner when the telephone rang.
Mrs Wilson answered the call. It was Mr Petrov, a teacher of
R ussian from Moscow. Mr Petrov came to Scotland about a
year ago at the invitation of Edinburgh U niversity. He
teaches spoken R ussian to English students. Mr Pet_^rov J
in'vited the -^W ilsons $ to 'come and have "'Idinner with
him J 'next "'ї Friday.
He 'said, "'Would you 'like to 'go to the -^cinem a after
dinner? T hey are 'show ing2 a "^Russian -J film "'Crime and
Punishm ent"3 at the Odeon."
"It’s 'very ”^nice of -^ you to ~^ask us," said Mrs Wilson.
"We’d“M ove to come. 'John’s 'been t so ~^busy lately, S we
'haven’t gone 'out ”^much. 'Thank you T very "^much."
(N ext Friday)
N am es
Exercise 10. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
L E SSO N FO U R TEEN
1
A: Would you like to come to the cinem a tonight?
B: I’d love to. W hat’s on?1
A: T h ey ’re show ing2 the musical "MyFair Lady"3 at our
local. I’ve booked two seats.
B: Isn ’t the film a screen version of "Pygmalion", a play
by Bernard Shaw, the famous English playwright?
A: Y es, it is. By the way, Audrey Hepburn plays the
leading part. S h e’s my favourite actress. Let’s meet near
the cinema at 6.15. The show starts at 6.30.
B: Fine. See you later.
A: See you soon.
2
M ary: John, w e’re going to the show tonight. I’ve booked
two seats.
John: Peter Smith went there last night and he d id n ’t like
it.
M ary: I d on ’t care about Peter’s opinion.4
John: Well, everyone says the show ’s a com plete flop.
There were only a few people there last night.
M ary: What a pity!5
B. INVITATIONS
1
George: Would you like to come to a concert with me
tomorrow afternoon?
Alice: I’d love to. Thank you very much.
210
George: Fine. Let’s meet here about one o ’clock.
Alice: Good. See you tomorrow.
George: Goodbye.
2
M ichael: Why don’t we go for a drive in the country today?
Ann: That would be very nice. Thank you.
M ichael: I can pick you up at 11 o ’clock.
Ann: Good. See you soon.
M ichael: Bye.
C. TEA PARTY
N otes
211
Exercise 6. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for these word
combinations and sentences.
212
Exercise 9. Fill in the blanks with missing remarks. Reproduce the dialogues.
L E S SO N F IF T E E N
shall
I shall not
shan't
We (Ja:nt]
next
He 'go there “S month.
She will
(it) will not
You won’t
They [wount]
I
'Yes, we ~~\shall.
'Shall we 'No, we "^shan’t
he 'next
she 'go there month?
(it) 'Yes, they ""Vwill.
'Will 'NTo, they ""Won't.
you
they
216
В разговорной речи в утвердительных и отрицательных
предложениях употребляются обычно сокращенные формы
вспомогательных глаголов: I’ll, w e’ll, he’ll, you’ll, shan’t
[{a:nt], w on’t [w ount].
Sim ple Future употребляется для выражения обычных,
привычных (повторяющихся) действий в будущем:
Children will com e to school again [э'деп ]. Дети вновь
придут в школу.
Students will com e to colleges. Студенты придут в кол-
леджи.
В официальных сообщениях о будущ их планах или со
бытиях также употребляется Simple Future.
I study French
We sh a n ’t meet them
teach geography to next week.
them next year.
You 1 have any classes in summer.
He won’t tell them about it tomorrow.
She go there by bus
introduce him to
Shall I
Mr Brown?
invite them to my
we next Monday?
birthday party?
tomorrow?
Will you type these letters next year?
he work in the office next month?
she return from Paris
they stay there long?
Excrcise 3. Transform these sentences into tag questions and translate them.
Give short answers to them. Pay attention to intonation.
219
1. T hey will go to the new show next week. (1) 2. M y elder
brother will lecture ой French art next year. (2) 3. The Browns
will com e back next m onth. (2) 4. H e will have som e free time
tom orrow . (2)
Не has to get up at six every morning as it takes him two hours to get to
college. Ему приходится вставать в шесть часов каждое утро, так
как ему требуется два часа, чтобы добраться до института.
You don't have to do it. Вам не нужно делать это. (нет необходимости
делать это)
Не could play tennis well when he was a student. Он мог хорошо играть
в теннис (он хорошо играл в теннис), когда был студентом.
Не could speak French very well when he was at school. Он очень хорошо
говорил по-французски, когда учился в школе.
Exercise 8. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to modal verbs.
221
Exercise 9. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
Exercise 10. Transform these sentences into the Simple Future or Simple Past
Tense. Use the adverbial modifiers of time given in brackets.
Exercise 11. Ask questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
Exercise 13. Make up six sentences using equivalents of the modal verbs can
and must in the Simple Future and Simple Past Tense.
222
3. W ays of Expressing Future A ctions*
(Способы выражения будущ и х действий)
Характеристика обоз
Временная форма Пример начаемого действия
Выражает действие в
They will leave for отдаленном или
Simple Future London next month. неопределенном
будущем
Выражает намерение
I am going to leave for совершить
to be going to London.
действие в будущем
Выражает
They are leaving for запланированное
Present Continuous London tomorrow. действие в
ближайшем
будущем
Exercise 14. Read and translate these sentences. Compare the future actions.
1. A famous British writer is speaking on TV tonight. 2.
Some French actors are arriving in Moscow tomorrow. 3. He
is m eeting Mr Brown tomorrow afternoon. 4. "When are you
having your next lesson?" "I’m having it on M onday.” 5. "Are
you going to buy any butter?" "No, we have a lot of butter at
home." 6. Are you going to reread that book? When will you
be able to give it to Peter? 7. I hope the Browns will arrive
before dinner. 8. "Tom’s sister has just come back from
Samarkand." "Good, w e’ll invite her to our next party." 9.
Will you have time to help me tomorrow? 10. Will you see
them next week?
Exercise 15. Make up twelve sentences expressing future actions.
4. Attributive Clauses**
(Определителны е придаточные предлож ения)
* Обобщение материала
** attributive clauses JVtribiutiv 'kia:ziz]
*** defining relative [di'fainitj 'rebtiv]
223
определительные предложения не отделяются от главного
запятой.
2) Описательные определительные предложения (non
defining relative clau ses), которые не ограничивают значе
ние определяемого слова, а сообщают дополнительные, не
существенные данные о нем. Описательные определитель
ные предложения отделяются от главного запятой.
Как ограничительные, так и описательные определи
тельные предложения вводятся союзными местоимениями
who кот оры й , whom кот ором у, к от орого, w hose чей и
which кот оры й ; who и whom обычно определяют одушев
ленные существительные, which — неодушевленные сущ е-
вительные. Кроме того, ограничительные определительные
предложения могут вводиться союзными наречиями where,
when и союзным местоимением that, которое может опре
делять как одуш евленные, так и неодушевленные сущест
вительные.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ, В современной английской разговорной речи вместо
whom обычно употребляется who.
Ограничительные опреде Описательные определи
лительные предложения тельные предложения
T he man w h o(т ) we m et John, who cam e back
yesterd a y is ch ief yesterd a y, is leaving for
engineer of th is factory. Paris today.
T he boy whose m other you G eorge, whose m other you
saw a t the m eetin g is not m e t, is not well.
ew ell.
T he son who works in the His eldest son, who is at
office is tw enty. college, is twenty-two.
I want to speak to the girl
that typed m y letter.
What is the nam e of the
street where you liv e?
В ограничительных определительных предложениях
союзные местоимения who, whom и that могут опускаться,
если они не являются подлежащими определительных пред
лож ений. В описательных определительных предложениях
союзные местоимения никогда не опускаются. Сравните:
T he man you т е yesterday is my father.— Mr Smith,
w h o(m ) you m et y e s t e r d a y is a teacher.
II. TEXT
Learn these w ords and word com binations
226
swim (swam, swum) v плавать; book a ticket for a plane (a
Can you swim? to go swimming boat, a train the cinema, the
(пойти) поплавать; Shall we go theatre); Could you book two
swimming before dinner? boat tickets for us?
lie [lai] v (lay, Iain {let, lein]) ле in advance [ad'vams] заранее, за
жать; to lie in the sun греться благовременно; They booked
на солнце, загорать; Let’s lie in tickets for the Opera House in
the sun before breakfast, advance.
beach [bi:ts] n пляж; on the beach settle ['setl] v решать, урегулиро
на пляже вать
attend [o'tend] v посещать, присут m atter ['maete] n дело, вопрос; to
ствовать; to attend a lecture (a settle the m atter урегулировать,
m eeting, a party); Sorry, I решить вопрос; They want to
cannot attend the lecture today, settle the matter today,
festival ['festivl] n фестиваль; calm [ka:m] а спокойный; The sea
M usic festival фестиваль музыки was calm yesterday,
song [sorj] n песня; a Festival of deck n палуба; on deck на палубе;
Song фестиваль песни There were a lot of people on
sing (sang, sung) v петь; Can you deck.
sing this song? lounge chair [launch tjea] шезлонг
music ['mju:zik] n музыка botanical [ba'tgenikl] а ботаниче
trip поездка, путешествие; to go ский
on a trip отправиться в поездку garden ['ga:dn] n сад; botanical
(в путешествие); The Browns gardens ботанический сад
went on a trip to France last year, hike [haik] n; to go for a hike пой
taxi ['tseksi] n такси; to take a ти на прогулку, в поход; Let’s
taxi (a bus, etc.) ездить на так go for a hike tomorrow,
си (на автобусе и т. д.); Let’s m ountain ['mauntm] n гора; in the
take a taxi, m ountains в горах (в горы);
plane п самолет; to go by plane, They went for a hike in the
to take a plane полететь на са mountains yesterday,
молете; Is he going to take a warm [w3:m] а теплый
plane? w eather ['weda] n погода; We had
show smb. round v показывать ко very warm weather last July.
му-л. (город, выставку, достоп What is the weather like today?
римечательности и т. п.); Сап Какая сегодня погода?
you show him round the city resort [n'ZD:t] n курорт
after lunch? high [hai] а высокий; These
be fam ous for быть известным, mountains are very high,
славиться чем-л.; St. Petersburg protect [pra'tekt] v защищать; to
is famous for its monuments, protect from sm th. защищать
m useum fmju:'zi3m] n музей от чего-л.
places of in te re st ['m trist] достоп north [пэ:0] а северный
римечательности wind [wind] n ветер; The high
even ['i:vn] adv даже; He never Caucasian Mountains protect the
even said a word. Black Sea coast from the cold
Opera H ouse ['эрэгэ haus] опер north winds,
ный театр sunny ['SAni] а солнечный; It’s a
in terru p t [inta'rApt] v прерывать, very sunny day today,
перебивать (говорящего); May water j/wota] n вода
I interrupt you? tem perature f'tempritfa] n темпера
ticket ['tikit] n билет; to book a тура: W hat’s the temperature
plane (boat) ticket заказывать now?
билет на самолет (пароход); to that’ll do достаточно
227
PLANS FOR THE SUMMER HOLIDAYS
'Last k n ig h t 'M ichael 'Pavlov and his 'wife - J H elen J
'talked about their plans J for the 'coming "^holiday.
"Let’s go to Sochi, shall we?"1 said Michael. "It’s a
'beautiful ” town. 1 'spent my 'holidays in - J Sochi J when I
was a student. I’d “4 like to go there again."
"That’s а wonderful idea," said Helen. "I’ve never
been to -/S o c h i, J and I 'love the ~^sea. W e’ll - J bathe, w e’ll
'go -^boating and "^swimming. W e’ll 'lie in the 'sun on the
beach."
"And w e’ll be 'able to at'tend the 'Festival of —>Song Ї
that 'takes -/p la c e in Sochi J 'every "^summer, J w e’ll 'hear
'new - J songs and 'new music," said Michael. "Our 'trip
may be t very "^interesting. 'H ere’s what w e’ll ~ \d o .2 W e’ll
'take a 'plane to О-O dessa J and I’ll 'show you 'round the
^city. There are 'beautiful 'm onuments to the 'famous
/х /p eo p le, who 'lived in 0 ,d e s s a , J mu—/seu m s and M oth er
places of interest."
"We may 'even 'go to the T famous “^Opera House,"
H elen interrupted him.
'’W e’ll 'never be 'able to 'get to Sochi, you _^know,"
Michael said. "Well, ""'Ifrom o J )d e s s a , S w e’ll 'go to —/S och i
by ^Iboat." "We’ll 'have to 'book 'plane and “^ b oat -J tickets
in ad ^ ivance, Ї sh a n ’t we?" asked H elen. "We’ll
certainly have to do that," said Michael. "I’ll 'have to 'go to
the T Travel A gency3 J and 'Л settle —^that J to'morrow
morning. By the _^w ay, I ’ve 'got a T guide to Sochi.
'Let’s 'read what it 'says about the ~^town."
Michael started reading, "Sochi is the largest and most
beautiful resort4 in the Caucasus. The high Caucasian
M ountains protect Sochi from the cold north w inds. There are
a lot of sunny days there. T he sea water temperature is b e
tween 24-28° С in summer.
About two million people come to Sochi every year."
"That’ll do," H elen interrupted him. "I realize Sochi is the
town we should go to."5
ф $ ф
N otes
230
f) Should I go to the show tomorrow? I’d advise you to go.
(I’d advise you to go to the show.)
1. Should we go for a hike in the mountains? 2. Should I
attend his lecture? 3. Should they go on a trip? 4. Should I
book plane tickets in advance? 5. Should we go there again?
Exercise 5. a) Compare the meanings of the verbs to say, to tell, to speak and
to talk.
speak
say tell
1. to say sm th. сказать 1. to tell sm b. sm th. (about
что-л. sm th.) говорить, сооб
щать кому-л. что-л.
2. to say that... сказать, 2. to tell smb. to do smth.
что... (дополнит, прида приказать (велеть) ко
точное предлож.) м у-л. сделать что-л.
3. to say sm th. to smb. ска
зать что-л. кому-л.
4. to say, (вводит пря
мую речь) сказать:
speak talk
1. to speak говорить; to 1. to talk to smb. (about
speak English (French, sm th.) разговаривать,
etc.) говорить по-анг беседовать, говорить с
лийски (по-французски кем-л. (о чем-л.)
и т. д.)
2. to speak to smb. about
sm th. разговаривать, по
говорить с кем-л. о чем-л.
3. to speak at a m eeting вы
ступать на собрании (за
седании и т. д.)
b) Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the verbs to say, to tell,
to speak and to talk.
1. What did you say? 2. He says (that) it is time to start
work. 3. "Every morning say "hello" to your friends," the
231
young mother sa id to her little son. 4. He to ld m e about his
son. 5. I have a lot to tell yo u . 6. He told m e his name. 7. Tell
me where you live. 8. Did he tell you to translate that article?
9. Will you speak slow ly*, please. 10. Can your sister speak
Germ an? 11. Do you know Mr Brown well? Can you speak to
him about John? 12. He spoke at the m eeting for forty
m inutes. 13. Bill is talking to a friend now. 14. What are they
talking about? 15. T hey talked for two hours.
Exercise 6. Translate into English. Use the verbs to say, to tell, to speak and
to talk.
1. Кто сказал вам об этом? 2. «Вы должны всегда го в о
рит ь "здравствуйте" своим учителям»,— сказала учитель
ница первоклассникам. 3. Он говори т , что пора идти на
работу. 4. Они проговорили два часа о планах на предсто
ящий отпуск. 5. С казал ли он вам свое имя? 6. Что он ска
зал вам? 7. М ожете ли вы сказат ь мне, где сейчас Петр?
8. Г оворит е, пожалуйста, медленно. 9. Не могли бы вы по
говорит ь с г-ном Брауном о моей книге? 10. В ыст упал ли
г-н Браун на последнем собрании? 11* О чем беседуют эти
два друга? 12. Сколько времени вы п роговорили (беседова
ли) вчера.
Exercise 7. Make up twelve sentences using the verbs to say, to tell, to speak
and to t£lk.
Exercise 8. Complete these sentences. Use active words and word combinations.
1. Will you attend...? 2. I hope the w eather.... 3. I’d like to
spend.... 4. T he sea w as.... 5. T hey went for.,.. 6. The city is
famous for,... 7, Every year a Festival of Song..,. 8, He hopes
hewill be able to..,. 9. T hey d id n ’t have to.... 10. They even....
11. May I interrupt you? I’d like to.... 12. H ere’s what w e’ll
do ...
Exercise 9. Insert articles where necessary.
1. T h ey talked to us about their plans for ... coming
holiday. 2. She says that she loves ... sea. 3. T h ey ’ll go on ...
trip to ... Caspian Sea. 4. W e’ll take ... plane to Paris. 5.
T h ey’ll go to London by ... train. 6. Y ou’ll have to go to ...
Travel Agency and book ... train tickets. 7. There are a lot of
lounge chairs on ... deck. You may sit there and enjoy ... sea.
8. I hope ... w eather will be fine on Sunday. Then we shall be
able to go to ... country. 9. T hey lived in ... town of V ilnius.
10. I hope they enjoyed ... holiday that they spent in Sochi
* slowly t'siouli] adv медленно
>32
last month, 11. T hey liked ... places of interest they visited in
St, Petersbourg.
Exercise 10. insert prepositions or adverbs.
1. What is this town famous ... ? 2. I ’ve never been ... New
York. 3. W e’ll lie ... the sun ... the beach. 4. Г1Ї speak ... then
... our trip ... the Caucasus. 5. "Г11 show you ... the city lived
there a few years ago and Ї know it very w e ll/1 said Ann. 6.
There is a monument ... Minin and Pozharsky in Red Square.
7.... O dessa they will go ... Sochi ... boat. 8. Shall we have to
book seats ... advance? 9. She is going to sit ... deck and look
... the sea.
Exercise 11. Make up ten questions based on the text and answer them.
Exercise t2. Give a summary of the text "Plans for the Summer Holiday
Exercise 13. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tenses.
1. "You (to see) Peter and Nick this morning?" "Yes, I (to
meet) them a few minutes ago. T hey (to go) for a hike in the
mountains." "They (to come back) today?" "I (not to know).
They may come back in the evening." 2. "You ever (to be) to
Odessa?" "Yes, I (to spend) my holiday there last year."
"Where you (to go) for your holiday this summer?" ”1 (to go)
on a trip to Siberia in August." 3. "That's a beautiful song,
isn ’t it? Who (to sing) it?" "Some students from Kiev." 4. "You
(to go) to attend the Festival of Song in Sochi, aren ’t you?
When the Festival (to take) place?" "It (to begin) the day
after tomorrow." 5. "The sea (to be) calm today. Let’s go on
deck." "That’s a good idea. We (to sit) in lounge chairs and
enjoy the sun and the sea.”
Exercise 14. Ask questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
1. N ick will spend his summer holidays in Riga. (2) 2.
They attended the conference in Paris. (2) 3. H e will show
you som e interestin g places tom orrow. (3) 4. The M usic
Festival will take place in M oscow next year. (3)
Exercise 15. Make up sentences using the following word combinations with the
verbs to go and to come.
to go (by boat, by plane, by train, by b us), to go for a
walk, to go to school (to college), to go to bed, to go out, to
go to see, to go boating (swim m ing), to go on a trip, to go on
lour, to come back, to come home, to come to see, to come
from
E x rm se K>. Translalr info English.
1. Куда вы едете в отпуск? — В Таллин. Мы никогда
там не были, и нам бы хотелось осмотреть достопримеча
тельности этого интересного города. 2. Прошлое лето мы
провели в Крыму. Мы остановились в Ялте на неделю, а
потом поехали в Феодосию. Мы купались в море, загорали
на пляже и катались на лодке. 3. Вы будете присутствовать
на лекции сегодня? — Д а. Где она будет? — В 25-й ауди
тории. 4. Завтра Пе?тр должен будет пойти в Бюро путеш е
ствий и заказать билеты на пароход. 5. Они надеются, что
путеш ествие доставит им большое удовольствие. 6. Нам
нужно будет решить эти (деловые) вопросы завтра, 7. «Мы
собираемся пойти на прогулку в горы. Хотите пойти с на
ми?» — прервал его Петр. «С удовольствием. Я очень лю б
лю бродить по горам (ходить на прогулки в горы),— отве
тил Николай. 8. Город Сухуми славится своим Ботаниче
ским садом. 9. Вам понравилось путешествие? — Да, пого
да была теплая, море спокойное. 10. Какая сегодня пого
да? — День очень теплый. 11. Мне показать им дорогу в
Ботанический сад? — Д а, пожалуйста.
Exercise 17. Ask your colleagues these questions and sum up the answers.
a) 1. What are your plans for the coming holiday? 2.
Where will you go for your holiday? 3. How long are you
going to stay there? 4. What other places are you going to
visit? 5. Will your family go together with you? 6. How will
you go there: by plane or by train?
b) 1. Where is your friend going to spend his holiday? 2.
Has he ever been there before? 3. What places of interest will
he be able to see there? 4. Will he be able to go swimming and
boating? 5. Is he fond of swimming? 6. Will he have to stay in
a hotel?
Exercise 19. a) Make up stories on these topics, b) Write a story on one of the
topics.
234
1. Plans for the com ing h olid ay(s). 2. My friend’s plans
for his h olid ay(s). 3. How I spent my last summer holiday
(my last winter* holiday).
L E S S O N SIX T E E N
235
Exercise 4. Translate into English
1. Приятно вновь встретиться с вами. 2. Анна очень хо
рошо выглядит, не так ли? 3. Вы очень хорошо выглядите
сегодня. 4. Мы с нетерпением ждем поездки в Самарканд.
5. Мы с нетерпением ж дем, когда сможем прочитать вашу
новую книгу.
Exercise 5. Make up nine sentences using patterns 1, 2 and 3.
236
fairly I'feah) adv довольно, в изве scientist ['saiantist] n ученый
стной степени; The weather was carry ['kaeri] v носить; Where are
fairly good. Погода была до you carrying the books?
вольно хорошей, bag n сумка, чемодан, саквояж
though [dou] cnj хотя; He went manage ['maenicfe] v справляться,
for a walk in the park though it обходиться; I can manage all
was very cold, right [rait]; Я вполне могу спра
rain n дождь; We had a lot of rain виться (сам),
last month, hotel [hou'tel] п отель, гостиница
shine (shone) [jam, $эп] v све while [wail] cnj в то время как;
тить; The sun is shining brightly What places of interest would you
['b ra ith ]. Солнце светит ярко, like to see while you are here?
lovely I'IavIi] а очаровательный certainly ['sartnlij adv конечно,
прелестный, чудесный; It is а безусловно; He’s certainly a
lovely day today, very good man. Certainly not!
on the whole [houl] в общем, в об Ни в коем случае. Конечно,
щем и целом; On the whole I нет. "Will you invite John to your
liked the film. birthday party?" "Certainly not".
A. TRANSPORT
AT A RAILWAY STATION
1*
A: When does the Kiev train leave, please?
В : At 10 o ’clock, platform 3.
A: What time does it arrive?
B: Five o ’clock in the evening. It takes about seven
hours to get there.
A: Do I have to change?
B: N o, it’s a through train.
2.
A: Is there a through train to Aberdeen*
г. Абердин?
В: N o, there is n ’t. You have to change at
Edinburgh**.
A: What time is the next train to Edinburgh, please?
B: At 10.35 in the evening.
237
P assen ger: I’d like to travel economy class, please.
Booking clerk: Aeroflot Flight 048 leaves at 0 9 2 0 .1
Passenger: What time do I have to be there?
B ooking clerk: Y ou’ll have to be at Air Terminal by 0810.
T he coach leaves for the airport at 0815.
AT THE AIRPORT
B. AN ENJOYABLE HOLIDAY
(Mr Brown has just returned from Italy, and is talking to
Petrov.)
P etrov: How did you enjoy your holiday?
M r Brown: Oh, I liked Italy very much.
Petrov: What about the weather?
B: W ell, it was fairly good, though we had quite a lot of rain.
P: Oh, what a pity.
B: . W ell, when the sun shone it was really lovely. On the
w hole it was a very enjoyable holiday.
N otes
1. 0920 = 9.20. Обратите внимание на то, как ука
зывается время в расписаниях авиалиний.
2. Flight Num ber 502 Рейс № 502
3. Неге послуш айте (давайте)
238
Exercise 6. Read and translate the dialogues.
Exercise 7. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for these word
combinations and sentences.
1. Когда отправляется киевский поезд? 2. Два билета в
один конец в первом классе... 3. Один обратный билет сро
ком на три дня. 4. Объявляет об отправлении рейса № 502.
5. Она (погода) была довольно хорошая. 6. когда светило
солнце. 7. Вы очень хорошо выглядите. 8. Не беспокойтесь.
9. действительно очень лю безно с вашей стороны.
Exercise 8. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used in the dialogues.
a through train, to change, single, platform, pleasure, to
book a flight, to travel economy class, coach, gate, to manage
Exercise 9. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1, A: When does the Edinburgh train leave?
B: At 10 o'clock, platform 3.
(B: 9.25, 4; 6.45 in the evening, 6)
2* A: Do I have to change?
B: No, i f s a through train.
(B: Y es, you have a change at Leeds.)
3. A: I ’d like to book a flight to M oscow fo r Sunday the
fifth.
B: Just a m inute, I’ll see what there is.
(A: London for Monday the thirteenth, Tbilisi for
Thursday the twenty third)
4. A: What time do I have to be at the Air Terminal?
B: Y ou’ll have to be there by 0920. The coach leaves
for the airport at 0 9 3 0 .
(B: 0315, 0325; 1140, 1150)
5. A: What about the weather?
B: Well, it was fairly good.
СВ: we had a lot of rain it was wonderful, the sun shone
all the time)
6. A: How did you like your holiday?
B: It was a very enjoyable holiday.
(В : good, interesting)
7. J: H ello, Bill. N ice to see you again.
B: H ello, John. You’re looking very well.
СВ : fine, very tired)
8. A: Let me carry those bags.
B: Oh no, please don’t bother. 1 can manage all right.
(A: do it for you, carry those books, take a taxi for
you, book you a hotel)
239
9. A: I’m looking forward to showing you round the town.
В: T h at’s certainly very nice of you.
(A: showing you our country, taking you to the
Botanical Gardens)
Exercise 10. Fill in the blanks with missing remarks. Reproduce the dialogues.
1. A: When does the Kiev train leave, please?
D. ♦♦*
jL-J*
2. A: Do I have to change?
B: ...
3. A: How much do I have to pay for two six-day returns
to London?
B: ...
4. A: Which platform does the London train leave from?
B: ...
5. A: Could I book a flight to Moscow for Sunday the
nineteenth? I’d like to travel first class, please.
B: ...
6. A: Did the radio announce myflight?
B: ...
Exercise 11. Think of the questions and statements to which the following
sentences are the answers.
1
л * j.A- ж* 9 * ** *
В: At 9.25. Platform 5.
2. A: ...?
B: N o, it’s a through train.
3* A-
ii **7
•
*
241
два места в первом классе и три места в туристиче
ском классе. Какое бы вы хотели взять?
— Я возьму место в первом классе.
5. — Когда я долж ен быть на аэровокзале?
— Вам нужно быть на аэровокзале к 9.30. В 9.40 от
правляется автобус в аэропорт.
6. — Боюсь, что я долж ен идти. По радио объявили о мо
ем рейсе.
— Какой выход?
— Выход 9.
— Возьмите эту книгу. Она довольно интересная. До
свидания и всего наилучшего.
— До свидания. Спасибо за все.
7. — Я никогда не был в Италии.
— Я был там два года тому назад.
8. — Какая была погода?
— Шли сильные дожди в течение недели.
— Как жаль.
9. — Здравствуйте, Петр. Мне очень приятно вновь уви
деться с вами.
— Здравствуйте, Билл. Мне тоже очень приятно встре
титься с вами. Вы очень хорошо выглядите.
— Спасибо, А вот вы выглядите усталым.
— У меня болен сын.
— Как жаль.
' \
10. — Разреш ите мне заказать комнату в гостинице для
вас.
— Спасибо, не беспокойтесь. Я сам сделаю это.
L E S S O N SE V E N T E E N
* condition [kan'difn]
243
Exercise 1. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the use of
tenses.
1, "I’ll call you up as soon as I buy tickets for the train, "
Peter said. 2. If the weather is fine, we shall be able to go to
the m ountains. 3. Please book a return ticket if you go to
Sochi. 4. If he returns hom e before Friday, he will help us to
do the translation. 5. If you want to see all these places, you
will have to stay here for a week. 6. Please drive us to the
airport if you have time tomorrow morning. 7. As soon as you
return home, call me up. 8. T hey will go for a walk before
they go to bed. 9. Speak to him about it when you see him. 10.
She will not be able to tell him about it till he phones her. 11.
Will you wait until he com es back?
244
1. Если у вас есть время, позвоните Петру. 2. После то
го, как вы закажете билеты, скажите Михаилу об этом. 3.
Поедем" ли мы купаться, если погода будет хорошая? 4. Я
не смогу написать вам, пока не вернусь из Сочи. 5. Если
вы останетесь еще на три дня, я смогу показать Вам до
стопримечательности города. 6. Когда вы увидите г-на
Грина, попросите его позвонить мне. 7. Я просмотрю газе
ты после того, как мы позавтракаем. 8. До того, как мы
выедем, нам нужно будет купить подарки для друзей. 9.
Давайте зайдем в кафе после того, как увидим достоприме
чательности.
Exercise 6. Make up six sentences using clauses of time and condition.
shall
I shall 'not 1
We be "1 seeing
'sh an ’t |
He hin tomorrow.
She will
You will 'not ^
be “ 'I seeing
They 'won’t r
I 'Yes, I ~"\shall.
'Shall ’No, I " Is h a n ’t.
we
him
he be - J seeing
tomorrow?
she
'Yes, he will.
'Will you
’No, he “ ^won’t.
they
246
3. Comparative* Structures (Сравнительные конструкции)
• as...as... такой же..., как; так же. как
j not as (so)...as не такой.... как; не так.. , как
247
H e can play chess as well as John can . Он играет шахма
ты так ж е хорошо, как и Дж он.
Не cannot play chess as well as John can . Он не умеет
играть в шахматы так ж е хорошо, как и Джон,
Exercise 10. Read and translate these sentences.
1, "I don’t think these pictures are as good as his, ” Bill
said. 2. This sweater is as nice as your red one. 3. The film is
not as interesting as the novel. 4. I am as busy today as I was
yesterday. 5. I cannot play tennis as well as Peter can. 6. He
does not speak German as well as Mary does. 7. I do not get
up on Sunday as early as I do on Monday. 8. He did not stay
there as long as you did. 9. This song is as good as the one
we heard yesterday. 10. This film is not as interesting as the
one we saw last Sunday. 11. Ann cannot sing as well as you
can. 12. This lecture is as important as the one we had last
week.
Exercise 11. Respond to these questions according to the models.
a) John is young. And Ben?
Ben is as young as John. Ben isn ’t as young as Ben,
1. Peter is busy. And Bill? 2. Bill is tired. And Dick? 3.
German is difficult. And French? 4. Lesson 12 is easy. And
lesson 14? 5. Max has many English books. And Tom?
b) Jane can speak French weil. And Mary?
Mary can speak French as well as Jane can. Mary can’t
speak French as well as Jane can.
1, Jack plays tennis well. And Ted? 2. Peter saw many
interesting places there. And John? 3, Mary can speak English
w ell. And Helen? 4. The Browns will be able to stay in Rome
long. And the Smiths? 5. My brother often goes to the theatre.
And you? *
Exercise 12. Join these sentences using the pronoun one. Translate them.
a) This novel is interesting. That novel is interesting, too.
This novel is as interesting as that one.
1. This m agazine is interesting. That magazine is
interesting, too. 2. T he blue coat is nice. The dark brown coat
is nice, too. 3. T he old textbook is good. The new textbook is
good, too. 4. The new sofa is comfortable. The old sofa is
comfortable, too.
b) This novel is interesting. The novel you gave me last
week is interesting, too.
248
This novel is as interesting as the one you gave me last
week.
1. This story is long. T he story you told us yesterday was
long, too. 2. This picture is good. The picture you showed me
yesterday was good, too. 3. This film is interesting. The film
we saw last Sunday was interesting, too. 4. This article is
difficult. The article we translated yesterday was difficult,
too.
Exercise 13. Translate into English.
1. Этот (многоквартирный) дом такой ж е большой, как
и тот. 2. У Петра такая же хорошая квартира, как и у Н и
колая. 3. Я так же часто обедаю в институтской столовой,
как и вы. 4. День сегодня такой же чудесный, как и вчера.
5, Вы выглядите таким ж е усталым, как и он. 6. Мой брат
встает так же рано, как и вы. 7. Вы не пробыли там так
долго, как мы. 8. Это кресло не такое удобное, как то. 9.
Анна говорит по-французски не так хорошо, как вы. 10.
Встаете ли вы в воскресенье так же рано, как и во втор
ник? 11. Эта книга не такая интересная, как та, которую
вы принесли мне на прошлой неделе.
250
he 'Yes, he "'Iwas.
'Was 'No, he wasn’t.
she
at 7 o’clock
we 'watching T^7V
yesterday? 'Yes, they *~"\were.
you
'Were 'No, they weren’t.
they
251
John said: "They were discussing * the problem the w hole
morning yesterday." Дж он сказал: "Вчера они обсуж
дали эту проблему все утро", (подчеркивается дли
тельность действия)
She was typing letters from nine to twelve yesterday
morning. Вчера она печатала письма с 9 до 12 часов
утра.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: В тех случаях, когда констатируется лишь факт со
вершения действия, употребляется Simple Past.
John said: "They discussed the problem the whole morning yesterday." Джон
сказал: "Вчера они обсуждали эту проблему все утро". (длительность
действия несущественна)
Past Continuous как правило, переводится на русский
язык глаголом прошедшего времени несовершенного вида.
Exercise 17. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
at six o ’clock
having dinner yesterday,
having an English at 11 o ’clock
class yesterday
I
was answ ering a morning,
He
w asn’t telephone call when Peter came
She
telling John about into the room,
her studies when the
telephone rang.
252
at 5 o ’clock
doing his yesterday?
(I) homework when you came
Was he writing a letter home?
she having a French at 9 o ’clock last
class T u esd ay’?
Exercise 18. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A \: What were you doing at 12.30 yesterday
afternroon?
В: I was having lu n ch And you?
A 2: I was having a lecture.
(В: having a French class, taking Peter to the Travel
Agency; A t. looking through the papers, showing Mary
round the city)
2. A; Was John leaving when you came home?
B: N o, he w asn’t. He was just going to.
(A: reading a book, speaking on the phone, watching
television, doing his homework, making a phone call)
3. A: Did you watch television last night?
B: Y es, I was watching T V the whole evening.
(A: play chess, translate the text, read that novel; B:
playing ch ess, translating it, reading it)
253
yesterday morning) 5. Is John reading the new text) (at 2
o ’clock yesterday afternoon)
b) Is he doing his homework now? (when I came home)
N o, he isn ’t. He was doing his homework when I came
home.
1. Is Jane writing a letter? (when her son cam e from
college) 2. Is Peter learning the new words? (when his sister
called him up) 3. Is Mary reading a book? (while her husband
was translating an article) 4. Is H elen watching television?
(while her father was looking through the newspapers)
Exercise 20. Translate into English.
1. Вчера дети весь день играли в футбол. 2. Что вы де-
лали, когда пришли ваши друзья? — Я читала пьесу Ч ехо
ва. 3. Когда Петр возвращался домой вчера, он встретил
Д ж ейн. 4. Мы уж инали, когда мой старший брат вернулся
из университета. 5. Вчера весь вечер они обсуждали планы
на летний отпуск. 6. Петр просматривал газеты в то время,
как Анна смотрела телепередачу. 7. Вы переводили статью
весь вечер, не так ли? — Да, статья довольно трудная, и
мне пришлось многие слова смотреть по словарю. 8. Где вы
встретили Анну? — Я встретил ее около библиотеки, когда
возвращался домой вчера.
IL W O RD-BUILDING
to help them.
e
is
to show them round the city.
She
sure
to enjoy the performance.
They
are to like him.
You
255
Exercise 5. Translate into English.
1. Он несомненно ответит на ваше письмо. 2. Она обя
зательно придет на конференцию. 3. Им наверняка понра
вится этот фильм. 4. Вам несомненно доставит большое
удовольствие его последний роман.
256
referee [refo'ri:] n спорт. судья пользующийся известностью;
blow fblou] (blew, blown [blu:, Spartak are a very popular team.
bloun]) v дуть Come on! воскл. Давай, давай!
whistle {'wislj n свисток; to blow a centre forward ['senta .foiwad]
whistle дать свисток; The спорт, центральный нападаю
referee blew the whistle and the щий
match started, shoot [Ju:t] (shot, shot [Jort]) v
shout IJaut] n кричать; "Come here спорт, с силой посылать мяч
and help ме," he shouted; to (шайбу); to shoot at the goal
shout for спорт. болеть за ко бить по воротам (в футболе,
манду (на стадионе во время иг хоккее); Shoot! воскл. Шайбу!
ры) lose [lu:z] (lost [lost]) утерять;
support [S3f'p3:t] v спорт, болеть He lost his notebook yesterday;
за команду; What team do you to lose the game (the match)
support? проиграть игру (матч) ; They
understand [.Ando'stsend] have lost the game. Они проигра
(understood [,Anda'stu:d]) v I. ли.
понимать; Гш sotty to say I win (won [wAn]) v выиграть, побе
don’t understand this rule; 2. уз дить, одержать победу; to win a
нать, заключить из услышанно match выиграть матч (соревно
го; Mr Smith has gone on вание) ; I wonder who won the
business, I uderstand. last match,
popular ['popjub] а популярный, exciting [ik'saitig] а волнующий,
захватывающий, увлекатель
ный; It was an exciting match.
Exercise 6. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
1. "Which team won the game yesterday? "Spartak" did.
They beat Tractor З — 1 (three to one)." "The football ground
was crow ded, I understand." "Yes. Those are very popular
teams, you know. It was quite an exciting match.
Unfortunately* a Spartak player got a bad leg injury." "I’m
sorry to hear that. Does it mean he w on’t be able to play for
a couple of weeks now?" "I don’t know. It will be very bad if
he is n ’t able to play in October when they go to Tashkent.
H e’s one of Spartak’s top scorers." 2. The players are coming
onto the field. The game will begin as soon as the referee
blows his w histle. 3. "Our hom e team is not as good as it was
last year. I can ’t understand why." "Г11 tell you why. Two
very good players have left the team. T h at’s why they aren’t
playing as w ell as they did last year." 4. If we win this game
we shall play in Luzhniki next week. 5. The referee will speak
to the players before the match begins.
A FOOTBALL MATCH
Mr Green is very fond of football. He is a football fan. He
thinks that the Blackpool team 1 are very good. But he knows
* unfortunately [An'fxljnitli] adv к сожалению
257
') Практический курс английского языка
that they are not as good as the M anchester City team.
M anchester City beat Blackpool three to one in the last match.
When the M anchester City players come to Blackpool next
Saturday the Football Ground will be crowded.
If the day is fine it will be very difficult to get tickets.
That’s why Mr Green has booked tickets in advance.
N ext Friday Mr Green is going to have a Russian guest:
Sedov is coming to Blackpool on busin ess. Mr Green will meet
him at the station and bring him to the hotel in his car. On
Saturday they will go to the Blackpool Football Ground.
фф*
Notes
1. the B lackpool ['blaekpu:lj team, the M anchseter
['m sentjists] C ity team. Команды названы no имени го
родов — Блэкпула и Манчестера.
258
Собственные имена существительные, выступающие в
качестве названия футбольной (хоккейной) команды,
обычно согласуются с глаголом в форме множественного
числа и заменяются личным местоимением they. Сущест-
нительное team (чаще в сочетании с собственным именем)
также может согласовываться с глаголом в форме множест
венного числа, если говорящий хочет подчеркнуть, что
речь идет об игроках команды.
2. H ere th ey come! Вот они идут! Неге he comes! Вот он
идет!
3. they wait for the match to begin они ж дут начала матча
4. will give Blackpool a lead даст команде Блэкпула преиму
щество
5. if they don ’t lose the spirit ['sp irit] если команда Блэкпу
ла не падет духом
lixercise 7. Read and translate the text.
Exercise 8. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1. Он очень любит футбол. 2. Он болельщик футбола. 3.
ссли день будет хороший. 4. приезжает в Блэкпул в коман
дировку. 5. отвезет его в гостиницу. 6. Будет трудно поста
вить машину на стоянку. 7. Интересно, играет ли Гаррис.
8. недели две тому назад. 9. Судья дает свисток. 10. если
он забьет гол, 11. Матч может быть очень интересным. 12.
Хозяева поля обязательно одержат победу в этом матче.
Exercise 9. Quote the sentences in which the following words and word
combinations are used in the text.
Exercise 12. Join these sentences using the conjunctions given in brackets.
1. The football players will come onto the field. The time
will come, (when) 2. The day will be fine. The football
ground will be crowded, (if) 3. The referee will blow his
w histle. T he match will begin, (as soon as) 4. T he home team
will give a warm welcom e to the visitors’ team. T he match will
begin, (before) 5. Dick will play chess with Jack. He will beat
Jack, (if)
260
Exercise 13. Join these sentences using the conjunctions as ... as, not as (so)
... as.
1. T he Blackpool team are good. The Bishopton
['Ь ф р К эп ) ] team are good, too. 2. The Sokolniki Football
Ground is good. T he D ynam o Football Ground is good, too. 3.
Dick Harris has scored many goals this summer. Roy Smith
has scored many goals this summer, too. 4. It is difficult to
find a place to park the car today. It was difficult to find a
place to park the car yesterday. 5. The M anchester City team
is popular. The Blackpool team is not so popular. 6. My elder
brother plays football w ell. M ary’s younger brother does not
play football so w ell. 7. T od ay’s match* is exciting.
Y esterd ay’s match was not so exciting.
261
wonder if we shall be able to get ... the Football Ground ...
the match begins.
Exercise 16. Fill in the blanks with the verbs to tell, to say, to speak, to talk.
1. "141 ... you about it as soon as you do your homework,"
Jane ... to her younger brother. 2. "What are you... about?"
"John is ... us about the football, match he watched on
television a couple of days ago." 3. When did she ...? 1 d id n ’t
quite understand her. 4. "When you ... about your plans to
Peter, please ... him that I ’d like to ... to him too, later on."
"All right, I ’ll be seeing him tomorrow and I’l l ... him." 5, The
lecturer ... for half an hour. 6. T hey ... French, that’s w hy I
d id n ’t understand them. 7. When they score the first goal, I
shall ... you which team is sure to win. 8. "I hope th ey ’ll be
watching our game tonight," he ... .
Exercise 18. Ask twelve questions based on the text and answer them.
Exercise 19. Make up sentences using as ... as, not as (so) ... as and the words
given below.
1. team, good; 2. fond of, football (tennis, etc.); 3. the
new referee, not so good; 4. tbe football ground, crowded; 5.
match, exciting; 6. football (tennis, etc.) player, popular; 7.
centre forward, good; 8. to watch football matches on TV,
often
Exercise 20. Ask questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
1. Our team has won the match. (1) 2. The centre forw ard
is our top scorer. (1) 3. He parked his car near the Football
Ground. (1) 4. The cafe was crowded that’s why he went to a
restaurant. (1)
Exercise 21. Think of statements or questions to which these sentences may be
responses.
1. The hom e team is sure to win. 2. Well, a lot of people
are shouting for Spartak. 3. If they d on’t lose the spirit they
may win the match. 4. I’ll be seeing them tonight.
Exercise 22. Translate into English.
1. Вы лю бите футбол? —Д а, я болельщик. Я болею за
«Динамо». 2. Наша команда победила команду Тбилиси со
счетом 3 : 2. 3. Кто выиграл последнюю игру? — Команда
Манчестера. 4. Сегодня интересный матч, поэтому стадион
262
переполнен.— Да, вчера матч был не такой интересный,
как сегодня и было мало народу на стадионе. 5. Я не соби
раюсь идти на стадион сегодня, я очень устал. Я посмотрю
матч по телевизору. 6. Понравился вам матч? —Да, я пол
учил большое удовольствие. Игроки «Арарата» были так
же сильны, как и игроки «Динамо». 7. Я думаю , завтра б у
дет трудно купить билеты на матч.— Давайте купим биле
ты сегодня. 8. Интересно, почему команда так плохо игра
ет сегодня.— Я слышал, что несколько хороших игроков
ушли из команды. 9. На стадион приехало очень много на
роду, поэтому было трудно найти место, чтобы поставить
машину. 10. Центральный нападающий получил травму.
Где ж е врач? — Вон он идет! 11. Наша команда несомнен
но вьщграет этот матч, и на следующ ей неделе она будет
играть в Алма-Ате. 12. Как только футболисты выйдут на
поле, судья даст свисток, и игра начнется. 13. Когда наша
команда прилетит домой из Ташкента, мы поедем в аэро
порт встречать ее. 14. Извините, я не слышал вас, повто
рите, пожалуйста, свой вопрос. 15 . Если вы не поймете
вопроса, попросите преподавателя повторить его.
263
"Now, where did I put them? Excuse me a moment." He
started searching for* cigarettes in his pockets. At last he
found the cigarettes. It took the young man some time to light
the cigarette. T he girl started smoking. Now the young man
was able to watch the match.
"Look," he ... . "We’re going to ... ! Shoot, shoot!"
"Jake," the girl said "I can sm ell som ething burning."** It
was the neighbour’s coat burning from the girl’s cigarette.
A few m inutes later she said she was hungry.*** "Well,
can ’t you wait till the break?" the young man asked.
"I think I can, but I’m awfully hungry," said the girl.
A mom ent later she said: "Jake, look at that little boy. He
bothers his father every minute. Why do fathers bring
children here? The b oy’s father can ’t watch the match."
"No, he ca n ’t," said the young man and sighed.
score, to score, players, to shout, football ground, match (2),
come on
L E S S O N E IG H T E E N
264
1. Я слышал, как Дж он разговаривал с Анной. 2. Он
слышал, как Майк сказал «До свидания». 3. Я слышал, как
мой любимый актер выступал по радио. 4. Мы слышали,
как судья дал свисток.
Exercise 3. Make up four sentences using pattern 1.
266
В. WALES V. ENGLAND
(After a rugby match)
N otes
1. one of the best footballers один из самых лучш их ф ут
болистов; the best match самый лучший матч
Exercise 4. Read and translate the dialogues.
Exercise 11. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the Present and Past
Continuous Tenses.
1. "What John (to do) now?" "He (to watch) television.
T h ere’s a hockey match on." 2. "What you (to do) at eight
o ’clock last night?” "I (to read) a very interesting article
about Olympic Games." 3, John and Bill (to play) a game of
chess when I returned home yesterday. 4. "What they (to
talk) about?" "They (to discuss) the football semi-finals." 5.
"What your brother (to do) from seven to nine last night?"
"He (to play) basketball. H e’s a very good basketball player."
6. "Who (to swim) now?" "Two swimmers from France and
Great Britain.
L E SSO N N IN E T E E N
272
It is cold, (предложение с формально-грамматическим подлежа
щим) — Холодно, (безличное предложение)
I t is raining, (формально-грамматическое подлежащее it) — Сейчас
идет дождь, (подлежащее дождь)
273
дно, не так ли? — Да. уж е 11 часов (вечера). 9. Идет ли
сейчас снег?
— -e г -est [ist]
275
1. Односложные прилагательные и наречия, а также
двусложные прилагательные, оканчивающиеся на -у, -ег,
-ow , -ble, образуют сравнительную степень путем прибав
ления к положительной степени суффикса -ег и превосход
ную степень — путем прибавления суффикса -est:
276
ший брат (тот, который постарше его ),— ж урна
лист.
7. Перед существительным, определяемым прилага
тельным в превосходной степени, как правило, употребля
ется определенный артикль. Определенный артикль сохра
няется перед прилагательным и в том случае, когда сущ е
ствительное опускается.
Магу has the largest f la t.
M ary’s flat is the largest.
8. После прилагательного в превосходной степени часто
употребляется предлог of (в значении из).
This is the m ost interesting o f the texts. Это самый инте
ресный из текстов.
Ted is the best o f my friends. Тед — мой самый лучший
друг (самый лучший из моих друзей).
279
1. This exercise isn ’t as difficult as that one. 2. This film
isn ’t as exciting as that one. 3. M ary’s father is n ’t as old as
John’s. 4. It is’t as hot today as it was yesterday. 5, It isn ’t as
cold today as it was last Sunday. 6. He h a sn ’t as much free
time as John (has).
Exercise 12. Translate into English.
1. Я написал более длинное письмо, чем вы. — У меня
было меньше времени, чем у вас. 2. Г-н Грин так ж е хоро
шо говорит по-испански, как и г-н Смит, не так ли? — Я
думаю, что г-н Смит говорит по-испански лучш е г-на Гри
на. — Я не знал этого. 3. Как вам понравился матч? — Не
очень. (Мне он не очень понравился.) В воскресенье игра
была интереснее. 4. Садитесь, пожалуйста. Кстати, это
кресло удобнее того. 5. Сегодня теплее, чем вчера. Пой
демте погулять в парк. 6. У Анны меньше друзей в инсти
туте, чем у Елены, не так ли? — Да. Но у Анны больше
друзей по школе. 7. Я слышала, что Чехов (Chekhov) —
один из наиболее популярных русских писателей в Анг
лии.— Да, его книги очень популярны. 8. Это был самый
увлекательный матч, который я когда-либо видел.
6. "То get", "to becom e", "to grow", "to turn", "to look",
"to feel" as Hnk-verbs (Глаголы to get, to becom e, to grow,
to turn, to look, to feel в качестве связок)
II W ORD-BUILDINIG
m rfijY T
« J. J.
283
Exercise I. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
284
About 80 per cent of Russia is in the temperate zone, 18
per cent in the Arctic and 2 per cent is subtropical.
T he greater part of the country is not influenced by the
warm w inds2 of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. There are no
mountains in the north to protect the country from the cold
north w inds. Vast m asses of cold air from the Arctic flow over
the land and lower the temperature in the northern and
reatral regions of the European and Asian parts of the
country. In most regions the clim ate is continental with hot,
short summers and cold, long winters.
T he tundra is a cold bare region, it occupies the extrem e
north of the country.
The lowest average winter temperature in the tundra is
around 30°C below zero.3
In the European part of the country the coldest months
are January and February and the hottest m onths are July
and August. There is often a lot of rain in autumn.
In St.Petersburg the clim ate is less continental, summers
are cooler and winters are warmer than in the central regions
of the European part of the country.
Siberia has a more continental climate than the European
part of the country, winters are colder and longer, summers
are hotter and shorter.
The Black Sea coast have a subtropical clim ate. Winters
are mild and summers are hot there.
N am es
287
1, T he January average temperature in Great Britain is
(high) than in some European countries. 2. Wbere are winters
(long): in Moscow or in Paris? 3, It rained (hard) yesterday
than it is raining today. 4. Today it is (cool) than it was
yesterday. 5. There snow lies (long) than in the south of the
country. 6. If the clim ate is subtropical, then sammers are
(long), 7. February is (short) month of the year. 8. T he
clim ate of Ireland ['a is b n d l is (mild) than the clim ate of
som e European countries. 9. Finland has a (coatinental)
clim ate than Norway ['no:w ei].
Exercise 9. Ask questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
Exercise 12. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tenses.
1. "Where you (to spend) your holidays last summer?"
"We (to go) to Riga. I (to have) my holidays in July. The
weather (to be) wonderful there. It (to be) as hot there as it
(to be) in Yalta. I (to enjoy) my holidays." 2. "You (to have
got) any plans for the week-end?" "Well, if the weather (to
be) fine and it (not to rain) we (to go) for a walk. Would you
like to come with us?" 3. It (to rain) hard now. We (not to be
able) to go for a hike in the m ountains. 4. "You (to be) ever
to London?" "Yes, 1 (to be) there last summer." "How you (to
like) the weather there?" "Well, the weather (to be) wonderful
when I (to be) there. It never (to rain)." 5. I wonder if they
(to arrive) at the station before the train (to leave). 6. It (to
be) very cold lately. 7. Summer (to com e). It (to grow)
warmer and wanner. 8. The cold northern wind (to blow) all
day long yesterday. 9. Snow (to lie) for about 200 days that
winter. 10. It (to be) the best holiday I ever (to have).
Exercise 13. Give a summary of the text "Climate of G reat Britain and our
country."
Exercise 15. a) Speak on these topics, b) Write a story on one of the topics.
1. Climate of Great Britain. 2. C lim ate of our country. 3.
Climate of Canada (Australia, Finland, etc,). 4. My favourite
season.
LESSO N TW ENTY
Мне
Им (не) нравится, когда моя команда проигрывает,
і; му когда идет когда стоит жаркая погода,
Ей дождь. когда очень холодно.
Exercise 3. Read these statements and responses to them. Translate them into
Russian.
A. WEATHER
1
A: N ice and bright this m orning.1
В: Yes. Much better than yesterday.2 I like it when it’s
warm.
A: So do I. I’m afraid it may cloud over this afternoon.
В: I don’t think it’ll last.
2
A: What’s the weather like today?
B: It’s a lovely day. Let’s go for a drive to the country.
293
з
A: Fairly mild for the tim e of year.3
B: Yes. Quite different from the forecast.
A: They say w e’re in for snow .4
B: What a pity! I sh an ’t be able to go for a hike in the
m ountains.
4
A: Cold this morning, isn ’t it?
B: Yes. And I’m afraid it’s going to get even colder.
5
A: I think the w in d ’s getting stronger.
B: Y es, it’s much stronger now that in the morning.
A: Do you know the forecast for tomorrow?
В; Cold and foggy in the morning, rainy and windy in
the afternoon.
6
A; Is it still raining?
В: N o, it’s stopped at last. I think it’s going to be a
beautiful day.
C. A VISIT TO AN EXHIBITION
Bobrov, a Russian businessm an, meets Mr Chandler, a
British businessm an, at the entrance to the Automobile
Exhibition in London.
Bobrov: H ello, Mr Chandler.
Mr Chandler: Hello, Mr Bobrov. It’s a lovely morning,
isn ’t it?
B: Y es, it’s a wonderful morning. It’s so warm and
sunny. Going to see the exhibition?5
Ch: Y es, I heard so much about it. I’m fond of cars, you
know. You’re going in, too, aren ’t you?
B: Y es, I haven’t seen it yet. Let’s go in.
N otes
1. N ice and bright this morning, (разг.) « It’s nice and bright
this morning.
2. Much better than yesterday, (разг.) = It is much better
than yesterday. Значительно (гораздо) лучш е, чем вче
ра.
3. for the time of year для этого времени (периода) года
4. T hey say w e’re in for snow. В прогнозе говорится, что
ожидается снег.
5. Going to see the exhibition? (разг.) - Are you going to see
the exhibition?
6. a lot of people seem to be interested in cars кажется, очень
многих интересуют автомобили.
Exercise 8. Read and translate the dialogues.
Exercise 9. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for these word
combinations and sentences.
1. Гораздо лучш е, чем вчера. 2. Боюсь, что небо затя
нется тучами. 3. Довольно тепло (теплая погода) для этого
времени года. 4. Ожидается снег. 5. Ветер становится силь
295
нее. 6. дождь и ветер во второй половине дня. 7. Д а, идет
сильный дождь. 8. достаточно места в машине. 9. Угощай
тесь (берите), пожалуйста. 10. впущу его. 11. Чудесное у т
ро, не так ли?
Exercise Ї0. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used. Translate them.
Exercise 11. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
296
11. A: T he weather is a w fu t today, is n ’t It?
' B: Y es. Much worse than yesterday.
(A: nice, bad; В : better, worse)
12. A: Is there enough room for all of us in your carl
B: Oh, yes.
(A:boat, sitting-room )
13. A: Help yourself to some apple-pie.
B: Thank you,
(A:ice-cream , roastbeef, apples, oranges)
14. A: Why didn’t you swim yesterday?
B: It was too cold to sw im .
(A:go for a walk, bathe, go for a drive, go out,go boating;
B: to go for a walk, to bathe, to go for a drive, to go
Ncmt, to go boating).
15. A: Michael hasn’t come yet, has he?
B: N o, he h asn ’t. It’s unusual for him to be late.
(A: John, Peter, Ben)
Exercise 12. Fill in the blanks with missing remarks. Reproduce the dialogues.
1. A N ice and bright this morning.
В
2. A Sunny and warm this morning.
В
3. A Cold and rainy this afternoon.
В * * *
300
Exercise 16. Make up dialogues based on these situations.
1. Speak to your colleague (friend) about the weather. 2.
Ask your colleague (friend) about the w eather forecast for the
weekend and discuss your plans for the weekend.
3. Speak about the clim ate in R ussia (Great Britain,
Australia, Canada, etc.).
Exercise 17. Make up dialogues based on this picture.
L E S S O N T W E N T Y -O N E
Exercise 1. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the Present
Perfect Tense.
1. I hqye been a student for a year and a half now. 2. Mr
N elson has been m y doctor for a long time. 3. Mr Jenkins has
been in Moscow for two weeks now. 4. We have h ad rainy
w eather since W ednesday. 5. It has been very hot since June,
h a sn ’t it? 6. I have not gone boating since last W ednesday. 7,
You have lived in London far two years now, h aven ’t you? 8.
"Since when have you had that car, Bill?" "Since 1978." 9. We
met in 1979 and have been good friends since.
you
Since 9 o’clock in the morning. '
have they
been For an hour. f '
How writing
long he letters?
has she
Не has lived here for six years.— He has been living here for
six years.
How long have you learnt English?— How long have you been
learning English?
Exercise 10. Make up ten sentences using Present Perfect Continuous and
Present Perfect.
305
3. Com pounds o f "some", "any”, "no", "every"
(Сложны е м естоим ения и наречия)
+? +?- -
-f.9_
one
someone anyone по one everyone
body
somebody anybody nobody everybody
кто-то кто-то никто все, каждый
кто-либо кто-либо
кто-нибудь кто-нибудь
went swimming
yesterday,
came to see us
last Sunday,
Nobody
has seen the
N o one
play.
will go shopping
tomorrow.
310
Exercise 15. Form present participles from these verbs.
to write, to blow, to do, to give, to leave, to put, to read,
to speak, to wait, to stand, to shout, to flow
Exercise 16. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to present
participles.
1. The Student sitting next to me is a friend of mine. 2.
The northern winds blowing from the Arctic influence the
climate of the country. 3. Vast m asses of cold air flowing over
the land lower the temperature. 4. T he tundra occupying the
extrem e north of the country is a cold bare region. 5. T he boy
writing on the blackboard is A nn’s brother. 6. "I’m afraid the
boy waiting for his father has got wet. It’s raining hard," he
said. 7. T he girl standing next to Ann is one of the best
pupils.
Exercise 17. Mahe up three sentences using present participles.
II. W O RD-BUILDING
311
Exercise. Form nouns from these verbs using the suffix -ing and translate them
into Russian.
to shop, to act, to greet, to begin, to live, to hear
III. TEXT
Learn these w ords and word com binations
312
leader ['li:da] n руководитель, ли ский; There are two main
дер, глава political parties in the USA.
opposition [,зрз'гі$п] оппозиция; sit (sat) v заседать; The House of
The O pposition оппозиция Commons will sit tomorrow,
{обыкн. главная оппозиционная foot [fut] n (pi. feet) ступня, сто
партия в парламенте); Leader па; It’s wet under feet. Под нога
of the Opposition лидер оппози ми сыро. Is it good to sit with
ции your feet on the table?
shadow cabinet ['Jsedou 'kaebimt] in front of prep перед; There is a
"теневой кабинет" (парламент nice garden in front of our house,
ский комитет главной оппози next to prep рядом с; He is sitting
ционной партии) next to Professor Ivanov,
face [feis] п стоять, сидеть, распо bow tt>au] v кланяться, поклонить
лагаться лицом к; The school ся; W hat’s the name of the man
faces the cinema. Школа нахо who’s just bowed to you?
дится напротив кино. Му debate [di'beit] n дискуссия, деба
window faces the south. Мое ок ты, прения
но выходит на юг. late adv поздно; Better late than
cross-bench ['krosbentJJ п попереч never. Лучше поздно, чем ни
ная скамья (в палате общин и когда. We arrived too late to see
в палате лордов) для членов him.
парламента, не принадлежа take u p v занимать, отнимать; We
щих к какой-либо парламент won’t take up more of your time.
ской фракции Мы больше не будем отнимать
belong [bi'brjJ v (to) принадле у вас время,
жать; Who does this book belong as cnj когда, в то время, как; As
to? What party do you belong to? we were leaving home, it started
eith er ['аи5э] pron любой из двух; snowing.
You can take either of the books. along [a'brj] prep вдоль (no), no;
Вы можете взять любую книгу. They walked along Ostozhenka
Either of them is good, (Street).
main [mem] а главный, основной; em bankm ent [lm'ba&rjkmgnt] n н а
the main street главная улица бережная
political [pa'litikl] а политиче
Exercise 1. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
N am es
Alice Bromhead ['aelis 'bromhed ] Алиса Бромхед
W estminster ['w estm m sts] Вестминстер (перен. англий
ский парламент)
Victoria Tower [vik't3:ri9 Чаиэ] башня Виктории (глав
ная башня здания парламента)
N otes
Exercise 3. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1. она проводила много времени. 2. Мери подружилась
с довольно многими. 3. справа от спикера для премьер-ми-
нистра и ведущих членов правительства. 4. для членов, ко
торые не принадлежат ни к одной из двух главных полити
ческих партий. 5. когда прения (дискуссия) закончились.
6. Надеюсь, что мы не отняли у вас слишком много време
ни. 7. Сколько лет ты учила его (английский язык)?
Exercise 4. Quote the sentences tn which these words and word combinations
are used in the text.
315
postgraduate, the Houses of Parliament, the Strangers’
G allery, session, his Shadow cabinet, to sit, in front of, next
to, to be over, to walk along, quite a few
Exercise 12. Open the brackets and use the proper tenses.
1. The Leader of the Oppositions (to leave) just. His
Shadow cabinet (to sit) at twelve. 2. I (to be interested) in
British political parties. 3. He (to spend) a great deal of tim e
in the British.Library since he (to come) to London. 4. I hope
I (to make) quite a few friends there. 5. 1 d on ’t think he (to
belong) to either of the two main political parties. 6. "The
debate (to last) for three hours already. Do you know when it
(to be over)?" he asked. 7. They (to walk) along the
embankment for an hour already. 8. 1 hope Ї (not to take) too
much of your time. 9. He (to go) to Sochi for quite a few days.
* peer [різ] n пэр
317
Exercise 13. Open the brackets and use present participles. Translate the
sentences.
1. The man (to sit) over there is an M. P. for Liverpool. 2.
Please, speak to the man (to read) a book near the window, 3.
T he windows (to face) the north are too large, I think. 4. The
girl (to study) English dialects is a exchange postgraduate. 5.
T he cross-benches (to face) the Speaker are for members of
Parliament who do not belong to either of the two main
political parties. 6. T hey saw som e members (to sit) with their
feet on the table in front of them. 7. Members (to talk) to
(hose (to sit) next to them were not listening to the speaker.
8. The girls (to walk) along the embankment are Alice and
Mary.
Exercise 14. Fill in the blanks with somebody, everybody, som ething, some,
any, etc.
1. I cannot say ... is interested in English dialects but
som e people are. 2. We were unable to see ... in the H ouses of
Parliament during one visit. 3. Please ask ... of the students
to take you to the U niversity Library. 4. Did you hear ... the
speaker said? 5. If the members lik ed..., they shouted, "Hear!
Hear!" 6. If the members did not like ..., they shouted, "No!"
7. Did ... of your colleagues take part in the debate? 8. ...
could answer that question.
Exercise 15. Give a summary of the text "A Visit to the Houses of Parliament."
Exercise 16. Ask questions to which the italicized words are the answers.
Exercise 18. a) Make up stories on these topics, b) Write a story on one of the
topics.
1. A Visit to the Houses of Parliament. 2. A visit to the
Palace of C ongresses. 3. A visit to the Grand Kremlin Palace.
LESSO N TW ENTY-TW O
Conversations: A. Telephone Conversations. B. You should
spend a Holiday in the H ighlands.
Learn this speech pattern
2. MAKING AN APPOINTMENT
Petrov: Petrov speaking.
M r Snyder: H ello. T his is John Snyder. How are you?
Petrov: Fine. Thank you. And what about you?
M r Snyder: I’m fine, thank you. Look, I wanted to ask you
— I wonder w hether you could come out to lunch
with me som e day?
Petrov: Y es, I’d like to very much.
M r Snyder: How about tomorrow?
Petrov: Thank you, but I’m alfraid I’m engaged tomorrow.
M r Snyder: What about Thursday then?
Petrov: Just a m inute. Let me see. Yes, Thursday would be
fine. What time?
M r Snyder: Would twelve thirty be all right?
Petrov: Y es, th at’ll be fine.
3. AN INVITATION TO A PARTY
Volkov: Volkov speaking.
M r Brown: Good morning. Robert Brown here. We’re
having a little party at our place next Friday. I
wonder if you and your wife would care to come.
321
Volkov: That sounds very nice. What time would that be?
M r Brown: About half past seven, if that suits you.
Volkov: Well, I’ll have to check with my w ife,2 though I’m
pretty sure w e’re free then. Shall I call you back?
M r Brown: T h at’ll be fine. By the w ay, I hear you ’ve been
over to Moscow lately. I hope you had a good time,
Volkov: Very nice, thank you.
M r Brown: W ell, I expect you’re busy, so goodbye for now
Volkov: Goodbye.
4. NOT AT HOME
Voice: 434 — 6729.
P etrov: I wonder if I could speak to Mr Hart, please.
Voice: I’m .afraid he isn ’t in just now.
Petrov: Would you give him a m essage, please? Would you
tell him that Michael Petrov called, and that I’m very
sorry but I ca n ’t come to his dinner party tomorrow.
Voice: I’ll tell him . What was the nam e, please?
P etrov: Michael Petrov.
Voice: Would you please spell it?
Petrov: Petrov — P -E -T -R -O -V .3
Voice: All right, Mr Petrov.
Petrov: Thank you. Goodbye.
5. WRONG NUNBER
A: 384 — 5629.
B: Can I speak to Mr Smith, please?
A: I’m afraid y o u ’ve got the wrong number.
B: Oh, I’m sorry.
A: T hat’s all right.
N otes
1. ' 8 ' 7 ^ 5 — '2' 1 \ 6. По-английски телефонный номер
про-износится по отдельным цифрам: 'eigh t-'seven -
-)fiv e -'tw o - 'o n e -^ s ix . Если в номере рядом стоят две
одинаковые цифры, то употребляется слово double
I'dAbl] двойной: 223 — 'double 'two- Л three. О произ
носится [ou ]. Цифры обычно группируются в ритмиче
ские группы по две или три цифры.
2. Г 11 have to chcck with my wife. Я должен буду прове
рить (узнать) у жены.
3. P -E -T -R -0-V . Когда фамилия диктуется по буквам,
обычно, дается алфавитное название каждой буквы.
Иногда используются имена: Р for Paul [рэ:1 ], Е for
Ernest ['s:m st3, Т for T ony, R for Robert, О for Oscar
['oska], V for Victor — Petrov.
Поднимая трубку, нужно назвать свое учреждение и
фамилию.
Exercise 3. Read and translate the dialogues.
Exercise 4. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for these word
combinations and sentences.
1. Говорит Алиса. 2. Д а, меня это очень устраивает. 3
Послушайте, я хотел спросить вас. 4. занят завтра. 5. Это
очень приятно (это звучит привлекательно). 6. П ерезво
нить ли мне вам? 7. П ередайте, пожалуйста, ему. 8. Вы
ошиблись номером. 9. Мы обычно ездим за границу в от
пуск. 10. У нас больше солнечных дней. И . Вам следует
конечно, поехать.
Exercise 5. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used in the dialogues.
special, whether, speaking, all right, place, to sound, to
323
check, to have a good time, to expect, to be in, to call, to get
the wrong number, to be born, m istake, late summer
Exercise 6. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A: 341-6625
В : Is’ that you, Peter? John speaking.
04: 738 — 2246, 231— 407, 272 — 0238; B: Michael,
Robert, Oscar).
2. A j: What are you doing tomorrow afternoon?
В : N othing special as far as I know.
A 2: Would you care to go fo r a drive inthe country?
B: I’d love to. Thank you very much.
(A 2 : to look round the H ouses of Parliament, to go
boating, to go for a walk, to play tennis)
3. A: I wonder w hether you could come out to lunch with
me tomorrow?
B: Y es, V d like to very m uch.
(B: I’m afraid, I’m engaged tomorrow. I’m sorry, I’m
leaving on business tomorrow.)
4. A: Would 72.30 be all right?
B: Y es, th at’ll be fine.
(A: 10.30, 11.45, 1.45, 2.30)
5. A: W e’re having a little party at our place next
Thursday. I wonder w hether you and your wife would
care to com e.
В : I’ll have to check with my wife though I’m sure
w e’re free then.
(A: next Friday, next Saturday, next Tuesday)
6. A: Could I speak to M r S n yder, please?
B: I’m afraid he isn ’t in juts now.
A* Would you give him a message?
B: Y es, certainly. W hat’s the message?
(A: Mr Merriman, Pavlov, Bobrov)
7. A: Can I speak to Mr Pavlov, please?
В ; Speaking.
(В : I’m afraid you ’ve got the wrong number. I’m afraid he
isn ’t in just now. H e’s out and h e’ll be back after lunch.)
8. А і : Have you ever been to the H ighlands?
B: No. We usually go abroad for our holiday.
А г: You should certainly spend a holiday in the
H ighlands one year.
0 4 1 , A% Siberia, the Baltic; B: to Sochi, to tne Crimea)
Exercise 7. Fill in the blanks with missing remarks. Reproduce the dialogues.
1. A: 364 — 5512.
T: ..
324
A; H ello, Tom. How are you?
T
і '* *• *
A: By the way, what are you doing next Saturday?
74
i •
. *• •
A: Would you care to go for a drive in the country?
T* **«
л. щ
4
■ » A-
Л J,* ? t f » »
327
— Простите.
— Ничего.
6. — Попросите, пожалуйста, Анну.
— Ее сейчас нет.
— А когда она вернется?
— Полагаю, что часам к двум.
7. — Что вы завтра делаете?
— Ничего особенного.
— Не хотели бы вы пойти на прогулку в горы?
— С удовольствием. Спасибо.
8. — Где вы провели свой отпуск прошлым летом?
— В Прибалтике.
— Но там ж е прохладно и часто идут дожди.
— В прошлом году погода была великолепная. Было
очень тепло. Мы купались, катались на лодке и мно
го гуляли. Я получил огромное удовольствие.
— Я никогда не бывал в Прибалтике.
— Вам следует как-нибудь провести там отпуск.
9. — Когда родился Джеймс Олдридж (James Aldridge)
['Dldricfe])?
— В 1918 голу.
328
L E S S O N T W E N T Y -T H R E E
I
You
by last
Не, she had written an
Friday
We had not article
They
(hadn’t)
I Yes, she
you written an by last had.
he, she article Friday? No, she
Had
they hadn’t.
we
Exercise I. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the Past
Perfect Tense.
3. Substantivized A djectives
(С убстантивированны е прилагательные)
Некоторые прилагательные могут употребляться в зн а
чении существительных (субстантивироваться). В этом
случае перед ними стоит определенный артикль, и они
употребляются с глаголом-сказуемым в форме множ ест-
венного числа. Такие субстантивированные прилагатель-
ные обозначаю т группу лиц, объединенных общим призна
ком.
young а молодой — the young п молодые, молодежь
old а старый — the old п старые, старики
poor а бедный — the poor п бедные, бедняки
unem ployed [Amm'phid ] а безработный — the
unem ployed п безработные
II. W O RD-BUILDING
Prefix "un-"
Exercise. Form new adjectives, participles and verbs by adding the prefix un-.
Translate them into Russian.
III. TEXT
Learn these words and m ord com bin ation s
334
(заинтересоваться) чем-л.; Не im perialist [im'piariahst] а импери
is interested in art, isn’t he? алистический
work n произведение, сочинение policy ['polisi] n политика
im press [im'pres] v производить existence [ig'zistsns] n существова
впечатление (на кого-л.), пора ние
жать (кого-л.); Did his last true [tru:] а верный, преданный: a
novel impress you? tru e friend верный друг
fail to do smib. не суметь, не быть several ['sevrl] а несколько;
в состоянии, оказаться неспо several days (boys, books,
собным сделать что-л.; Не etc.); I have read his letter
failed to understand them. Он several times,
оказался не в состоянии понять describe [di'skraib] v описывать,
их. изображать; In his book the
realize ['rialaiz] v 1. сознавать, по writer describes the life of college
нимать; Does she realize that students.
her father is very ill? 2. осущест achievem ent [э'ф :\чпэт] n дости
влять, выполнять, реализовать жение
(план, замысел); They failed to devote [di'vout] v посвящать; отда
realize their plan, вать (себя) целиком; Не
necessity [ni'sesiti] n необходи devoted his life to art; to be
мость devoted to быть посвященным
revolutionary [,rev3'lu:jnan] а ре чему-л.; His new book is devoted
волюционный to the life of a famous actor,
reconstruction ['riikgns'trAkJn] n be out выйти из печати, выхо
перестройка, переустройство; дить; His book is out, isn’t it?
реконструкция stage v ставить (пьесу, оперу и т.
pam phlet ['paemflit] n памфлет п.); to be staged быть постав
creator [kri'eitaj n творец, созда ленной (о пьесе, опере и т. п.);
тель Where was his last play staged?
publicist t'pAblisistj а публицисти perform ance (рэ Ь:тэп5] n спек
ческий такль, представление; The
title ['taitl] n название, заглавие performance begins at 7 o'clock
criticize ['kritisaiz] v критиковать tonight. Спектакль сегодня на
bourgeois ['bu33wa:] а буржуазный чинается в 7 часов вечера,
society [sa'saisti] n общество; In the public ['рлЬІік] п собир. публи
his works Gorky criticized ка; the reading public читаю
Russian bourgeois society, щая публика, читатели; the
attack [a'taekl v нападать, атако theatre-going public театралы
вать tour [tua] n поездка, экскурсия; to
landlord ['laendb:d] n домовладе make a tour of совершить поезд
лец, сдающий квартиры; slum ку no; When did you make a
landlord владелец домов-тру- tour of Scotland?
щоб, сдающий в них комнаты, award la'waid] v награждать; to be
квартиры aw arded быть награжденным;
rob [гэЬ] v грабить Shaw was awarded the Nobel
Prize for Literature in 1925. В
period ['piariadj n период, проме
1925 г. Шоу был награжден Но
жуток времени
белевской премией за достиже
war [ w d : ] n война; W orld W ar I ния в области литературы,
(O ne), the F irst World W ar пер
die [dai] v умирать; Byron died at
вая мировая война
the age of 36.
criticism [ kritisizmj n критика;
death [de0] n смерть
drastic [ draestik] criticism рез
кая (решительная) критика
335
GEORGE BERNARD SHAW
N am es
N otes
Exercise 3. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used in the text.
Exercise 5. Substitute the active words from the vocabulary' for the italicized
parts of these sentences. The words are given below the exercise.
339
... the thirties he joined the British com munist party. His best
play is "Juno and the Peacock"* ... which he was awarded
Hawthornden Prize**.
Exercise 8. Respond to these statements according to the model.
a) His mother has been ill for a month.
By that time his mother had been ill for a month.
1. He has worked as art critic for the "Times" for a year.
2. H e gave up studying English literature. 3. He made a tour
of the Soviet U nion. 4. T hey have already realized their plan.
5. T hey have published two of his novels.
b) T he new performance was a success, (to hope)
I hoped that the new performance had been a success.
1. H e failed to realize the new plan, (to know) 2. Shaw’s
play "Saint Joan" made a great im pression on him. (to be
sure) 3. H e was awarded the Nobel Prize, (to know) 4. They
have staged his new play, (to think) 5. He has always been
their true friend, (to be sure) 6. He tried to make a living by
writing, (to know)
Exercise 9. Make up ten sentences using Past Perfect and the active words given
below.
an outstanding dram atist, to leave school, to try, to
become interested in, to take part in, to describe, several, t6
be out, to be devoted to, to make an im pression on
Exercise 10. Open the brackets using the proper tenses.
1. A. Cronin (to be born) in 1896. After he (to finish)
school he (to go) to Glasgow ['gla:sgou] University. From
1921 to 1930 he (to work) as doctor first in South Wales***
and then in London. In 1930 Cronin (to fall ill). When he (to
leave) hospital he (to go) to the country. While he (to stay) in
the country he (to write) a novel. After the novel ("Hatter’s
Castle****) (to be out), it (to be) a great success with the
reading public. It (to be translated) into five languages.
Cronin (to give up) m edicine and (to begin) to make a living
by writing. Several of his novels (to be translated) into
R ussian. 2. I knew that Chekhov and Tolstoy (to be popular)
always with the British reading public. 3. She was sure that
John (to fail) to understand them. 4. I am sure they (can)
realize, their plan next month. 5. He thought that Jill and Ben
(to take part) in the debate.
* Juno I'd 3 u:nouJ and the Peacock" "Юнона и павлин"
** Hawthornden f'hD:0:>:nd3n] Prize премия Хоторндена — ежегодная ли
тературная премия за лучшее художественное произведение в прозе или
стихах, написанное английским автором не старше 40 лет.
*** South Wales Ю жный Уэльс
**** ’H atter’s Castle" "Замок Броуди”
340
Exercise 11. Make up twelve questions based on the text "George Bernar Shaw"
and answer them.
341
Exercise 15. a) Make up stories on these topics, b) Write a story on one of the
topics.
1. The life story of my favourite R ussian (English,
American, etc.) writer. 2. The life story of a friend of mine. 3.
My life story.
L E S S O N T W E N T Y -F O U R
nam e v называть; Will you name stand the test of time выдержать
the most popular actors? to name испытание временем; Leo
only a tew И ЭТО Л И Ш Ь немно Tolstoy’s novels have stood the
гие (из них) test of time,
modern ['mDdan] а современный; subject-m atter ['SAbd3ik,tmaet9] n
Who’s your favourite modern основное содержание; What is
writer? the subject-matter of Bondarev’s
be translated v быть переведен "Bank"?
ным; Last year his novel was problem ['ргэЫэш] n проблема,
translated into English, вопрос
unfortunately [An'fo:iJnith] adv к conscience {'ksnjgns] n совесть
сожалению; Unfortunately, h e’s duty l'dju:ti] n долг; обязанность;
late. You’ll have to do your duty. Вам
at present ['prezant] в настоящее нужно будет выполнить свой
время; I don’t need any more долг.
books at present, responsibility [riS,pDnS9 'bllltl] И от
fiction ['fikjn] n лит. художест ветственность
венная литература, беллетри action ['sekjn] п действие, развер
стика; a book of fiction художе тывание событий (в романе,
ственное произведение пьесе и т. п.)
in translation в переводе take place происходить, иметь мес
especially [i'spe$li] adv особенно; то, случаться; Where does the
He likes the country, especially action of the novel take place?
in spring, Где происходит действие рома
republish [ri'pAbhf] v переизда на?
вать; to be republished быть пе bomb [Ьэт] п бомба; atomic
реизданным; When was his [a'tDmik] bomb атомная бомба
novel republished? village ['vilicfe] п деревня
classic f'klaesik] n классик test v испытывать, опробовать;
surprise [sa'praiz] v удивлять; to The USA tested its first atomic
be surp rised at smb., smth. bomb in 1945.
удивляться кому-л., чему-л.; Japanese [,d3sepa'ni:z] а японский
We are surprised at you. Вы нас sign ('sain] v подписывать; Did
удивляете. the manager sign all the papers?
342
protest ['proutest] n протест; зд. opinion [a'pinjan] п мнение;
письмо ученых, выражающих W hat’s your opinion of the
протест против использования novel? to form an opinion соста
атомной бомбы вить мнение; Read this novel
event [ Г vent J п событие; These are and form your own [oun] (собст
the main events of this year, венный) opinion,
m essage ['m e s ia l n главная идея finish ('finij] v закончить, окон
(романа, повести, пьесы и т. чить; When did you finish work
п.); W hat’s the message of the yesterday? Has he finished the
novel? picture yet?
attention [a'tenjn] n внимание; to lend (lent) v одалживать, давать
draw am b.’s attention to sm th. взаймы; Can you lend me that
привлекать чье-л. внимание к book? Можете ли вы дать мне
чему-л.; The writer draws the эту книгу почитать?
attention of the readers to the concert ['kansat) п концерт
duties and responsibilities of pianist i'pjaenist] п пианист
scientists, splendid ['splendidI а великолеп
danger ['deind33] n опасность ный; The performance was
to my mind [mamd] по-моему, на splendid,
мой взгляд; То my mind the have a look at smth. взглянуть на
play is sure to be a success. что-л; Will you have a look at
(the) social value J'soujl 'vaelju:] the books I’ve just bought?
of the novel общественная (со tour n турне; to be on tour быть
циальная) ценность (значи на гастролях; The Bolshoi ballet
мость) романа is on tour in France now.
undoubted [An'dautid] а несомнен
ный
343
В. TELL ME ABOUT BRITISH WRITERS, PLEASE
D. I AM FOND OF MUSIC
345
N am es
Graham Greene ['greiam 'gri:n] Грэм Грин
Iris Murdoch ['aiaris 'т э ^ э к ] Айрис Мердок
John Galsworthy [^ зэп 'gD:lzw36i ] Дж он Голсуорси
Som erset Maugham ['sDmasat 'т э :э ш ] Сомерсет Моэм
Arnold Bennett ['a:nld 'benat] Арнольд Беннет
С. P. Snow ['si: 'pi: 'snou] Чарльз Перси Сноу
N otes
Exercise 2. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for the word combinations
and sentences.
1. He могли бы вы назвать наиболее известных совре
менных русских писателей? 2. Можно мне взять почитать
их? 3. в настоящее время. 4. и это только немногие из них.
5. мне особенно понравились. 6. я прочитал все книги, ко
торые были переведены. 7. Я советую вам прочитать роман
Ч. П. Сноу "Новые люди". 8. Каково основное содержание
романа? 9. к сожалению, нет. 10. Писатель хотел привлечь
внимание людей к... 11. Это было великолепно. 12. Один
из самых блестящих пианистов нашего времени.
Exercise 3. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used in the dialogues and translate them.
tastes differ, fiction, to republish, to surprise, to stand the
test of time, conscience, to take place, protest, attention,
social value, to be on tour
Exercise 4. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A: Could you name most popular m odem Russian
w riters?
346
В: My favourite modern writers are B ondarev,
R asputin, Nagibin, Shukshin an d Solzhenitzin, to
nam e only a few.
(A: poets ['pouits ]; B: R ozhdestvensky, V oznesensky,
A bashidse, Evtushenko and Gamsatov)
2. A: Is L eo T olstoy as popular as he used to be?
B: Oh, yes, His works have stood the test of time.
(A: Gogol, Pushkin, Chekhov),
3. A: Where does the action take place?
B; In a small village, a few m iles from Stratford-on-
Avon an d in L on don .
(В: in London, in Moscow, in a small town)
4. A: W hat’s the m essage of the novel?
B: T he writer wants to draw the attention o f the
readers to the danger o f atom ic bombs.
(B: to show that moral standards* are important)
5. A: I hear the Bolshoi ballet is on tour in France.
В: Y es. And it’s a great success.
(A: the Moscow Art Theatre, the Chamber Orchestra
"Moscow Virtuosos")
Exercise 5. Fill in the blanks with missing remarks. Reproduce the dialogues.
347
В: ...
5. A: I hear most of D ickens’s novels were translated into
R ussian.
B: ...
6. A: Could you advise me an English novel to read?
B: ...
A: Y ou’ve read Graham G reene’s novel "The Come
dians", haven’t you?
іВ/ ♦* * **
348
Exercise 6. Think of the questions or statements to which the following
sentences are the answers.
1*
X A
I X*' «*»7
»
B; T astes differ, you know. My favourite modern
writers are Aitmatov, Bondarev, Abramov, Granin
and Lipatov to name only a few.
1 A- 7
B: Y es, there’s a magazine. It’s called "Soviet Litera
ture". It’s published in English, French, German and
Spanish. The magazine publishes works of writers,
poets and critics.
3 A'
v * 9
J. A * • 4 4
349
П ет р: Спасибо, хорошо*
Gerald: Could you do me a favour?
П ет р: Д а, конечно.
Gerald: Could you tell me about most popular modern
writers?
П ет р: У нас много писателей, пользующихся известно
стью. Но ведь на вкус и цвет товарища нет. Мои
любимые писатели — Симонов, Бондарев, Астафь
ев, Ш укшин и это только немногие из них.
Gerald: Were any of their works translated into English?
П ет р: Д а, конечно. У меня есть роман Бондарева "Вы
бор" ("Choice") на английском языке.
G erald: May I borrow it?
П ет р: Я с удовольствием дам вам его почитать.
Gerald: Thank you very much. Could you name most
popular modern poets?
П ет р: Многим очень нравятся стихи Рождественского,
Гамзатова, Казаковой, Евтушенко, и я мог бы на
звать еще массу имен. Между прочим, журнал "Со
ветская литература" печатается на английском язы
ке.
Gerald: What does it publish?
П ет р: В нем публикуются переводы рассказов, отрыв
ков из произведений современных писателей, стихи
и публицистические статьи.
Gerald: It’s very interesting. I’ve never heard about it.
351
ЧАСТЬ
ВТОРАЯ
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
354
поению. Предполагается, что к данному моменту учащиеся будут владеть
достаточным пассивным словарем, который позволит им понять содержа
ние текстов; в отдельных случаях они могут использовать англо-русские
словари.
3-є издание пособия претерпело некоторые структурные изменения:
так III раздел каждого урока 2-го издания выделен в самостоятельный
(четный) урок. По мнению авторов, такое построения пособия позволило
усилить его коммуникативную направленность.
Работа над второй частью пособия распределялась следующим обра
зом: B.C. Ш ах-Назаровой осуществлялось общее руководство подготовкой
пособия, ею разработаны теоретические основы построения (принципы
отбора текстов, активного словаря, система упражнений и т.д.), подгртов-
лены 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18-й уроки, а также I раздел
5, 7, 9, 11, 13-го уроков; К.В. Ж уравченко подготовлен II раздел 5, 7, 9,
11 и 13-го уроков.
Авторы
355
CONTENTS
Предисловие (354)
LESSON ONE
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. Sequence of Tense (358) 2.
Reportted Speech (359). 3. Reported Questions (363). 4.
Reported Commands and Requests (366). 5. The Defenite
Article before the Names of Rivers (367).
II. Text: A Visit to London (368)
LESSON TWO
Conversations A. Asking the Way. В, On a Bus. C. Taking a
T a x i D. Telephone Conversation (377).
LESSON THREE
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Passive Voice (390). 2.
Passive Infinitive (395). 3. Use of the Article with
Geographical Names (396). 4. Nouns advice, information,
news, knowledge, money and progress (396). 5. Fractions
(397).
II. Text: The United Kingdom o f Great Britain and Nortern
Ireland (398)
LESSON FOUR
Conversations: A. Suggestions about What a Person Should See.
B. Impressions o f a Visit
LESSON FIVE
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. Ways Of Expressing Necessity
(419). 2. The Past Perfect Continuous Tense (426). 3. The
Future Perfect Tense (427).
II. Text: I am his Brother (after B.B. Fowler) (428).
LESSON SIX
Conversations: A. A Visit to the "Spartak" Stadium. B. Sport in
British Schools. C. A t the Doctor's.
LESSON SEVEN
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Participle (454) 2. The
Nominative Absolute Construction (459)
II. Text: No Accommodation fo r You (after A.Hailey) (460)
LESSON EIGHT
Conversation: A. A t the Passport Control. B. Passing through
the Customs. C. A t a Hotel. D. In a Restaurant E. In a
Pub. F. A t the Dentist’s. (473)
356
LESSON NINE
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. Modal Verbs with Perfect
Infinitive (485). Correlative conjunctions both ... and,
either ... or, neith er ... nor (489)
II. Text: Mendoza Sells H im sself (after William Caine) (490)
LESSON TEN
Conversation: Exchange o f Impressions (504)
LESSON ELEVEN
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. Conditional Sentences (514) 2.
Subjunctive Mood in Object Clauses after I wish (519) 3.
Subjunctive Mood in Object Clauses after suggest, insist,
dem and (521)
II Text: Nothing Succeeds Like Success (after Shirley
MacLaine) (522)
LESSON TWELVE
Conversations: A. Booking Seats fo r the Theatre. B. Talk about
Theatre. C. The British Theatre is Dying.(after J. B.
Priestley) (535)
LESSON THIRTEEN
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Infinitive (546). 2. The
Complex Object (549). The Complex Subject (551). 4.
For-phrase as Subject (553)
II Text: Sensation is News (after A.J. Cronin) (556)
LESSON FOURTEEN
Conversations: A. Television. B. Newspapers. C. Press
Conference. (569)
LESSON FIFTEEN
I. New Grammar Structures: 1. The Gerund (538). 2. The
Gerund and the Verbal Noun (590).
II Text: A Poor o f Brain (after Agatha Christie) (591).
LESSON SIXTEEN
Conversations: A. An Invitation to a Conference. B. A t the
Office Equipment Exhibition. C. Scientists Should
Protest. (604)
LESSON SEVENTEEN
I. New Grammar Structures: The Complex Sentence (613)
II Text: Senator fo r Sale (after Gore Vidal) (618)
LESSON EIGHTEEN
Conversations: A. Elections in Great Britain. B. Presidential
Elections in the t/S A (634)
357
LESSON ONE
1. Sequence* of T enses
(С огласование времен)
Дополнительное придаточное
Главное предложение
предложение
Simple Past
Simple Past Past Continuous
Past Perfect
Future in the Past
358
Future in the Past образуется при помощи вспомога
тельных глаголов should [Jud, jad ] (1-е лицо единственного
и множественного числа) и would [wud, wad ] (для осталь
ных лиц единственного и множественного числа) и инфи
нитива смыслового глагола без to.
We hoped we would devote his life to art. Мы надеялись, что
он посвятит свою жизнь искусству.
Не knew that I should tell him about my world tour. Он знал,
что я расскажу ему о своем кругосветном путешествии.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ. В современной английской разговорной речи имеется
тенденция употреблять would для всех лиц.
Не hoped I would do the translation. Он надеялся, что я сделаю перевод.
Future in the Past употребляется для выражения дейст
вия, которое совершилось в прошлом после прошедшего
действия, выраженного в главном предложении.
360
ПРИМЕЧАНИЯ: При переводе из прямой речи в косвенную Simple
Past и Past Continuous могут сохраняться без изменений, если указано вре
мя совершения действия.
Не said, "Bernard Shaw visited the Soviet Union in 1928". — He said that
Bernard Shaw visited the Soviet Union in 1928.
She said, "I met my schoolteacher when I was getting out of the train at Victoria
Station". — She said she met her schoolteacher when she was getting out
of the train at Victoria Station.
Exercise 6. Transform direct speech into reported speech. Make the necessary
changes.
1. She said to me, "We’ll go boating tomorrow". 2. He
said, "We’ll stage this play if you help us". 3. T he secretary
said, "I’ve got a m essage from Mr Green". 4. Mr N elson said,
"Shaw was awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1925."
5. The old man said to m e, "I met her many years ago". 6. Mr
Smith said, "They had lunch on the train two hours ago". 7.
She said, "I’m leaving for London tomorrow".
Exercise 7. Make up ten sentences using reported speech.
362
Exercise 8. Translate into English.
он не помнит номера моего телефона,
он не сможет пробыть в Киеве более
двух дней,
они пойдут на стадион завтра,
а) Он сказал, счет 2:1 в пользу "Спартака",
он познакомился с ними много лет
что
тому назад,
прогноз погоды на завтра очень
хороший.
она купит подарок для Петра сегодня,
если у нее будет время,
б) Она сказала им не удалось осуществить свой план,
мне, что она получила большое удовольствие
от спектакля.
General Questions
"Is Mr Smith a if Mr Smith was a
doctor?" doctor,
it was raining
"Is it raining now?"
then.
He He
"Have you finished whether I had finished the
asked asked
the poem?" I'weda] poem.
me, me
"Did they enjoy the they had enjoyed
film?" the film,
" Will she join us?" she would join us.
"May I speak to you he might speak to
after lunch?" me after lunch.
Special Questions
1
Wife: Do you want to see the beautiful present I
bought for your birthday?
H usband: What is it?
Wife: I’ll put it on in a minute.
2
A schoolboy said to his father: "We gave a wonderful
performance at school. A lot of parents came and they
enjoyed it."
"How do you know?" asked the father.
"They laughed all through the play," the boy answered.
"And what was the-play?"
"Hamlet," said the boy.
365
1. Он спросил Дж она, знает ли он прогноз погоды на
завтра. 2. Он спросил г-на Стоуна, куда они собираются
поехать в отпуск. 3. В своем письме он спрашивал Дж она,
может ли он заказать билеты на самолет. 4. Билл спросил
ж ену, что идет в их местном кинотеатре. 5. М ежду про
чим, г-н Браун спросил меня, сможем ли мы заехать к ним
в субботу. 6. Он спросил кассира, когда отходит поезд на
Эдинбург. 7. Г-н Смит спросил его, смогут ли они решить
этот вопрос до следующ его понедельника. 8. Дж он спросил
Билла, сколько времени он пробыл в Москве в прошлом го-
ДУ-
to tell him
"Tell him
everything
everything
the following
tomorrow." asked me
She said day.
She told me not to go to the
to me, "Don’t go to the ordered me cinema that
cinema today."
day.
"Please help him." to help him.
She s a id , "Don’t book tickets for the theatre for next Friday."
She asked m e not to book tickets for the theatre for the
following Friday.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Глагол to order употребляется сравнительно редко,
так как он очень категоричен.
366
2. Глагол в повелительном наклонении заменяется ин
финитивом. Отрицательная форма инфинитива образуется
путем прибавления отрицания not (to go — not to go).
3. Указательные местоимения, наречия времени и мес
та заменяются в соответствии с правилами согласования
времен.
Exercise 14. Transform direct speech into reported speech.
1. "Please show them round the city," Peter said to him.
2. "Please don’t call me up before W ednesday," Mr Dobson
said to him. 3. "Please phone Mr Petrov," Mr Dodd said to the
secretary. 4. "Please ask Mr Mitchell to wait for a little
while," Mr Smith said to the secretary. 5. "Don’t send the
papers yet," he said to the secretary. 6. "Please show me
another pair of shoes," the customer said to the shop-
assistant. 7. "Don’t buy any bread today," Mary said to her
son. 8. "Please d on ’t com e back very late," Peter said to his
daughter. 9. "Please try on these shoes," the shop-assistant
said to the customer.
помочь ему.
остаться в городе на несколько дней,
разбудить его в 7.30.
не уходить из дома завтра,
Он попросил купить овощи и фрукты,
меня никому не говорить об этом,
договориться о встрече с г-ном Смитом,
отвезти его завтра в Абрамцево,
сказать ему, как это сделать,
не прерывать его.
367
5. The Definite Article before the N am es of Rivers
(У потребление определенного артиклябХ
перед названиями рек)
II. TEXT
Exercise 1. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
1. How did you like his farewell speech? 2. Michael said
he would stay there for a short w hile. 3. I know they are
returning in a couple of days. 4. T he British Isles lie to the
west of Europe. 5. May I use your textbook, please? 6. There
were quite a few interesting books on display. 7. Amundsen
reached the South Pole in 1911. 8. He said they would travel
by day and stay at hotels every night. 9. T he guide told them
about the historical events that had taken place many years
before, 10. He told me he had seen som e of the sights at
night. 11. N early a hundred new houses were built in the old
part of the city recently. 12. The skyscraper made of glass
and steel looked beautiful. 13. "Has anything changed since
you last saw the town?" she asked him. 14. "Is Mr Brown still
engaged?" "Yes, I think so." 15. There was a striking contrast
between the two sisters.
A VISIT TO LONDON
371
N am es
Notes
Exercise 3. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
374
... London streets are narrow.... Oxford Street is ... busiest
street: there are ... lot of department stores, shops and offices
there. 3. St.Petersburg is one of ... most beautiful cities in ...
world. 4. Tallinn is ... ancient city... old part of ... city with its
narrow streets and tw o-storey buildings is like an open-air
museum. Estonia [estouniQ] is famous for its festivals of ...
song. Festivals of ... song take place all over .. the country in
spring and in summer.
Exercise 8. Make up fifteen questions based on the text and answer them.
Exercise 10. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the proper tenses.
i;xercise II. Make up ten sentences using reported speech and the following
active words.
375
to reach, to design, to go sightseeing, nearly, change,
district, a couple of, to make a list of, to build, commercial
Exercise 13. a) Prepare a talk* on these topics, b). Write an essay** on one of
the topics.
376
L E SSO N TWO
'L Is this the right bus for the Town Hall? Этот автобус
идет к ратуше? (Доеду ли я на этом автобусе до рату
ши?)
Exercise 3. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
377
the station?
bus Moscow University?
Is this the trolley for London University?
right bus*
tram** the airport?
the National Gallery
Tgaebri 1?
Exercise 4. Make up sentences using the pattern "Is this the right bus (tram,
etc.) for ..?"
left n левая сторона; on the left way [wei] n 1. дорога, путь; I’ll
слева, с левой стороны; on ask the way. Я спрошу дорогу.
your left слева от вас; You’ll Could you tell me the way to the
see a supermarket on your left. nearest underground station? He
могли бы вы сказать мне, как
to tu rn (to the) left поворачивать
пройти к ближайшей станции
налево; Turn left at the school
метро? 2. дорожные знаки: "No
and you’ll see the bus-stop.
T h rough Way" «Проезда (про
right [rait] n правая сторона; on хода) нет»; "Way Up" «На
the right справа, с правой сто верх»; "Way Down" «Вниз»
роны; on your right справа от
tu rn round v поворачивать назад
вас; to turn (to the) right пово
рачивать направо traffic-lights ['traefik.laitsj n свето
фор.
straight [streit] on adv прямо;
Turn left at the supermarket and distance ['distans] n расстояние;
then go straight on. What distance is it to Kiev? It’s
no distance at all. Это совсем
far (farther, farthest) adv далеко,
близко.
на большом расстоянии; Is it
far? far from далеко от; Is Red stran g er ['streindsal n чужой, не
Square far from here? здешний, незнакомец
car-driver n водитель (автомоби policem an [po'lr.smsnj n полицей
ля) ский, полисмен
passer-by ['pa:sabai] n (pi. conductor [kan'dAkta] n кондуктор
passers-by) прохожий автобуса (в Великобритании)
378
appointment with Mr Britton for
put down v высаживать; to put ten o’clock? to keep (to break)
smb. down at a stop высадить
an appointm ent прийти (не
кош-л. на остановке, сказать
прийти) на свидание; I’m
кому-л., что это его остановка; afraid I’ll have to break the
Did you ask the conductor to put
appointment with Mr Smith.
you down at the department
store? possible ГрэзэЫ] а возможный;
I’m sure he'll do everything
get off v выходить (из автобуса,
possible to help you. Я уверен,
т рамвая и т п.); to get off at
он сделает все возможное, что
the next stop; You'll have to get
бы помочь вам. as soon as
off at the next stop. possible как можно скорее;
wrong [гэг)] а неправильный, оши Please come back as soon as
бочный, ложный, не тот (кото possible.
рый нужен); I’m afraid you’re
urgent ['3:d3ant] а срочный, неот
wrong. Боюсь, что вы ошибае ложный, безотлагательный;
тесь. His answer is wrong, to go
The matter is urgent. Это сроч
the wrong way ИДТИ не в ту сто
ное (неотложное, безотлага
рону, не по той дороге; They
тельное) дело.
went the wrong way.
perhaps [pg'haeps] adv может
change v пересаживаться, делать
быть, возможно; пожалуй;
пересадку; to change (for a
Perhaps he’ll lend you the book.
train) at a station; You’ll have
to change at Trafalgar perfect ['paifikt] а совершенный,
[trg'fa&lgaj Square for a 11 or a прекрасный, идеальный, безуп
12 bus. Вам нужно пересесть речный; The weather was
на Трафальгарской площади perfect. It’s perfect. Прекрасно.
на автобус 11 или 12. (Идеально.)
post-office ['poust,afis] п почтовое the M inistry of Foreign Trade Ми
отделение, почта нистерство внешней торговли
taxi ['taeksi] п такси; to take a taxi hold the line не вешайте трубку
брать (взять) такси; You are (подождите у телефона)
going to take a taxi, aren’t you?
available [s'veilabl] a: Is Mr Brown
It’s a long distance.
available just now? Можно ви
prom ise ['promis] v обещать; I деть сейчас г-на Брауна (пого
promised to call him back. ворить сейчас с г-ном Брау
ном)?
do one’s b est сделать все возмож
ное; все, что в твоих силах; put smb. through [6ru:] to smb. v
They are doing their best. Они соединить кого-л. с кем-л. (по
делают все, что в их силах. телефону)
in time вовремя; You’re just in believe [bi'li:v] v полагать, ду
time. Вы пришли (приехали) мать; I believe h e’s already
как раз вовремя. completed the novel.
keep (kept) v зд. не возвращать, show n выставка; the International
оставлять себе. You can keep Agricultural [,аедп'кл1$эгэ1]
the book. I do not need it. Show Международная сельско
хозяйственная выставка
appointm ent [э 'р э т й п э т ] n (дело
вая) встреча, (деловое) свида official [s'fifl] а официальный; Is
ние; to make (to have) an the news official? Это официаль
appointm ent договориться о ное сообщение?
встрече; Did you make an
379
opening ['оир(э)шг)] n открытие; send (sent) v посылать, отправ
Would you like to attend the лять; When did you send the
official opening of the exhibition? letter?
mind [mamd] v: if you don’t mind com plim entary [Л этр Н 'теп ш ]
если вы не возражаете (не име ticket пригласительный билет,
ете ничего против) контрамарка
1
A: Excuse me. Can you tell me where South Street is,
please?
В: Take the secon d 1 on the left and go straight on.
A* Is it far?
B: No, it’s only about five m inutes walk.
A: Thank you.
B: Not at all.
2
A ( car-driver to a passer-by): Excuse m e, please. Could you
tell me the way to the station?
B: Turn round and turn left at the traffic-lights.
A: Will it take me long?
B: No, it’s no distance at all.
A: Thank you.
B: T hat’s OK.
3
A: Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest
underground station is?
B: I’m a stranger here. You’d better ask the policeman.
A (to the policem an ): Excuse me, officer,2 could you tell
me the way to the nearest underground station?
B: You’re going the wrong way. Go straight on and
take the second on the right. You’ll see it on your left.
B. On a Bus
1
A ( a t the b u s-sto p ): Is there a bus from here to the
National G allery3?
380
В: Y es, take a 124 and ask the conductor to put you
down at Trafalgar Square.
A: Thank you.
B: T h at’s OK.
2
A: D oes this bus go to the station?
B: N o, you’ll have to get off at the bank and take a 12.
A: Can you tell me where to get off?
B: It’s the next stop but one.5
3
A: Is this the right bus for the Town Hall?
B: N o, you’re going the wrong way. Y ou’ll have to
change at the post-office and take a 192.
A: Thank you.
B: Not at all.
C. Taking a Taxi
D . T elephone Conversation
1
Secretary: Good morning. Mr Browning’s office.
Victorov: Good morning. Can I speak to Mr Browning,
please? This is Victorov speaking.
Secretary: Mr Browning is out. Can I help you, Mr
Victorov?
Victorov: I’d like to have an appointment with Mr
Browning.
Secretary: When would you like to come?
Victorov: As soon as possible.
Secretary: I’m afraid th ere’s nothing tomorrow. Mr
Browning is very busy just now. If it is urgent,
perhaps we could find time tomorrow.
Victorov: N o, it isn ’t as urgent as that. It can wait until
the day after tomorrow.
381
Secretary: What time could you come on W ednesday?
Victorov: As late as possible in the afternoon.
Secretary: Would 4.30 be all right?
Victorov: Yes, that’s perfect. Thank you. Goodbye.
Secretary: Goodbye, Mr Victorov.
Notes
Exercise 7. Quote the sentences in which the following words and word
combinations are used in the dialogues.
to try, quite all right, to tell the way to, to turn round,
stranger, you ’d better, to put smb. down, to get off, the right
bus, to do o n e’s best, in time, possible, available, to put smb.
through to sm b., show, official
Exercise 9. What would you say if you took part in these dialogues? Dramatize t
them.
385
13 Практический курс английского языка
Exercise 10* Think of the questions to which the following sentences are the
answers.
L A **«?
»
В Take the third on the left and go straight on.
A **♦?*
В N o, it’s only a few m inutes’ walk.
2. A «*« ?t
В Turn right at the traffic-lights.
A •**?*
В N o, it’s no distance at all. It’ll take you about six
m inutes.
3. A •♦**
В I’m a stranger here. Y ou’d better ask the policeman
4. A **• 9*
В N o, you’re going the wrong way. You want a 192
from the bank.
5. A »«« ?•
В I’m going to the Tretyakov Art Gallery.
A *• *?*
В Nothing special.
6. A *•«?•
В Thanks. I’d love to.
7. A 1 * 4 »
?
В Y es, it suits me fine.
8. S 9 • *
386
1. John asked the passer-by, "Is it far ?" 2. Peter asked
Bill, "Should I take a bus?" 3. A young man asked him,
"Could you tell me the way to the station?" 4. He asked Bill,
"Will it take me long?" 5. Jane asked a passer-by, "Is there a
bus from here to the National Gallery?" 6. Peter asked, "Does
this bus go to the station?" 7. John asked an old man, "Can
you tell me where to get off" 8. Ann asked one of the
passengers, "Is this the right bus for the Town Hall?" 9. Peter
asked m e, "What are your plans for tomorrow morning?" 10.
He asked me, "What are you doing in the afternoon?" 11. He
asked John, "What Art galleries have you been to?" 12. "Did
you find the shortest way to the underground station
yesterday?" Bill asked him. 13. "What bus goes to Kazan
Station?" an old man asked him. 14. "How long will it take me
to get there?" he asked the taxi-driver. 15. The young man
said to him, "Take the first on the left and go straight on." 16.
The policeman said to him, "Turn round and turn left at the
traffic-lights." 17. The boy said to her, "Go straight on and
take the second on the right." 18. She said to him, "Take a 12
and ask the conductor to put you down at Trafalgar Square."
Exercise 13. Give a summary of dialogues A (1, 3), В (2), D (1) in reported
speech.
388
— Говорит Д ж ордж Рестон. Мне хотелось бы погово
рить с г-ном Волгиным.
— Не вешайте трубку, пожалуйста. Я узнаю , может ли
г-н Волгин поговорить с вами .... Соединяю.
— Здравствуйте, г-н Рестон. Как вы себя чувствуете?
— Спасибо, хорошо. Г-н Волгин, в следующий четверг
состоится официальное открытие Международной
выставки машин (motor exh ib ition ). Не хотели бы вы
посетить официальное открытие?
— С удовольствием. Спасибо за приглашение.
— Мы высылаем вам пригласительный билет.
Exercise 15. Make up dialogues based on this picture.
389
LESSON THREE
That school was built last year. Эта школа была постро
ена в прошлом году.
390
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: В тех случаях, когда необходимо указать лицо, про
изводящее действие, или орудие действия, или материал, из которого сде
лан предмет, употребляются предлоги by, with, of.
The play "Three Sisters" was written by Chekhov, the great Russian writer.
Пьеса "Три сестры" была написана Чеховым, великим русским писа
телем.
Her letter was written with, a pencil. Ее письмо было написано карандашом.
Many modern buildings are made o f steel and glass. Многие современные зда
ния строятся из стали и стекла.
3. В английском языке страдательный залог употребля
ется значительно шире, чем в русском. Это объясняется
тем, что в английском языке в Passive Voice могут упот
ребляться глаголы, принимающие л ю б о е дополпение
(прямое, косвенное, предлож ное), тогда как в русском
языке в страдательном залоге употребляются только глаго
лы, принимающие прямое дополнение.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЯ: 1. В тех случаях, когда в качестве подлежащего пас
сивной конструкции употребляется предложное дополнение, предлог со
храняет свое место после глагола и стоит под ударением.
Everyone listened to him with great attention.— He was 'listened 'to with
'great a- ^ttention. Его слушали с большим вниманием.
2. У глаголов (типа to give), принимающих в действительном залоге
два беспредложных дополнения, оба дополнения могут быть подлежащими
пассивной конструкции.
Не gave Ann ап interesting book.— A nn was given an interesting book. An
interesting book was given to Ann.
He told me the news this morning.— I was told the news this morning. The
news was told to me this morning.
3. Глаголы to report (сообщать), to say, to believe [bi'li:v] (пола
гать), to expect [ik'spelt] (ожидать, предполагать), to know и некоторые
другие употребляются в Passive Voice в оборотах с предваряющим it: It is
reported that ... Сообщают (сообщается), что ..., It is said that ... Гово
рят, что ..., It is believed that ... Полагают, что ..., It is expected that ...
Ожидают, что ..., It is known that ... Известно, что . . . . Эти обороты ха
рактерны для официальной речи и обычно встречаются в газетных стать
ях, официальных документах и т. д.
It is expected that many foreign guests will come to Moscow for the Great
October Revolution celebration. Ожидают, что на празднование годов
щины Великой Октябрьской социалистической революции в Москву
приедет много иностранных гостей.
4. На русский язык английский страдательный залог
может переводиться:
а) неопределенно-личными предложениями (чаще все
го в тех случаях, когда не упоминается лицо, совершаю
щее действие).
His new collection of poems has just been published. Толь-
ко что опубликован его новый сборник стихов.
391
б) глаголами, оканчивающимися на -ся.
T he letters are being typed now. Письма сейчас п еча т а ю т
ся.
в) при помощи глагола быт ь и краткой формы прича
стия смыслового глагола.
When was this college opened? Когда был от кры т этот
колледж?
Exercise I. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the Passive
Voice.
a) 1. Sochi Festivals of Song are attended by a lot of
people. 2. I hear the game was lost by the Dynamo team
yesterday. 3. "Were the letters signed yesterday?" "No, they
w ere n ot.” 4. "Will the translation be com pleted tomorrow?" "I
hope, it will."
b) 5. I believe the hockey match is being shown on TV
now. 6. T he new sky-scraper is being m ade of glass and steel,
7. T he factory was still being built when we came to live there.
c) 8. His last book has just been published. 9. T he plan has
been changed, hasn't it? 10. "Nothing has been done to help
him," sh e said. 11. All the passengers have been p u t down at
the post-office. 12. H e hasn’t been pu t through, has he? 13.
H a s the list of students who want to see the war memorials
been typed yet?
d) 14. His new novel is much talked about, isn ’it? 15. 1
w onder w hy he is alw ays laughed a t * 16. T hose papers
haven’t been looked through yet.
e) 17. It is expected that they will do everything possible
to help him . 18. It is believed that the M inister will attend the
official opening.
Exfercise 2. Respond to these questions according to the models.
a) Do people speak English in many countries?
Y es, English is spoken in many countries.
1. Do people buy a lot of newspapers every day? 2. Do
they translate a lot of foreign books into Russian every year?
3. Do m ost people often spend summer holidays in the south?
4. Do the Caucasian m ountains protect the Black Sea coast
from the cold northern winds?
b) Did they ask a lot of questions after the lecture?
Y es, a lot of questions were asked after the lecture.
* to faugh [la:f] at smb. смеяться над кем-л.
392
1. Did they complete the plan yesterday? 2. Did they show
the film yesterday? 3. Did they publish his article last week?
4. Did he make a list of books last Monday? 5. Did they make
the sky-scraper of glass and steel?
c) Shall I help you translate the article?
N o, thank you. It’s been translated.
1. Shall I help you type the letters? 2. Shall I tell him
about it? 3. Shall I book train tickets? 4. Shall I invite them to
the party? 5. Shall I make a list of students who want to see
the film?
d) When will they complete the plan? Tomorrow?
Y es, it’ll be completed tomorrow.
1. W hen will they settle the problem? N ext W ednesday? 2.
When will he complete the novel? N ext month? 3. When will
they publish his new textbook? N ext October? 4. When will
they stage the play? N ext April? 5. When will they change the
plan? N ext week?
e) Have they settled the problem yet?
N o, it ’s still being settled.
1. Have they built the school yet? 2. Has he written the
article yet? 3. Has he translated the novel yet? 4. Has she
made a list of new textbooks yet?
f) T hey met the Browns yesterday. Did you know?
Y es, I knew the Browns had been met.
1. We took them round the city yesterday. Did you know?
2. T hey com pleted the school building last veeek. Did you
know? 3. T hey invited the Smiths to the farewell dinner
party. Did you know? 4. John bought a guide-book to St.
Petersburg. Did you know?
g) Will you sign the letters? (Mr Brown)
N o, th e y ’ll be signed by Mr Brown.
1. Will you translate this article? (a friend of mine) 2. Did
you m eet the delegation yesterday? (my school colleagues) 3.
Have you com pleted the plan? (Peter Gromov) 4. Has he
made a list of students? (Mary)
to build built
to write written
to sign to be signed
to attend attended
to publish published
396
They gave us some good advice. Они дали нам несколько хо
роших советов.
There was very little information on the subject. По этому
вопросу было очень мало сведений.
His knowledge of German is poor. У него слабые знания по
немецкому языку.
Не is making progress in his studies. Он делает успехи в сво
их занятиях.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Существительное news новость, новости, хотя и
имеет форму множественного числа, всегда употребляется с глаголом в
форме единственного числа.
What is the news? Какие новости?
2. Для передачи значения единственного числа исполь
зуется сочетание a piece [pi:s] of: a piece of advice (один)
со вет , a piece of information (одн о) сообщ ение, сведение, a
piece of news ( одна) новость.
3. Существительные advice, inform ation и др. не упот
ребляются с неопределенным артиклем. Они могут упот
ребляться с неопределенными местоимениями som e, any и
определенным артиклем, если имеется ограничительное
определение.
The advice he gave me is very good. С овет(ы ), который
(-ые) он мне дал, очень хороший (-ие).
398
decade ['dekeidj n десятилетие politically [pa'litikali] adv полити
position [pa'zifn] n положение, со чески; с политической или го
стояние сударственной точки зрения
am ong [э'тлд ] prep среди, посре financially [fai'naenfah] adv с точ
ди, между; Their village is ки зрения финансов, в финан
situated among the hills. The old совом отношении
mother was sitting among her dependent [di'pendant] а 1. on
children. (upon) зависящий от; The
recognition [.rekag'm jnj n узнава success of the tour is dependent
ние; опознавание; to change on the weather. 2. несамостоя
beyond [bi'jond] recognition из тельный, подчиненный, подвла
мениться до неузнаваемости; стный; a dependent country за
Your sister has changed beyond висимая страна; A n t inde*
recognition, pendent [jndi'pendant] незави
no longer больше не симый, суверенный, автоном
leading а ведущий, руководящий ный
im perialist [im'piarislist] а импери parliamentary monarchy
алистический [,ра:1э'шеШэп 'пюпзкії консти
state n государство туционная (парламентская)
монархия
399
Name of the continent/country Adjective
Exercise 1. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
1. T he USA consists of fifty states. 2. The total area of
Finland is over 3 37,000 sq km. 3. T he Urals separate Europe
from Asia. 4. Canada is washed by the seas of the Arctic
Ocean in the north. 5. In the South Mongolia borders on
China. 6. T he Irish Republic occupies two thirds of the island
of Ireland. 7. Most of the Siberian rivers flow into Arctic
Ocean. 8. T he USA is rich in mineral resources. 9. There are
vast deposits of oil and gas there. 10. T he population of the
USA is over 237 mln. 11. Czechoslovakia is a highly
industrialized state. 12. In the past three decades Mongolia
has changed beyond recognition, many new industries have
been developed, new industrial centres have been built. 13.
400
Israel has always politically and financialy been dependent on
the USA.
"Names
Exercise 3. Find in the text Engiish equivalents for these word combinations.
Exercise 5. Write out from the text all the sentences containing verbs in the
Passive Voice and translate them.
402
Exercise 6, Study the text and answer these questions.
403
Exercise 11. a) Insert articles wherever necessary, b) Give a summary of the
texts.
Exercise 12. Use the verbs in brackets in the proper tense end voice form.
404
Exercise 13. a) Give English equivalents for these words and word
combinations, b) Make up sentences with these words and word
combinations using forms of the Passive Voice where possible.
405
Норвегии — 324 тыс. кв. км. Н аселение Норвегии состав
ляет свыше 4 млн. человек,
Норвегия граничит с Финляндией, Ш вецией и Украи
ной на востоке и омывается Северным и Норвежским мо
рями на западе.
Климат Норвегии мягкий на западном побережье, но
на востоке зима бывает холодной.
Озера и реки занимают 1 /2 5 площади Норвегии, около
5 ,0 0 0 кв. миль. Большую часть территории занимают леса.
В стране имеются залежи меди, ж елеза, никеля и цин
ка.
Exercise 16. Read the text, give a summary of it and discuss it.
Canada
406
The Canadian Shield borders on the Hudson Bay. The ln~
terior Plains stretch from the province of Manitoba
[,m aeni'toub3] to the Arctic Ocean. The Plains rise 3,000 feet
(about 1,000 m) in three steps. The southern part is
grassland, but north of the region is covered with forests.
407
Canada, is. a highly industrialized and agricultural
country. The main industrial centres are Montreal
[,mDntri'o:l ], Toronto [te'ronto(u) ] and Vancouver
[v^n'kurva]. T he capital of Canada is Ottawa ['stsw o] .
L E S S O N FO U R
D id you happen to visit any other places in the Far East? Вам
доводилось бывать еще в каких-нибудь местах на Даль
нем Востоке?
Не happened to buy a very interesting book about the Far
East. Он случайно купил (оказалось, что он купил)
очень интересную книгу о Дальнем Востоке.
Exercise 1* Change these sentences according to the models and translate them.
408
Learn these words an d word com bin ation s
suggestion [se'd 3estjn] n предложе yesterday,
ние, совет at least по крайней мере, самое
several ['sevrl] а несколько; I меньшее; You should also visit
visited the British Museum Pskov at least for a few hours,
several times, birthplace ('ba:0pleisj n место рож
be away [o'weil v не быть дома (в дения
учреждении); быть в отъезде; find [faindj {found [faund]) out
How long will Mr Smith be away? разузнать, выяснить; Please
advice bd'v ais] n совет, советы; a find out when he train starts,
piece of advice один совет; to appreciate l3'pri:Jieit] v ценить,
ask sm b.’s advice попросить у быть признательным (за что-
кого-л. совета. You’d better ask л.); I appreciate your kindness,
P eter’s advice; to give smb. (a feel (felt, felt) v чувствовать, ощ у
piece of) advice дать кому-л. щать; How are you feeling
(один) совет; Не gave me а today? to feel cold (happy,
piece of good advice. ПРИМЕ com tortable) ощущать холод
ЧАНИЕ: Обратите внимание (чувствовать себя счастливым,
на различие в написании и чувствовать себя хорошо (удоб
произношении глагола и суще но); I feel very cold. Мне очень
ствительного: to advise холодно,
[ad'vaiz] - advice [ad'vais] conference ['konfaransl п конфе
historian [hi'stoirian] n историк ренция
architectural [,a:ki'tektj3rl] а архи the F ar E ast Дальний Восток
тектурный geologist [d5i'ol3d3rst] п геолог
fascinating ['fsesmeitir)] а восхити sponsor ['spsnss] v устраивать, ор
тельный, очаровательный, пле ганизовывать; быть инициато
нительный; Your new poem is ром, спонсором
fascinating, branch п отделение, филиал
call v называть; She is called Jane. full а полный, наполненный, пре
Ее зовут Джейн. What do you исполненный; You must be full
call this? Как это называется? of impressions. У вас, должно
Arab f'gerab] а арабский быть, масса впечатлений,
get to know узнать; When you get prospect ['prospekt] п (обыкн. p i )
to know them you’ll like them, перспектива, виды, планы на
recom m end [,reka'mend] v реко будущее; What are your
мендовать, советовать; Can you prospects? Каковы ваши планы
recommend me a good novel? I на будущее?
would strongly recommend you to development [di'vetepmsnt] п раз
go there by air. Я бы очень по витие, рост, совершенствование
советовал вам полететь туда на dicussion [dis'kAjn] п обсужде
самолете, ние, дискуссия; to have а
way п путь, дорога; on one’s way discussion about sm th. обсуж
по пути; On my way to college I дать, дискутировать что-л.;
met John, o u t of the way леж а They had a discussion about the
щ ий не по пути (в стороне); prospects for the development of
Unfortunately this tittle town is Siberia.
out of the way. lively ['laivli] а оживленный; a
journey ['d39:ni] n поездка; Have lively discussion оживленное
a good journey! Счастливого пу обсуждение
ти! fruitful ['fru:tflj а плодотворный;
expect [iks'pekt] v ожидать, Their discussion was lively and
ждать; We expected you fruitful.
409
happen ['hsepn] v 1. случаться, желюбный; to be friendly with
происходить; to happen to smb. smb, быть в дружеских отноше
случаться с кем-л.; What ниях с кем-л.; Is John friendly
happened to him? 2. оказывать with Peter?
ся случайно; He happened to be hospitable ['hDSpitabl] а гостепри
there. Он случайно оказался имный, радушный
там. including [m'klu:dig] prep вклю
participant [pai'tisipont] n участ чая, в том числе
ник; a participant in a the present state of affairs [a'fesz]
conference (a m eeting, etc.) современное положение
участник конференции (встре find [faind] (found [faund]) у сч и
чи и т.п.) тать, находить; How do you
taiga ['taiga:] п тайга find him? Как вы его находите?
hydroelectric l'haidro(u) riektrik] peace [pi:s] n мир
station гидроэлектростанция discuss [dis'kAs] v обсуждать;
friendly ['frendti] а дружеский, Let’s discuss the question,
дружески расположенный; дру forum ['Ь :г э т ] n форум
A. Suggestions about What a Person Should See
1
At a reception in the Russian Em bassy Mr M itchell, a
British journalist, m eets George Danilov, a R ussian
journalist. T h ey have met several tim es before;
M r M itchell: H ello, George.
George Danilov: Good evening. How are you?
M: I’m fine, thank you. And what about you?
D: Fine, thanks.
M: H aven’t seen you for a g e s.1 Have you been away?
D: Yes. I’ve just returned from my holiday.
M: Where did you go for your holiday?
D: Yes. My w ife and I made a tour of Central Asia.
M: How very interesting! I was just going to ask your advice
about a visit there. You s e e ,2 my wife is a historian. For
many years s h e ’s been planning a trip to Samarkand and
Bukhara. Have you ever been to th ese cities?
D: Y es, certainly. T he architectural monuments of
these two cities are fascinating. In the past Arab poets
called Samarkand "the Eden of the ancient E a s tV I
think your w ife should try to see these cities.
M: I wonder how long the trip will take her.
D: If she wants to really get to know Samarkand and
Bukhara it’ll take her about a couple of w eeks. I
would strongly recommend your wife to see som e
modern cities, too.
M: That sounds interesting. I’ll speak to her about it.
Thanks a lot. Your advice was most helpful.4
D: It’s a pleasure.
410
2
Nicholai Stepanov, a teacher of R ussian, has beea staying
in London for a few m onths. Next Saturday morning he is
leaving for Edinburgh. Last T uesday Nicholai saw Bernard
Law, a London U niversity lecturer and asked his advice.
B. Im pressions of a Visit
N am es
N otes
F; It’s a pleasure.
2. Ben M orris: Could you do me a favour, Peter?
P eter Volgin: ...
Ben: I’d like to take my family on a car tour to your
country.
Peter: ...
Ben: W e’d like to make a tour of the "Golden Ring".
Peter: ...
Ben: How long will it take us?
Peter: ...
Ben: Thank you very much.
Peter: ...
3. N in a Andreeva: Could you do me a favour, Bill?
Bill Brown: ...
N ina: I’m going to Edinburgh by car next Friday.
What would you advise me to see on my way there?
Bill: ...
415
Р: Спасибо, тож е хорошо. Чудесное утро, не так ли?
J: Y es, the morning is wonderful. By the way, is this
your first visit to this country?
P: Нет. Три года тому назад я был в Бристоле. П о
слезавтра я выезжаю в Глазго на машине. Н е мог
бы я попросить вас об одолж ении, г-н Джекобе?
J: Г11 be glad to if I can.
P: Что бы вы посоветовали мне посмотреть по доро
ге в Глазго?
J: Well, yours will be rather a long journey. There are
a lot of interesting places on the way. I advise you to
spend at least a few hours in Coventry and see the
Cathedral. I also advise you to see Birmingham,
Sheffield and Leeds, the oldest industrial centres in
this country.
P: Я признателен вам за вашу помощь. Спасибо.
J: It’s a pleasure.
418
L E S S O N FIVE
1. NEW GRAMMAR STRUCTURES
1. W ays o f Expressing N ecessity (С пособы выражения н еобходи м ости соверш ения действия)
Продолжение
421
совета, пожелания, мнения. В сочетании с неперфектным
инфинитивом они обозначают действие, относящееся к на
стоящему или будущ ему времени, в сочетании с перфект
ным инфинитивом — к прошедшему времени.
You should have helped him translate the article. He had so little time. Вам
следовало бы помочь ему перевести статью. У него было так мало вре
мени.
You ought to have advised her to join them. Вам следовало бы посоветовать
ей присоединиться к ним.
422
I
Question Affirmative answer Negative answer
Have I got to go there? Yes, you have. No, you haven’t.
Need I go there? Yes, you must. No, you needn’t.
Must I go there? Yes, you must. No, you needn’t.
Is he to go there? Yes, he is. No, he isn’t.
Should he go there? Yes, he should. No, he shouldn’t.
Exercise 1. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to modal verbs.
423
(A: to start as early as 5 a.m.; to stay there for another
week; to leave on business today)
3. A: Did the Sm iths com e back yesterday?
B: They were to return yesterday but I d on ’t know if
they did.
(A: leave; go to the reception; meet the Browns; B: to
leave; to go; to meet them)
4. A: Did she tell John he was to call up M r Brown?
B: Y es, she did.
(A: to write a letter to Mr Brooks; to prepare everything
for the conference)
5. A: He h asn ’t taken us to the exhibition yet,
B: T h at’s a pity. He should’ve done so.
(A: shown them round the city, bought a guide-book)
425
рал, если вы поможете. 6. В котором часу мне нужно быть
в аэропорту? — В 4 часа, за полчаса до отлета самолета. 7.
Вам нужно было бы позвонить секретарю и передать, что
вы не сможете прийти. 8. Им следовало бы давно решить
этот вопрос. 9. Что еще мне следует посмотреть? — П о
смотрите (вам следует посмотреть) Лужники и новые
олимпийские комплексы.
I was very tired as I had been Я очень устал, так как переводил
translating articles since early статьи с раннего утра.
morning.
The teams had been playing for Команды играли 15 минут, преж
fifteen minutes before the first goal
де чем был забит первый гол.
was scored.
Exercise 7. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian. Pay attention
to the Past Perfect Continuous Tense.
1. John told Nick he had been waiting for him for half an
hour. 2. T hey were very tired as they had been walking since
early morning. З, I wondered what he had been doing since I
saw him last January. 4. She had been sitting for about half an
hour when the doctor came in. 5 . At that moment the young
man who had been writing in his notebook got up and ran out
of the room, 6. T he N elson s had been living in London for ten •
years before they left for New York. 7. George said he had
been boating since four in the afternoon.
426
Exercise 8. Put the verbs in brackets in the Past Perfect or the Past Perfect
Continuous Tense.
Exercise 9. Read these sentences and translate them into Russian. Pay attention
to the Future Perfect Tense.
1. He will have sta rted on his way back by the time you
return. 2. You will have returned the book to the library by
this time tomorrow. 3. I suppose by then they will have settled
all the problems. 4. T hey will have gone for a walk by the time
I have finished the job. 5. "Don’t be late," he said. "He won't
have gone when you come back." 6. When my thoughts are
written down I shall have fin ish ed with them and I shall have
time to think of other things.
477
II. T E X T
Exercise 3. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
430
Ї AM HIS BROTHER
The hockey match between the Wolves and the Eskim os1
was to take place at 7 p.m. By late afternoon when Johnny
was still m issing, we all began to worry. We wondered where
he had disappeared to. By five o ’clock we were all in a panic.
When we were in the dressing-room we heard som ething
that upset us com pletely. Som eone had seen Johnny at the
railway station. He had gone down to the train with two of
Abe Gravot’s boys, who stayed with him till the train left.
Gravot, the E skim os’ coach, had probably handed Johnny a
good sum of m oney to get him out of the game. We knew that
he had dealt with some of his rivals before in that way,
It was a smart deal. T he next station was forty miles away
so Johnny could not get back before the next morning.
I was afraid Matt, our coach, would go crazy. He even
tried to reach Johnny but failed. He was not just angry — it
was a knife in his heart, as he had built all his hopes on the
boy since last year when Bucko was badly injured. What
could we do? We had to go on the ice. Oh, we played tough
hockey2 and m anaged to score a goal in the second period.
But by the end of the period the Eskimos shot two pucks past
our goalkeeper. In the dressing-room the boys sat gloomy.
Suddenly the door opened and Johnny ran in.
N obody said a word as Matt walked across the room.
"You, double-crosser, where have you been?" he shouted.
"What difference does it make3 where I’ve been? I’m back
and you n eed n ’t worry. T he score is only two to one, I’ll show
them how to play hockey!"
And he really did. I know that I will never see hockey as
we played it that last period. When we appeared on the ice I
thought the roof would go up with shouts4 as the crowd
welcomed Johnny. I looked at Abe. His mouth was open, the
cigarette fell from it and he looked sick.
The w histle sounded and the game started again. It was a
quick gam e, both teams played tough hockey but the Eskimos
could do nothing against Johnny. We were beginning to win
when I saw Guff H ibbing ready for his gang-up act5. Johnny
was going along the boards just as Bucko had been going that
night a year before when Guff and another Eskimo player hit
him. But Johnny saw in time what was coming. He stopped
short. Guff m issed him and sm ashed against the boards. With
a bad injury he was carried away from the field.
Johnny scored two more goals before the referee’s final
signal sounded. The crowd roared when their favourite was
leaving the field.
431
In the hotel Gravot came up to Johnny and said angrily,
"You, dirty double-crosser! You should be thrown out of
hockey!"
"Double-crosser? I took the train as we agreed, d idn’t I?"
Johnny sm iled. And then he hit Abe with his open hand
across the m outh.6 "That," he said, "is for Bucko."
In the room we heard his story. "I wanted to hit Abe
where it hurt the m ost7. So I hit him in the pocket-book. He
paid me two thousand to take that train out of town tonight.
He had no idea that the train slowed down at Crocket
Junction8. So I jumped off and ran back. I knew I’d be in time
for the last period to help you win the game."
After a while Johnny added, "Bucko Mackey needs money.
You, boys, paid his hospital bills. I’m sending him A be’s two
thousand in the morning."
Old Matt was happy, "I knew you would take Bucko's
place when I first saw you on the ice, kid."
Johnny gave us a real smile then and his face looked
boyish and friendly. "Take his place, Matt? I came here to
take his place. And I also wanted to pay back for Bucko’s
injury. I’m Bucko’s brother."
(After "Double for Trouble" by В. B. Fowler)
N am es
N otes
434
This is our fam ily ... all grown-ups. Father is the oldest.
Mother does not consider herself old. My wife Jane is quite
young.
For the weekends Father usually gets his ideas. Last
Saturday when he was reading the newspaper he noticed an
article which dealt ... skiing contests. "Just think how much
attention is given ... sports now," he said, "and we haven’t put
... skis or skates ... ages. Shall we go skiing or skating
tomorrow?"
Everybody welcomed the idea.
"Good," Father concluded. "So tomorrow we can go ... the
park to skate there."
T h at’s how it began. We started to look ... proper clothes
to put ...-.^Mother took Father’s old trousers* and started to
change them . Jane was worried ... her sweater which she
thought was m issing. I was sent to buy skating caps. When I
was ... about half an hour later and handed the caps ...
Mother she got very angry ... me. "Why," she exclaim ed,
"what did you think about when you were buying the caps?
They are all the sam e colour! W e’ll have to keep away from
each other if we are ... the ice!"
... two o ’clock ... the morning we went ... bed.
When Ї woke .......... the morning the weather was bad.
"Wake ... everybody!" I shouted. "Are you crazy?" my wife
said angrily still half asleep. "Oh, he always jokes in a silly**
way," my mother remarked ... her bedroom. "It’s eleven
o ’clock," I said. "It’s time to go ... the park to skate, don’t you
think so?" Father appeared ... the bathroom. He looked tired,
almost sick. ... breakfast Father reached ... his newspaper and
took it up. "Look," he suddenly exclaim ed, "they say
swimming is the best way of losing weight.*** Don’t you
think we should g o ........ swimming?" We all agreed with him.
435
Exercise 15. Give Russian equivalents for these word combinations.
Exercise 16. Translate these sentences into English using words and word
combinations given in exercise 15.
a) 1. Я надеюсь, мы сможем добраться туда до темноты.
2. Н е беспокойтесь, я уверен, что она справится с детьми.
3. Я думаю , что сумею достать билеты без вашей помощи.
b) 1. «Волки» очень хотели выиграть, и они сумели до
биться победы (выиграли). 2. Хотя он очень сильно ушиб
ногу во время матча, он продолжал игру.
c) 1. Я дум аю , он вернется в понедельник. 2. Когда вы
смож ете вернуть книгу в библиотеку? 3. Он сказал, что
отош лет назад документы на следующей неделе. 4. П ож а
луйста, верните мне учебник, он мне очень нуж ен. 5.
Дж онни считал, что отплатил за брата.
d) 1. Она очень элегантна. 2. У него всегда найдется ос
троумный ответ. 3. Он очень ловкий (хитрый) человек. 4.
Мери очень толковая девочка.
e) 1. Боюсь, мы опоздали на поезд. 2. Интересно, поче
му она пропустила занятие. 3. Не понимаю, почему они
упустили возможность съездить в Санкт-Петербург. Это
была такая интересная поездка.
Exercise 17. Give responses according to the model. Use modal verbs.
1. Olympic Games
The Olympic Gam es have a very long history. They began
in 776 B.C.* and took place every four years for nearly 1,200
years, at Olympia, in G reece. They included many different
kinds of sports, among them running, boxing and wrestling.
All the cities in Greece sent their best athletes to the city of
Olympia to compete in the games. Thousands of people from
all parts of Greece came to see the games.
In 394 A.D.** the Games stopped and the temple at
Olympia was destroyed. Fifteen hundred years later, in 1894,
a Frenchman, Baron Pierre de Coubertin, addressed a
circular to all the governing bodies of sport in which he
pointed out the educational value of sport to modern peoples.
The first of the modern series of Games took place in
Athens two years later, in 1896, on the site where the ancient
festivals had been held 1,500 years before.
In 1896 the International Olympic Committee was set up.
It is the central policy-m aking body of the Olympic
movement. All nations, which take part in the Olympic
Gam es, are represented in this Committee. The Committee
decides where next Olympic Games will take place. They ask
a city (not a country) to be the host — one city for the Winter
437
Olympics and one for the summer Olympic Games. N early
150 countries are represented on the International Olympic
Com mittee now.
In 1952 the Soviet Union sent athletes to the Olympic
G am es for the first time. Then four years later, in Australia,
the Soviet Union won more m edals than the other countries.
Soviet athletes won thirty-seven gold medals and tw enty-nine
silver medals.
* when they are neither playing nor watching games когда они не играют и
не смотрят игру
** transfer jtraens'fa:] fees суммы, за которые перекупаются игроки
*** public schools частные школы в Великобритании*
438
G olf and tennis are played by great numbers of people.
There are plenty of tennis clubs in Great Britain.
N ext to football, the chief spectator sport in English life is
horse racing.*
Athletic sports and gym nastics are practised at schools,
but not many towns have running tracks for public use.
Rowing occupies a leading place in the sporting life of schools
and universities which have suitable water nearby.
Exercise 21. Speak at these topics.
1. Moscow, the city of the 22nd Olympic Games. 2, The
role of Olympic Games in the development of sports and
friendship. 3. Sport in Great Britain. 4. My favourite sport.
L E S S O N SIX
439
са. 3. Видели ли вы когда-нибудь, как Джим играет в ш ах
маты? 4. Мы наблюдали за тем, как молодой футболист
пропустил мяч у центрального нападающего.
2. It does look a bit sore. Оно (горло) действительно выгля
дит воспаленным. (Оно действительно воспалено.) D o
употребляется для усиления при глаголе. I do believe
you. Ну конечно, я вам верю. Не did say that. Он дей
ствительно сказал это.
Exercise 3. Read and translate these sentences.
1. He did give her a piece of good advice. 2. She did
recommend them to go there. 3. T hey did appreciate your
help. 4. He does feel tired. 5. T hey did settle that problem.
Exercise 4. Make up five sentences using pattern 2.
3. How long do you think I ll have to stay here? Как вы
думаете, сколько времени мне придется пробыть здесь?
What problems do you think th ey’ll discuss tomorrow? Как вы
думаете, какие проблемы они будут обсуждать завтра?
Exercise 5. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
What h e’ll do next?
Where do you the nearest underground station is?
When think the next bus will arrive?
Who will take them round the fortress?
Exercise 6. Translate these sentences.
что идет в нашем (местном)
кинотеатре?
Как вы дум аете, когда состоится следующая лекция
по английской литературе?
где сейчас Джон?
сколько времени он пробудет в
Санкт Петербурге?
Learn these words and word com binations
440
sports club спортивный клуб various ways. Это может быть
(спортивное общество) сделано по-разному,
function ['fArjkJn] v функциониро offer I'ofa] v предлагать ( помощь,
вать, действовать; работать . что-л.): Не offered me his help.
;idmit [ad'mit] v принимать; допу He offered to help me.
скать; впускать; to admit to opportunity [,Dp9'tju:niti] n воз
school (college, club) принять можность, (удобный) случай; I
в школу (в колледж, в клуб); didn’t get the opportunity to
I wonder who is admitted to speak to him. У меня не было
colleges in this country. (я не имел) возможности пого
.support fsa'pcKt] n помогать (мате ворить с ним.
риально), обеспечивать; team games командные игры
Schools are supported by the cricket ['krikit] п крикет
state in our country, rugger ['глдэ) п разг. от rugby
trade union профсоюз регби
Гее n взнос; club fee членский soccer I'sDka] п футбол
взнос rounders f'raundoz] п английская
free ot charge бесплатно лапта
coach v спорт, тренировать(ся), baseball ['Ьеі&Ьз:1] п бейсбол
готовить(ся) к состязаниям; athletics ItcB'letiks] п легкая атле
Coaching is free of charge here, тика
only [/ounli] а единственный; Is athletic IseB'letik] а атлетический;
this the only sports club for athletic sports легкая атлетика
teenagers? facility [fg'silm] п (обычно p i) ус
basketball |'bci:skitb3:l] n баскетбол ловия; There are excellent
pretty f'priti] adv разг. довольно, facilities for athletics here,
достаточно; в значительной attention n: to pay attention to
степени; George plays tennis smth. обращать внимание на
pretty well, что-л.; We pay a great deal of
relaxation f.ri:lsek'sei$n] n отдых; attention to the development of
передышка; развлечение; sport.
Playing tennis is the best kind of training n тренировка
relaxation for me. body ['badi] n тело
stop v останавливать (ся); Не character ['kserokts] n характер
stopped near the entrance to the record ['reko:dj n рекорд; to estab
exhibition, to stop to talk (to lish [is'tseblij] a record for
read, ete.) остановиться, чтобы smth. установить рекорд в чем-
поговорить (прочитать и т.п.); л.; Не established the record for
Не stopped to watch the boys the 100 m run. Он установил ре
play basketball, корд в беге на 100 метров,
volleyball ['vDliborll n волейбол sportsman ['spo:tsmon] п спортсмен
*ompete [kam'pkt] v состязаться, nation ['neijnj п 1. нация; 2. стра
соревноваться, участвовать в на.
соревновании physician [fi'zifn] п врач (тера
irack and field events соревнова певт) ; at the physician’s у врача
ния по легкой атлетике form п медицинская карта
kmd п вид, сорт, разновидность; . What’s the trouble [ЧглЫ]? Что
What kind of person is he? Что случилось?
он за человек? What kinds of
feverish ['fi:v3ri$] а лихорадоч
sports do you have in your
ный; The child feels feverish. У
schools? Какими видами спорта
ребенка жар (ребенка лихора
занимаются в ваших школах?
дит).
various I'veam s] а различный, throat [Brout] п горло, гортань,
разный; It can be done in
441
глотка; зев; sore [ss:] throat capsule ['kgepsju:l) п капсула; об
воспаленное горло, ангина; I латка
have a sore throat. У меня бо prescription Ipris'kripfn] рецепт;
лит горло, Did the doctor give him a
slip off v снимать prescription?
blouse [blauz] «блузка surgeon ['so:d5n] n хирург; at the
chest п грудная клетка, грудь; to surgeon’s у хирурга; to go to
listen to one’s chest послушать the surgeon’s пойти к хирургу
(легкие и сердце) surgery ['S9:d3ari] n кабинет или
breathe [bri:d v дышать; to приемная врача
breathe in вдохнуть; "Please What’s wrong with you? Что с ва
breathe in," said the doctor, to ми (что случилось)?
breathe out выдохнуть fracture pfraekt^a] п перелом; раз
cough [kof] v кашлять; Have you рыв; трещина
been coughing much? run (ran, run) v бежать, бегать;
take one’s temperature мерить Не ran as hard as he could,
(измерять) температуру; Will ball n мяч
you take your temperature, slip v поскользнуться
please? fall down (fell, fallen) v падать
thermometer [0э'тотП э] n термо pain n боль; to have (to feel) a
метр pain чувствовать боль; I have a
tongue [tAQ] n Я ЗЫК pain in my left hand,
a bit n небольшое количество, не get up v вставать, подниматься
много, чуть-чуть careful ['k&afl] а осторожный, ос
sn eeze [sni:z] v чихать; "I’ve been мотрительный; You should be
coughing and sneezing a lot careful when you cross the street.
these two days," said Jane, One cannot be too careful. Осто
exam ine [ig'zgemm] v мед. осмат рожность не помешает,
ривать, обследовать; выслуши examination [ig,zaemi'neijn] n ос
вать; "ГН have to examine you," мотр, освидетельствование, об
said the doctor, следование; X-ray ['eksrei]
mouth [mau0] n рот examination рентгенологиче
wide adv широко; Open your ское исследование
mouth wide. Откройте пошире X-ray room рентгеновский кабинет
рот. / X-ray picture рентгеновский сни
cold n простуда, грипп; to have мок
(to have got) a cold простудить X-ray v делать рентгеновский сни
ся, болеть гриппом мок
course [кэ:з] мед. курс; to give а drive (drove, driven f'drivn]) v
course of antibiotics подвозить, отвозить кого-л., ку-
f'sentibai'ruiks] прописать (про да-л.; Will you drive me homo,
водить) курс лечения антибио please?
тиками
C. At the D octor’s 1
1) At the Physician’s
Doctor: Good morning.
Ann: Good m orning, Doctor.2
Doctor: Ah, h ere’s your form. Petrova, isn ’t it?
Ann: T hat’s right, Doctor, Ann Petrova.
Doctor: Well, w hat’s the trouble?
Ann: I feel hot and feverish and I’ve got a sore throat.
Doctor: Now, le t’s have a look at you. Slip off your coat
and blouse. I’d like to listen to your chest. Breathe in
then cough. T h at’s it. Now again. Thank you. Now
I’ll take your temperature. Put it (the thermometer)
under your tongue. Well, it is a bit high. W e’ll have
to do som ething about it, w on’t we? Have you been
coughing much?
444
A nn: Yes, quite a lot, and sneezing.
Doctor: I want to exam ine your throat. О рлі wide. Say "Ah".
Ann: Aaaaahh.
Doctor: Yes, it does look a bit sore. Y ou’ve got a cold but
not a very bad one. Y ou’d better have a couple of
days in bed.3
Ann: What a^out the throat, Doctor?
Doctor: I’m giving you a course of antibiotics. Take one
capsule every four hours.4 H ere’s the prescription.
Ann: Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.
2 ) A t the Surgeon's
Notes
1. at the doctor’s у врача (на приеме у врача). Обратите
внимание на употребление существительных doctor,
surgeon, physician, etc. в форме притяжательного падежа в
сочетаниях: to be at the doctor’s (at the surgeon’s, etc.), to
go to the doctor’s (to the surgeon’s), etc,
2. Doctor пишется с заглавной буквы, если использует
ся как обращение.
3. Сущесвительное bed употребляется без артикля в це
лом ряде сочетаний: to go to bed ложиться сп ат ь, to stay in
bed лежать в постели (часто в случае болезни) и др.
4. every four hours каждые четыре часа
445
Exercise 7. Read and translate the dialogues.
446
6. A: What games are popular at g irls’ schools in Britain?
B: Tennis and rou nders.
(B: Hockey and ten n is).
7. D octor: W hat’s the trouble?
P atien t:* I feel feverish *
(Patient: I have a sore throat. I’ve been sneezing and
coughing a lot these two days. I’m afraid I have a high
temperature now.)
Exercise 11. What would you say if you took part in these dialogues?
Dramatize them.
447
7. A: I have the im pression that British teachers pay a
great deal of attention to sports.
B: ...
448
an awful pain in my leg, 17, U nfortunately, it is a fracture.
18. You should have been carcful, 19. How long do you think
I’ll have to siav in hospital? 20. I’ve slept well and I’m OK
now. 21. He should be taken to hospital.
Exercise 13. Give responses according to the model. Use modal verbs.
449
' 2. M r Candlirt: What sports are popular with your children?
М акаров: Ф утбол, хоккей, баскетбол и волейбол —
самые популярные виды спорта среди детей и под
ростков. А какие виды спорта пользуются популяр
ностью у ваших детей и подростков?
С: Football, both soccer and rugby, cricket, golf and
tennis.
M: Много ли профессионалов среди взрослых спорт
сменов?
С: There are quite a few football, cricket and golf
professional team s. Ї w onder if there are any
professionals am ong your sportsmen?
M: Нет совсем. У нас сущ ествует только лю битель
ский (amateur ['semata ]) спорт.
3. Surgeon: W hat’s wrong with your arm, Mr Fedorov?
Федоров: Когда я спускался по лестнице, я поскольз
нулся и упал на правую руку. Поднимаясь, я по
чувствовал уж асную боль в руке. Боюсь, что я сло
мал ее.
S: You sh ou ld ’ve been careful. Now, let me exam ine
your arm. D oes it hurt here?
Ф: Да, очень.
S: I think w e’d better have it X -rayed. Miss M iles will
take you to the X -ray room.
(Some minutes later)
M iss M iles: Here are the pictures, Doctor.
S: ( to Fedorov): Be seated, please. ( A fter exam ining the
pictu res.) U nfortunately, it is a fracture. You will have to
stay in hospital for a couple of days.
Ф: Очень жаль. Значит, я не смогу продолжить поездку
по стране со своей туристической группой.
S: I ’m afraid so.
Exercise 16. Translate into English.
1. Комаров: Это ваш первый визит в нашу страну, г-н
Бэрроу (Barrow)?
Бэрроу: Д а, я впервые в вашей стране. Я очень рад, что
наша профсоюзная делегация была приглашена ва
шим профсоюзом. Меня интересуют проблемы раз
вития детского и юношеского спорта в вашей стра
не. Когда дети начинают заниматься спортом?
К ом аров: Ф изическое воспитание (physical I'fizik l]
education [,ed3u'kei{n ]) начинается очень рано — в
детских садах. В возрасте пяти-шести лет дети на
чинают заниматься фигурным катанием (figure
450
['figa] skating). Большинство детей начинает зани
маться отдельными видами спорта в школах на за
нятиях по ф изическому воспитанию. Каждое спор
тивное общество имеет стадионы и на всех стадио
нах имеются детские спортивные школы.
Б: Всех ли детей принимают в спортивные школы?
К: Д а, конечно. Наша основная задача — помочь д е
тям вырасти здоровыми (to grow healthy ГЬеШі]).
Ведь спорт — это лучший вид отдыха для любого
возраста.
Б; Д а, это действительно так.
К: Не хотели бы вы завтра поехать на стадион
«Спартак» и посмотреть, как работает самая боль
шая детская спортивная школа в Москве? Там
можно будет увидеть, как дети тренируются и
участвуют в соревнованиях.
Б: С удовольствием. В котором часу?
К: Что если я заеду за вами в 10 часов утра?
Б; Это меня вполне устроит.
. Анна: Доброе утро, доктор!
Врач: Доброе утро. Ваша фамилия?
А н на: Губина.
Врач: Вот ваша карта. Что с вами?
Анна: Меня лихорадит и, по-м оем у, у меня темпера
тура. Я плохо спала ночь, но утром поехала в инс
титут. После двух занятий мне пришлось уйти — я
почувствовала себя очень плохо.
Врач: Давайте я осмотрю вас, но сначала измерьте
температуру. (Посмотрев на термометр.) Темпера
тура немного высоковата. Покажите горло и ска
жите: «А-а».
Анна: A-а -а.
Врач: Гортань немного воспалена. Снимите кофточку,
я хочу послушать вас. Вдохните, теперь выдохни
те. Покашляйте. Достаточно. Сколько дней вы
кашляете?
Анна: Второй день.
Врач: У вас типичная (typical ['tipikJ ]) простуда.
Н уж но полежать несколько дней в постели и по
принимать лекарство (m edicine f'm ed sn ]). Вот ре
цепт.
Анна: Сколько раз в день принимать лекарство?
Врач: Три раза в день после еды. П опейте горячий
чай с молоком.
451
Advantages and Disadvantages
452
Анна: Как вы дум аете, сколько времени мне придется
пролежать в постели?
Врач: Дня три-четыре. Я уверен, что к концу недели вы
будете хорошо себя чувствовать*
Анна: Спасибо, доктор. До свидания.
Врач: Д о свидания.
453
L E S S O N SEVEN
1. The Participle
Voice
Active Passive
Tense
Intransitive
Transitive (переходные)
(непереходные)
Present
Participle coming writing being written
(Participle I)
Past Participle
come — written
(Participle ЇІ)
454
Arriving at the hotel he went to his room. Приехав в гости
ницу (предшествующее действие), он прошел в свой
номер.
5. Отрицательная форма причастия образуется при по
мощи отрицательной частицы not, которая ставится перед
причастием.
N ot knowing his new phone number I was unable to tell him
the news. Так как я не знал номера его телефона, я не
мог сообщить ему эту новость.
Exercise I. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to the use of
participles. Say in what functions the participles are used.
a) 1. He looked at the sm iling children. 2. Novy^Arbat is
a broad avenue with tall modern buildings housing offices,
stores, bars, cafes and restaurants. 3. When playing tennis he
slipped and broke his leg. 4. Entering the room he saw a
letter on his desk, 5, John looked out of the window while
waiting for her answer. 6. He did not say a word, again
looking at his hands. 7. N o t being able to read or think she
phoned her brother and asked him to come,
b) 8. T he teacher asked the students to read the
sentences written on the blackboard. 9. T he problem
discu ssed at the m eeting yesterday is very important. 10.
The girl stopped before the closed door.
c) 11. T hey were old friends having been at school
together. 12, H aving closed the sitting-room door, she sat
down in the armchair. 13. Having never been to Canada
m yself I listened to hirn with great interest.
d) 14. As a girl she was fond of tennis. 15, While at
college he played for the University hockey team. 16. When
walking hom e he met an old friend of his.
Exercise 2. Transform these sentences according to the models and translate
them into Russian.
;0 The man who is standing near the captain is their new
coach.
* to house вмещать
457
T he man standing near the captain is their new coach.
1. Do you know the name of the man who is talking to Mr
Brown? 2. The sea which w ashes Norway in the south-w est
is called the North Sea. 3. T he new stadium that houses forty
five thousand people is a wonderful building. 4. She looked at
the plane which was disappearing in the clouds.
459
This being s o , w e shall have to return. П оскольку дело об
стоит таким о б ра зо м , нам придется вернуться.
Weather p erm ittin g, they will leave tomorrow. погода
п о зв о л и т , они выедут завтра.
It being difficult to settle the m atter, we decided to m eet
again on the following day. Так как было трудно р е
ш ить эт от вопрос, мы решили встретиться снова на
следующий день.
б) самостоятельным предложением с сочинительными
союзами причем, б т о время как, а.
T he old man tried to get up, the young man helping him .
Старик попытался встать, а м олодой человек пом огал ему.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: К абсолютным номинативным конструкциям отно
сят также обороты, начинающиеся с предлога with (причем).
The participants came from ten countries, with Britain being represented by
Professor Arthur Thornton. Участники прибыли из десяти стран, при
чем Англию представлял профессор Артур Торнтон.
II. TEXT
460
2. It has nothing to do with your plan. Это не имеет ни
какого отношения к вашему плану.
3, It has a lot to d o with their work. Это имеет самое не
посредственное отнош ение к их работе.
Exercise 1. Make up sentences using the table and translate them into
Russian.
ballet,
it som ething
has his answer,
They nothing to do with
have the paper he
I a lot
handed to you.
461
от дел; to withdraw troops выве in this (that) case в этом (таком)
сти войска; Israel must withdraw случае; In that case we shall send
і is troops from Arab territories, you a confirmation, in any case в
push [puf] v толкать; Push! ( над любом случае; In any case you
пись на дверях) От себя. Pull will have to fill in a form,
[pul]! К себе, assistant manager [a'sistant
firmly adv твердо, крепко, реши 'теешс&э] помощник управляю
тельно щего
undisturbed ['Andis't9:bd] а спокой duty ['dju:ti] n функция, обязан
ный, безмятежный, непотрево ность
женный apologize [з'рзккізаіг] v извинять
smile v улыбаться; to smile at smb. ся; просить прощения; to
улыбаться кому-л.; Keep apologize to smb. for smth
smiling! He вешайте носа! (doing sm th.) извиниться перед
in a friendly way дружески, по-дру кем-л. за что-л.; Не apologized
жески, приветливо; The old for coming late,
professor spoke with the student in m isunderstanding
a friendly way. ^miSAnda'stsendirj] n недоразу
confirm [ksn'foim] v подтверждать; мение, отсутствие взаимопони
to confirm one’s report (one’s мания; It’s just a
m essage, etc.); Please, confirm misunderstanding, there’s nothing
your telephone message by letter, serious about it.
confirm ation [,k3nf3'meijn] n под receiver [ri'sirva] n телефонная
тверждение, доказательство; трубка; to lift (to take up) the
confirm ation of a prom ise (a receiver снять телефонную труб
report, etc.) подтверждение обе ку; to put down the receiver по
щания (сообщения и т.п.); There ложить телефонную трубку; Will
has been no confirmation of his you put down the receiver, please,
report. voice [V3is] n голос
produce ipr3'dju:s] v предъявлять, check in v регистрировать(ся) (при
представлять въезде в гостиницу); Have you
hardly pha:dh] adv едва, насилу, с checked in yet?
трудом; His English was so poor check out v расплатиться с гостини
that I could hardly understand цей перед отъездом; When are
him. you going to check out?
glance [gla:nsl v мельком взглянуть checking out time время выписки из
place v ставить, помещать, класть гостиницы
in front of prep перед, впереди cheerful f'tfiafsl] а бодрый, веселый
convention [kan'venjn] n съезд, кон greeting ['gri:tig] n приветствие;
ференция, собрание friendly greeting дружеское
nod v кивать головой приветствие; to answ er sm b.’s
shake [Jeik] (shook, shaken [juk, greeting отвечать на чье-л. при
'jeikn]) v качать; to shake one’s ветствие; She answered our
head качать головой (в знак не greeting with a smile, greeting-
согласия, неодобрения, сомне card поздравительная открытка
ния, укоризны и т .п.)\ In answer greet [gri:t] v здороваться, кланять
to my question he just shook his ся; приветствовать; to g reet smb.
head, to shake han d s (with (with a smile) приветствовать
sm b.), to shake sm b.’s hand по кого-л. (улыбкой)
жать кому-л. руку, обменяться с grey-haired ['greihesd] а седой
кем-л. рукопожатием; They hair [hea] n собир. волосы (употр.
shook hands and walked towards с глаголом в форме ед. числа)\
the reception desk, Her hair is beautiful.
put away v прятать, убирать
462
mouth disease [ mau0 di'zi:z] заболе walk out v демонстративно покинуть
вание полости рта ( собрание и т .п.)
cause [ko:z] v быть причиной, слу fault [fo:lt] п вина; Whose fault is it?
жить поводом, вызывать pain [pem] n страдание, огорчение,
report [ri'port] «доклад, сообщение горе
drink [drirjk] п напиток; to have а turn v поворачивать (ся)
drink выпить что-л.; Would you pretend [pri'tend] V притворяться,
like to have a drink? Вы хотите делать вид; Не pretended to be
чего-нибудь выпить? soft drinks asleep.
безалкогольные напитки; strong fight [fait] (fought [fo:t]) v бороть
drinks спиртные напитки ся, сражаться
clear up v выяснить, раскрыть; to prefer [pri'fa:] (preferred) v пред
clear up a question (a situation) почитать, отдавать предпочте
выяснить вопрос (разобраться в ние; to p refer smth. (smb.) to
ситуации) smth (sm b.); to prefer doing
apology [э'рэ1э<&1] п извинение sm th. to doing smth; предпочи
guarantee [.gaeran'ti:] v гарантиро тать что-л. (кого-л.) чему-л.
вать, обеспечивать, ручаться; to (кому-л.); Не prefers walking to
guarantee smth., to do smth., driving.
that sm th. will be done; We research [ri'sartj] n научно-исследо
guarantee success, you needn’t вательская работа
worry.
Exercise 3. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
463
NO ACCOMMODATION FOR YOU
N am es
Jim N icholas I 'n ik b s ] Дж им Николас
Bailey ['belli ] Бейли
Ingram ['lrjgrom] Ингрем
N otes
467
train leaves in 40 m i n u t e s , ” s h e said. 3. T h e visitor had a
reservation ... the hotel so it took him o n ly ten m in u tes to
ch ec k .... 4. Have you got the con firm a tio n ... the n ew s that
we were told? 5. After the clerk fin ish e d sp eak in g ... the
p h o n e h e put ... th e receiver. 6. ... th e lou nge a friend of
m in e g r e e te d m e ... a sm ile and said that he had a lr e a d y
clea red ... w h e th e r a cc o m m o d a tio n w a s reserved ... me. 7. Dr
N ic h o la s had to sta n d ... line before h e could speak ... the
receptionist. 8. “ S h e is a w fu lly u p se t as your words hurt
h e r . ” “O h , I d i d n ’t m e a n to, ... this c a s e I think I sh o u ld
ap olog ize ... her ... w h at I’ve s a i d , ” 9. “ i ’ll try to reserve a
sea t ... th e theatre ... to m o r r o w ,” he p ro m ised sm iling ... me.
10. T h e m a n a g e r s h o o k h a n d s ... th e visitor and said ... a
fr ie n d ly w a y , “W e ’ve got a reservation ... y o u . ” 11. “ It h a s a
lot to do ... the problem we d i s c u s s e d y e s t e r d a y , ” sa id the
director. 12. W h en re gisterin g the visitor said that he would
prefer a te n -flo o r room ... a four-floor room.
Exercise 13. Make up eighteen sentences using these word combinations.
to have sm th. to do with sm th., to make a reservation of
sm th., to stand in line, to fill in a form, in a friendly w ay, a
confirm ation of sm th., to shake hands with sm b., in this
(that) case, in any case, to apologize to smb. for sm th., to
take up the receiver, to put down the receiver, to check in, to
check out, to greet smb. with a sm ile, to clear up, to prefer
sm th. to sm th., to sm ile at smb.
Exercise 14. Transform these sentences into reported speech.
468
Exercise 16. Give sentences of your own using word combinations given in
exercise 15.
469
Exercise 18. Say if these statements are true or false. Give your reasons.
1. Dr N icholas had no reservation therefore the
receptionist told him that the hotel was full. 2. The assistant
manager promised Dr N icholas to settle the matter. 3. Dr
Ingram was glad to see his colleague and invited him to have
a drink. 4. The m anager apologized to Dr N icholas and told
the receptionist to give him a room. 5. Dr N icholas made up
his mind to leave by the afternoon flight.
Exercise 19. Give a summary of the text “No Accommodation for You”.
471
Dilman hesitated. “I m ight add, this is not unusual. There
has always been racial m ixing in the U nited States. And
because of this m ixing, at least 20 per cent of w hites in the
U nited States have som e degree of so-called Negro blood in
their veins, w hether they know it or not. And there are today
about 70 per cent of American N egroes who have some degree
of so-called w hite blood or, more accurately, white genes.
In our fam ily of four there were two of us who were blac
kskinned like m yself and two, w ho were fair-skinned: Mindy
and my wife.
N ow , it is a regrettable fact that among American N egroes
them selves, most of them , the lighter-skinned on es, often feel
superior. Why is this? I think the reasons are obvious. T hey
consider the lighter on es of their com m unities more attractive.
But b esides pure esth etics, there is a more serious reason.
T h ese lighter N egroes get closer to the majority of the white
population, are more acceptable to the white com m unity, it is
easier for them to escape discrim ination and persecution. And
often these alm ost w hite N egroes, seeing how much easier and
b elter life is for them when they arc taken for w hite becom e
tem pted to cross the color line, and to live perm anently in the
w hite world as w hites.
I can tell you that every year at least three thousand
American N egroes with light-colored skin take advantage of
their appearance, slip away from their N egro hom es,
com m unities, fam ily, friend s, and cross over and join the
w hite race.
For the m ost part, N egro parents do not like it when their
fairer-colored children quit their race and join the white
w orld, pretending to be white when th ey are not. T hese fair-
colored N egroes resign entirely from their race, pretend to
be w hite in school, in work, and in their social life.
Now you have the background explaining my daughter’s
defection. She was brought up as a Negro, and around her
sh e could see the terrible injustices that were to be her lot.
When she realized that she need not endure the suffering she
escaped it, she ran to the white world of N ew York city,
w here there was no reason for anyone to suspect that sh e was
not white. I will not say that I approved of Mindy O ilm an’s
action, but I did not try to stop her.
I understand Mindy and all like her who passed as w hite,
because I understand what it is to rid yourself of second-
class citizenship, of poverty, of contem pt, of inferior social
status, and to take on in their place the advantages and joys
472
of equality under the law, a respectable job, new friendships
based on o n e ’s personality rather than color.
My daughter M indy com m itted no crime. She committed
a deception, yes — but whom it could harm but herself?
Can you picture my g irl’s life these years? Her life was not
easy. Mindy deprived herself of mother, father, brother, and
every other relative.
Now this morning for the sake of boosting a newspaper’s
circulation,** M indy’s secret is out. Now the cam ouflage of
this harm less young girl had been stripped off, so that she is
naked and alone and black. And for this my heart is heavy.
But more, far more, I grieve for the situation in this country
that drove Mindy to pass for a w h ite.”
‘'Thank you for your attention, gen tlem en .”
(After “The Man” by Irwing Wallace)
L E S S O N EIG H T
* Whom it could harm but herself? Кому это может причинить вред, кро
ме нее самой?
** for the sake of boosting a newspaper’s circulation [.so:kju'leiJn] ради то
го, чтобы увеличить тираж газеты
473
шлиной; Are cigarettes duty-free? o rder v заказывать; IjcI me order
liable ['laiadl] to duty подлежа lunch this time,
щий обложению пошлиной; food [fu:d] n пища; еда; питание
W hat goods are liable to duty? in spite of prep несмотря на
key [ki:] n ключ; key to the door pub n (сокр. от public house) трак
(the room, etc.); Where is the key тир, пивная
to room 25? for a change ради разнообразия;
exam ine [ig'zaemin] v обследовать, Let’s have lunch in a pub for a
проверять; исследовать, изучать; change.
Will you examine these papers? idea [ai'dia] n идея, мысль; T hat’s a
contents ['kontants] n p i содержи good. idea. Это чудесная (хоро
мое шая) мысль!
Have a pleasant stay. Ж елаю при m ention ['menjn] v упоминать, ссы
ятно провести время, латься; He mentioned to me that
single а 1. рассчитанный на одного; he had seen you the day before
a sin g ly room номер (комната) yesterday,
на одного человека; I’d like а b itter n горькое (крепкое) пиво
single room, please, a single bed drink (drank, drunk) v пить; Will
односпальная кровать; 2. холо you drink some milk?
стой, незамужняя; John’s sister is
beer [bo] n гтиво; ginger ['cfemcfeg]
single, isn’t she? b eer имбирное пиво
double ['dAblj а двойной, сдвоен waiter n официант; head waiter мет
ный; a double room номер (ком рдотель
ната) на двух человек; a double
bed двуспальная кровать pint [paint] n пинта (мера объема
жидких и сыпучих тел: англ
private bath ['praivit 'Ьа:0] индиви
0,57 л., амер.= 0,47 л.)
дуальная ванна ( ванна в номе
snack п легкая закуска; to have а
ре)
snack перекусить; Just a snack.
porter п носильщик (в гостинице) Просто что-нибудь перекусить,
fill in v заполнять, вставлять; Please
offer ['ofa] v предлагать; What can
fill in this form. Заполните, пожа you offer us?
луйста, этот бланк,
cheese [t$i:z] n сыр
hand v передавать, вручать; Please
hand me that notebook, sausage ['sosids] n сосиска; колбаса
delightful [di'laitfl] а восхититель pickles ['piklz] n p i пикули; соле
ный, очаровательный; It was a ные или маринованные огурцы
delightful holiday, meat pie пирожок с мясом; пирог с
мясом
m enu ['menju:] n меню; H ere’s the
menu, sir. filling п пломба; I have a filling in
personally ['parsnh] adv лично, сам my tooth.
simple ['sjtnpl] а простой, скром loose [lu:s] а болтающийся, шатаю
ный, незатейливый, незамысло щийся; “One of my teeth is
ватый, непритязательный loose,” said the child,
cooking ['kukir)] п приготовленная awful ['э:П] а ужасный, страшный;
The weather is awful today,
пища
chips п p i картофель, поджаренный pain n боль; to have a pain чувство
тонкими ломтиками вать боль; 1 have an awful pain in
my tooth,
soup [su:pl п суп; vegetable soup
овощной суп; chicken ['tjikin] lower а нижний
soup куриный бульон (суп с ку upper а верхний; One of my upper
рицей) teeth is loose,
order п заказ; May I take your order, drop out v падать, вываливаться,
sir? выпадать; One of my teeth is
about to drop out.
474
sensitive ['sensitiv] а чувствитель pull out v выдергивать, удалять
ный; sensitive to heat (cold) чув (зуб)\ I had a tooth pulled out
ствительный к теплу (холоду); Is yesterday.
this tooth sensitive to heat or cold?
m ean lmi:n] (m eant [ment]) v зна
checkup ['tJekAp] n мед. осмотр, об чить, означать; What do you
следование; You should go for a mean by this? Что вы хотите этим
checkup to the doctor’s next сказать? What does this word
Tuesday. mean? Что означает это слово?
C. At a H otel •9
E. In a Pub
476
F. At the D entist’s
N otes
477
Exercise 3. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used in the dialogues and translate them.
478
Exercise 5. What would you say if you took part in these dialogues?
Dramatize them.
479
(A fter dinner.)
Belov: ...
6. M r Knott: Shall we have a snack lunch in a pub for a
change?
Belov: ...
M r Knott: What about this one? Ї like it because there
are not m any people here at lunchtim e. What would
you like to drink? Bitter?
Belov: ...
Waiter: A nything to eat, sir?
Belov: ...
7. D entist: W hat’s the trouble this time, Vlasov?
Vі
p » * • *
* Wiil you foliow ['folou] me, please? Следуйте (идите) за мной, пожа-
і'/йста.
481
П о п о в: Черный кофе и пирожное.
5. D octor: W hat’s the trouble, Bubnova?
Б: Один из моих верхних зубов слева очень болит уже
три дня.
D: Is there a cavity?
Б: Наверное. Он очень чувствителен к холодному и го
рячему.
D: Let me have a look at it. Open your mouth w ide. There
is a cavity in it. I ’m afraid the tooth is too bad to be
filled . I think I’ll have to pull it o u 1.
Б: Н еуж ели его нуж но удалять? Может быть, вы сде
лаете рентгеновский снимок?
D: Y es, certainly, but I don’t think it will help.
Exercise 9. Translate into English.
1. — Ваш паспорт, пожалуйста.
— Вот, пожалуйста.
— Это ваш первый визит в наш у страну?
— Второй, я был в вашей стране три года тому назад.
— Сколько времени вы собираетесь прожить в нашей
стране?
— Около четырех месяцев.
— Вот ваш паспорт. Заполните этот бланк, пожалуйста.
2. — Это ваш багаж, г-н Николаев?
— Д а, вот эти два коричневых чемодана.
— В езете ли вы что-нибудь, что подлежит обложению
пошлиной?
— Н е думаю . У меня есть несколько пачек сигарет, ко
торые я купил на параходе, не они ведь не облага
ются пошлиной.
— Д а, это так. Откройте, пож алуйста, чемодан, кото
рый побольше.
— Одну минуточку. (Достает ключ и открывает чемо
дан.)
— Все в порядке. М ожете закрыть чемодан. Ж елаю хо
рошо провести время в нашей стране.
3. — Чем могу быть полезен?
— Моя фамилия Николаев. Я забронировал номер на
одного в прошлом месяце.
— Одну минуточку. Я проверю. Д а, мы зарезервирова
ли для вас номер 37 на четвертом этаж е.
— Мне хотелось бы взглянуть на него.
— Д ум аю , что он вам понравится, В номере ванна и
482
цветной телевизор. Кстати, вам лучш е сначала за
полнить эти бланки, а затем посмотреть номер.
Вот, пожалуйста, бланки.
И осилы цик(Николаеву): Пройдите, пож алуйста, сюда.
4. Г-н Эндрю с ( A ndrew s): Я заказал столик у окна.
Здесь очень удобно, не так ли?
Бубнов: Д а, здесь очень приятно.
Официант ( г-н у Э н дрю су): Вот, пож алуйста, меню,
сэр.
Э (передавая м еню Б убнову): Посмотрите й скажите,
что бы вы хотели взять.
Б: Как жаль, что они не пользуются английским язы
ком в меню.
Э: Однако это традиция (tradition [trs'd ijn ]) — ис
пользовать французский язык в меню в ресторанах.
Что вы возьмете?
Б: Я бы съел (взял) какой-нибудь салат, куриный
бульон и бифш текс или телячье филе.
Э: Я возьму то ж е самое. А что на десерт?
Б: Черный кофе и пирожное.
(Г-н Эндрюс заказывает обед. Во время обеда они бесе
дуют о футбольном матче, который они видели в
этот день.)
Б: Спасибо за чудесный вечер.
Э: Пожалуйста. Очень рад, что вам понравилось здесь.
5. — Что случилось, Мэри?
— У меня очень болит нижний зуб справа.
— Давайте я взгляну на него. Откройте широко рот.
— Этот зуб?
— Да.
— Нужно сделать рентгеновский снимок. (Рассматрива
ет снимок.) Д ум аю , что зуб нуж но удалить.
— Доктор, пожалуйста, запломбируйте (to fill) его.
— Это бесполезно, Мэри. З у б нужно удалить.
— Ну что ж , ничего не поделаешь (nothing can be
done).
Kxercise 10. Make up dialogues based on the pictures (see p. 133).
Txercise 11. Dramatize these situations.
M r Davey: What!
Twenty dollars!
For two minutes!
Dentist: Well, if
you’d like me to, I
can pull it out
more slowly.
him what he would like to have for dinner. Order the meal.
Speak about your hobbies over the meal.
4. One of your teeth is hurting you. You have to go to the
d en tist’s. T ell the doctor what is troubling you.
L E S S O N N IN E
486
1. A I hope Bill has reserved a hotel room.
В He can't have don e that. N o one has asked him to.
2. A Why did n ’t Peter come to see us yesterday?
В I don ’t know. He m ay have been too busy.
A N o, he can 't have been too busy.
В Oh, you can ’t be sure about that.
3. A I d id n ’t know John had left on b u sin ess. You
might have told me.
В I’m sorry. I thought you knew that.
4. A Jim looks very tired today.
В He m u st have worked very hard last night.
A Y es, I think he did.
5. A Why are they so angry with George?
В He m ust have fa ile d them. He was to have dealt
with the matter but I d on ’t think he did.
6. “ I ought to have thought about that before, but I d id n ’t
know he was so worried about his s is te r ,” said Jane.
7. C ould Ben have told them it was Mr B ailey’s fault?
8. “You should have fought, J im ,” Dr N ich olas’s friend said
to him.
9. You n eedn 't have h elped him. He was able to m anage it
alone.
487
1. I hope he told them about the m eeting yesterday. 2. I
hope he checked out before iunch. 3. I hope John handed the
papers to Mr Brown. 4. I hope he has passed through the
custom s.
d) I’m sure he went (has gone) sight-seeing.
He must have gone sight-seeing.
1. I’m sure he has left his suitcases in the luggage room.
2. I’m sure he went to the d en tist’s. He had an awful tooth
ache in the morning. 3. I’m sure there was a
m isunderstanding betw een them. 4. I’m sure it was Mr
Sm ith’s fault.
e) She went by the seven o ’clock train. (The lecture d id n ’t
begin till ten.)
She n eed n ’t have gone by the seven o ’clock train as the
lecture didn’t begin till ten.
1. She did everything herself. (Everyone was ready to
help her.) 2. T hey worried about Johnny. (He came back in
tim e.) 3. Bill dealt with the matter. (Tom was going to deal
with it.) 4, Bill reserved a hotel room for him for ten days.
(H e w as going to stay only for a w eek.)
f) I believe he was about thirty then.
He would have been about thirty then.
1. I believe he was at college then. 2. I believe he helped
them . 3. I believe he left the cinem a before the end of the
film . 4. I believe Jim brought him the book.
Exercise 3. Make up sentences saying what a person should (sh o u ld n ’t) have
done or ought (o u g h tn 't) to have done. Use these words and word
combinations.
to upset sm b., to worry about sm th., to m iss an
opportunity, to take to hospital, to apologize to sm b., to
hurry
Exercise 4. Translate into English.
1. Интересно, почему Билл не позвонил мне еще раз
вчера вечером? — Возмож но, он был очень занят. 2. Не
может быть, чтобы он оставил университет. 3. Вероятно,
произошло недоразум ение. Давайте снова обсудим этот
вопрос. 4. Он мог бы заполнить бланки до ленча. У него
было время. 5. Она, вероятно, рассердилась на Д ж она. 6.
Вам не следовало упускать возможность посмотреть этот
спектакль. 7. К онференция должна была открыться вчера.
8. Вам не нужно было делать этот перевод вчера. 9. По-
видимому, это та статья, о которой Петров говорил вчера.
488
2. Correlative conjunctions “both ... a n d ” , “either ... or” ,
• neither ... nor” (Сочинительные союзы как ... т ак и (и ...
и), либо ... либо і или ... или, ни ... ни)
Сочинительные союзы могут соединять любые члены
предложения.
It was both cold an d w indy. Было и холодно, и ветрено.
Не can speak neither French nor English. Он не говорит ни
по-французски, ни по-английски.
You may take either P eter’s textbook or mine. Вы можете
взять либо учебник П етра, либо мой.
Если both ... and соединяет два подлеж ащ их, то гла-
гол^сказуемое употребляется в форме множественного
числа.
Both the captain an d the goalkeeper were badly hurt during
yesterd ay’s gam e. Как капитан (команды), так и вра
тарь получили тяжелые травмы во время вчерашней
игры.
Если союзы either ... or и neither ... nor соединяют два
или более подлеж ащ их, глагол-сказуемое обычно согласу
ется в лице и числе с подлежащ им, стоящим непосредст
венно перед последним сою зом.
Neither we nor he was tired. Ни мы, ни он не чувствовали
усталости.
Не knows that either the Browns or Mr Smith has reserved a
hotel room for him . Он знает, что либо Брауны, либо
г-н Смит зарезервировали для него номер в гостинице.
Exercise 5. Join these sentences using either ... or or neither ... nor.
a) Peter (Max) knows Mr Brown’s phone number.
Either Peter or Max knows Mr Brown’s phone number.
1. John (Bill) told them about the convention. 2. T hey
will confirm the reservation today, (tomorrow) 3. You m ay
489
check out now. (after lunch) 4. He says it will be rainy
(sunny) tomorrow morning. The w eather is so unpredictable.
Exercise 8. Make up six sentences using both ... and, eith er ... or, n eith er ...
nor.
II. TEXT
490
English.
painting.
T hey
is, are good at singing.
Nick
was, were bad skiing.
My son
playing
tennis.
Exercise 2. Paraphrase these sentences using pattern 1.
1. My daughter can ski very w ell. 2. H is friend is an
excellen t skater. 3. I could never play hockey. 4. T hey know
history very w ell. 5. She does not know literature well. 6, She
is a good singer.
2. What if your son refuses to change his mind? Что, ес
ли ваш сын откажется изменить свое решение?
Exercise 3. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
441
становиться взрослым; Не has ская деятельность, политика;
grown up. Он стал взрослым (вы “Politics is much more difficult
рос). than physics” said Einstein, to go
grown up а взрослый into politics ПОСВЯТИТЬ себя
mind [mamd] п, ум, разум; to make политической деятельности
up one *5 mind to do smth. ре marry ['maeri] v жениться, выхо
шиться, принять решение сде дить замуж; to marry smb.; He
лать что-л.; We made up our minds married the girl he loved. B u t :
to go there, to change one’s mind They got married. Они пожени
передумать, изменить свое реше лись. to be married быть жена
ние (свои намерения); I hope he тым, замужем; Charles was not
will not change his mind this time, married, to be married to smb.
regret [ri'gret] v сожалеть; to regret быть женатым на ком-л. (быть
smth. сожалеть о чем-л.; I am замужем за кем-л.); Не is
sure you do not regret your visit married to a very good woman,
here. I regret to say... К сожале agree [a'gri:] v 1. соглашаться, до
нию, должен сказать... I regret to говариваться; сходиться во мне
say that he came too late, ниях; to agree with smb. согла
exclaim [iks'klejm] v восклицать шаться с кем-л.; быть одного
on the contrary ['кэшгэп] наобо мнения с кем-л.; “I quite agree
рот; “I think you have nothing to with you, the drawing is good,”
do now.” “On the contrary, I have said the painter. 2. уславливать
a lot to do.” ся, договариваться; to agree to
do smth.; договориться сделать
talent I'taebnt] n талант, одарен что-л.; We agreed to go there
ность; to have a talent for music together.
(painting, etc.) иметь способно
сти к музыке (рисованию и тп refuse [ri'fju:z] v отказывать (ся),
4t.); Your son has a talent for отвергать; to refuse to do smth.
отказаться сделать что-л.; He
music. refused to deal with that matter, to
in short вкратце, короче говоря, од refuse smth.; He refused my help.
ним словом Cf: He refused to study the prob
discourage [dis'kAncfe] v расхола lem. Он отказался изучать эту
живать, отбивать охоту; to проблему (заняться изучением
discourage smb. from doing этой проблемы). Не gave up
smth. отбивать у кого-л. охоту (studying) the problem. Он отка
делать что-л.; You should not зался от изучения проблемы
have discouraged him from going (перестал, бросил заниматься
in for sport, этой проблемой),
think v иметь (какое-л.) мнение; to firm а твердый, решительный; firm
think much (highly, a lot) of measures (steps, etc.) решитель
smb., smth. быть высокого мне ные меры (шаги и т. п.); They
ния о ком-л., чем-л.; I think should take firm steps,
much of his paintings, not to think check oneself v остановиться, удер
much of smb., smth. быть невы жаться, сдержаться; He was
сокого мнения о ком-л., чем-л.; going to say something but
She does not think much of this checked himself,
novel.
go on v продолжать; to go on doing
drawing ['dnngj n рисунок, набро smth. продолжать делать что-л.;
сок He went on painting. He went on
draw [dro:] (drew, drawn [dru:, to say... Далее он сказал...
dro:nl) v рисовать ( карандашом, politely [pa'laith] adv вежливо, лю
углем) безно, учтиво
politics ['politiks] n (ynomp. только sympathize ['simp30aiz] v сочувство
с глаголом в ед. ч.) политиче вать, выражать сочувствие
492
wish n желание joke [djoukj v шутить
save v спасать, уберегать; to save to one’s surprise [sg'praiz] к чье
smb. (smb.’s life) спасти кого-л. му-л. удивлению; То his great
(чью-л. жизнь) surprise they agreed at once,
miserable Гпиг(э)гэЬ1] а жалкий, dial E'daial] a (telephone) number
несчастный набрать (телефонный) номер
sheet n лист (бумаги) solicitor [sg'lisita] n адвокат
silence t'saibns] n молчание, без cheque [t$ek] n чек
молвие; to keep silence молчать, nervous ['ngivss] а нервный
хранить молчание; They kept excited [ik'saitid] а возбужденный,
silence for a long time, in silence взволнованный
молча; He smoked in silence, worthless ['W3:9bs] а ничего не сто
masterpiece ['ma:stapi:s] n шедевр ящий, никудышный
promising f'promisig] а многообе run (ran, run) out v выбежать
щающий, подающий надежды, in despair [di'speg] в отчаянии
перспективный be independent [.indi'pendant] быть
humour ['hjutma] n юмор независимым, самостоятельным;
inspiration [.inspa'reifn] n вдохнове to be independent of smb., smth.
ние быть независимым от кого-л.,
hopeless а безнадежный, безвыход чего-л.; Charles wanted to be in
ный, безысходный; hopeless dependent of his mother,
situation безвыходное положе congratulate [kan'grsetjuleit] v позд
ние; “I don’t think the situation is равлять; to congratulate smb. on
hopeless,” said the painter. Ant. (upon) smth. поздравлять ко
hopeful обнадеживающий; пода го-л. с чем-л.; I congratulate you
ющий надежду on this happy event. Bu t : Many
be prepared Ipri'pead] v быть гото happy returns of the day! Br.
вым; ; to be prepared to do smth. Happy birthday! Am. Поздрав
быть готовым сделать что-л.; Не ляю с днем рождения! A Happy
was prepared to apologize for the New Year! Поздравляю с Новым
misunderstanding, годом! (Счастливого Нового го
sum n сумма да!)
figure ['figs] n цифра sincerely [stn'siah] adv искренне
sweetly adv сладко; ласково benefactor ['benifaekta] n благоде
jsasp [ga:sp] v открывать рот (от тель
изумления )
Exercise 5. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
1. He must have borrowed the m agazine from Peter. 2. I
regret to say that he has changed his mind. 3. Dr Ingram was
determined to clear up the matter. 4. You should not
discourage him. H e has m ade up his mind to becom e a
painter and he will be as he has a talent. 5. I think very
much of this young man. He is a prom ising painter. 6. Can
you lend me this book? I need it badly. 7. T h ey listened to
the painter in silen ce. 8. She was very angry with her son but
she managed to check h erself. 9. Many of the K ennedy men
went into politics. 10. Pushkin was married to N atalie
<ioncharova. T h ey got married in 1831. 11. Charles refused
give up painting as he was really good at it. 12. M endoza’s
493
voice was firm when he told Charles that he (C harles) was
hop eless. 13. “What do you m ean by this?” asked the
painter. 14. T he country becam e independent in 1971. 15.
Som e people say that “SO S” m eans “Save our so u ls” , which
is quite wrong.
MENDOZA SELLS HIMSELF
T h e clock had just struck ten in the morning w hen
M endoza’s servant came into the studio with a card. The
painter took the card and read: “Mrs C atacre-B urtenshaw .”
T he nam e meant nothing to him.
T he servant said, “ T he lady looks rich. I do not get the
im pression that she has com e to borrow .” “All rig h t,” said
M endoza. “Ask her in .”
M endoza disliked her at once though she was obviously
determ ined to please him.
“I hope you will forgive my early v isit,” she began. “ I
want to speak to you about my son Charlie. I want your
advice, and I want your help. He is my only child, all I have
in the world. H e grew up a good boy until he m ade up his
m ind to go in for A rt.” T he woman stopped for a m om ent.
“ Do you want me to give him lessons? If so I regret to say
I sh a n ’t be able to ...”
“O h, no, my dear Mr M endoza,” she exclaim ed, “on the
contrary, I want you to let him come and show you his
draw ings, and then I want you to tell him that he has no
talent; in short, to discourage him. You are the on ly man
who can do me this favour. Charlie thinks a lot of you, he
has collected hundreds of your drawings. Just tell him that
he is no good. He should go into politics and marry w e ll.”
“Perhaps he sh o u ld ,” M endoza agreed. “But what if your
son refu ses to change his mind? What will you do th en ?”
T he wom an’s voice becam e firm, “In that case he will
never get a penny from me as long as I live.” 1
M endoza realized that she would be as good as her
w ord.2 H e had an im pulse to put her out of the studio by the
sh o u ld ers,3 but he checked him self and went on politely. “I
sym pathize with you, Mrs C atacre-B urtenshaw ,” he said , “in
your w ish to see your son saved from the m iserable life of an
artist. But I can ’t prom ise anything definite until I see his
work. He may be really g ifte d .”
She produced a sheet of paper which she handed to
M endoza.
* soul [soul] душа
494
M endoza looked at the drawing, in silen ce. T he drawing
was not a m asterpiece but it certainly was prom ising.
“But my dear m adam ,” he said, “ I must say the drawing
show s both humour and inspiration. Now you must know that
neither humour nor inspiration can be taught. A painter
either has got it or he h a sn ’t. D on ’t you understand that 1
find that drawing of your son most promising? W hy should I
tell him that he is h op eless?”
She looked at him. “You d o n ’t think that I am asking you
to criticize my so n ’s work for nothing? I am prepared to pay
a large sum of m on ey.”
“ May I ask you what figure you have in m ind?” M endoza
asked sw eetly. “W ell,” she said, “it will be one hundred
p ou n d s.”
M endoza shook his head. “You d on’t understand you are
dealing with M endoza. I will not do this for less than a
thousand p ou nds.”
“A thousand pounds!” she gasped. “You must be joking.”
“N ot at a ll,” M endoza was firm. “A thousand pounds and
not a penny le s s .”
To his great surprise she agreed.
W hen M endoza was alone he went to the telephone and
d ialled a number, “ F red d ie,” he said to his friend, a
solicitor, “Will you dine with me tonight? I have som ething to
arrange with y o u .” 4
ф ф ф
N am es
M endoza [m sn'douza] М ендоса
C atacre-Burtenshaw ['кгеїзкгз 'Ьэ:1(э)п{э: J Катакре-Бер-
тенш ау
C harlie rt$a:li] Чарли
Freddie ['fredj ] Фредди
N otes
1. as long as I live пока я жива
2. she would be as good as her word она будет верна свое
му слову
3. to put her out of the studio by the shoulders ['jouldsz J
и, взяв ее за плечи, вытолкать из студии
4. I have som ething to arrange with you. Мне нужно кое о
чем договориться с вами.
5. No word said M endoza... No word said Charles. Исполь
зуется инвертированный порядок слов (сказуемое стоит
перед подлежащим) с целью выделения подлежащего.
6. It turned out a client ['klaiant] of theirs had placed with
them a sum of one thousand pounds for my benefit
496
['b en ifit]. Оказалось, что один из их клиентов пере
дал им для меня тысячу фунтов.
7. C harles flushed with pleasure. Чарльз покраснел от удо
вольствия,
8. Just go ahead [a'h ed ] and make a big success of
yourself. Продолжайте работать и добейтесь большого
успеха.
Exercise 6. Read and translate the text.
Exercise 7. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1. Я не думаю , что она пришла за тем, чтобы одолжить
денег. 2. если это так, я, к сож алению , должен сказать... 3.
короче говоря, отбить у него охоту (к занятию ж иво
писью). 4. Чарли о вас высокого мнения. 5. А что, если ваш
сын откажется изменить свое решение? 6. Он сдержался и
вежливо продолжал. 7. П очему я долж ен сказать ем у, что
он безнадеж ен? 8. Я готова заплатить. 9. Мендоса отрица
тельно покачал головой. 10. Благодаря этому я стал н еза
висимым от своей матери. 11. Я искренне поздравляю вас.
Exercise 8. Give Russian equivalents for these sentences.
1. The nam e m eant nothing to him. 2. You will forgive my
early visit. 3. He grew up a good boy until he made up his
mind to go in for Art. 4. On the contrary, tell him he has no
talent. 5. He should go into politics. 6. T he w om an’s voice
becam e firm. 7. M endoza looked at the drawing in silence. 8.
T he drawing was not a m asterpiece. 9. Ї am asking you to
criticize my so n ’s work. 10. M endoza exam ined the drawing
carefully. 11. I congratulate you on it.
Exercise 9. Answer these questions.
1, W hat do you think of the servant’s remark; “T he lady
looks rich. I do not think she has com e to borrow”? D oes it
mean that there were visitors who came to borrow money from
M endoza? 2. Why did Mrs Catacre-Burtenshaw want to see
M endoza? 3. Did M endoza like the drawings of her son? Why?
4. U nder what conditions did Mendoza agree to help Mrs
C atacre-Burtenshaw? 5. Why did Charles come to M endoza
again four years later? 6. Who do you think gave Charles one
thousand dollars? 7. What do you think of Mendoza?
Exercise 10. Explain or comment on these statements.
1. T he name m eant nothing to him. 2. He grew up a good
boy until he m ade up his mind to becom e a p ain ter.'3. I
sym pathize with you in your wish to save your son from the
m iserable life of an artist. 4. It was not a m asterpiece but it
was prom ising. 5. T he drawing shows both humour and
497
inspiration. 6. You don ’t understand you are dealing with
M endoza. 7. In your place I w ouldn’t worry. Just go ahead
and make a big success of yourself. I think your benefactor
will be happy.
Exercise II. Make up sentences using the tables and translate them.
a)
not to lend him any
I
books,
She my
made up mind to refuse his (m y, her)
T he her
help.
artist his
to exam ine the situation
carefully,
to becom e independent.
b)
He the film he (I) saw.
M endoza thought much of the book he (I) read
I did not think much last week.
of C harlie’s first
drawings,
the young writer.
c)
I that he (I) refused to do it.
He regret(s) that he (I) discouraged the artist.
the advice he (I) gave him.
that he (I) did not join them.
Exercise 12. Change these sentences into the negatives.
1. Both Peter and Ann managed to get this book. 2. He
has talent for both painting and literature. 3. Though he is
only five he can both read and write w ell. 4. He can both
paint and draw. 5. He was good at both music and
m athem atics.
Exercise 13. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
1. A; W ould you like me to take her to hospital?
В : Oh, thanks, that would be very nice of you.
(A: to lend you the book you need, to exam ine th ese
docum ents)
2. A: Your friend is very good at drawing.
B: H e m ust be. H e has a talent for it.
(A: painting, playing the piano, singing)
3. A: H e is determ ined to go into p o litic s .
В : I ’m very glad to hear that.
(A: to marry the girl, to criticize the book, to check
him self)
498
Exercise 14. Insert the words given below.
1. M ichelangelo ... ... to becom e a sculptor* when he was
about ten years old. 2. What do you ... by saying that he is
not ... to go into ...? 3. He could not have ... this painter.
Everybody thinks he is very .... 4. My son is already .... He
is 18. 5. I wonder w hy he ... to take part in the exhibition. 6.
Mendoza was sure that Mrs C atacre-Burtenshaw would never
her son and help him with m oney if he did not give up
painting. 7. Johnny understood at once what the Eskimos
were going to do and this ... his life. 8. “1 hope h e .......... of
this picture.” “..........h e did not like it at a ll.” 9. We ... to see
the new film this evening. 10. She promised not to tell
anybody about th e m isunderstanding, that is ....
to forgive, to m ean, to agree, to save, to make up o n e’s
mind, on the contrary, grown up, politics, to refuse, prepared,
to keep silence, talen ted , to criticize, to think much
Exercise 15. Use the appropriate form of the infinitive given in brackets.
1. H e should (to borrow) the book from the library
yesterday w hen he was there. 2. H e cou ld n ’t (to change) his
mind. He prom ised me long ago to do this job. 3. H e might
(to go) into politics. He was alw ays interested in history and
foreign languages. 4. H e may (to be) a promising boy who
was good at drawing at school. But he never becam e a
painter. 5. He m ust (to tell) the young artist that he did not
like his paintings. 6. You n eed n ’t (to exam ine) those facts so
carefully. We have already done that. 7. He sh ould n’t (to
feel) so independent of his parents* H e is still a student.
Exercise 16. Make up twelve questions based on the text “Mendoza Sells
Himself” and answer them.
Exercise 17. Insert prepositions or adverbs.
I called on Dirk Stroeve as soon as I arrived ... Paris. His
wife was a nice w om an, sh e did not see that her husband had
no talent ... painting. ... the contrary sh e thought highly ...
his works. I looked ... his pictures. T hey were the sam e
false** sw eet things he did years ago ... Rome. I did not want
to discourage him ... art but I was sure he should not have
become a painter. sfs SfS 4s sjs sjk •{* sfc
Yet nobody w as more honest and sincere than Dirk
Stroeve. He had an excellen t understanding ... art. He was
* sculptor I'skAlpts] скульптор
** false [fa:ls] ложный
*** honest f'omst] честный, правдивый
**** sincere [sm'sia] искренний
499
alw ays quick to discover a talent. To go ... him ... a picture
gallery w as a real pleasure. He understood both old m asters
and m odern ones. H e never failed to congratulate a painter
... a talented picture. For me his advice was always
important.
It turned out that Dirk had met Strickland w ho like many
others cam e ... his studio to borrow ... him. To my great
surprise he thought Strickland was a good artist. “It can ’t be
the sam e m a n ,” I exclaim ed. “An E nglishm an, who gave ...
his fam ily to paint ... Paris?” “T h at’s it ,” Dirk answ ered, “ I
tell you he is a great artist. ... a hundred years if you and I
are rem em bered at all it will be because we knew Charles
Strickland.”
“Is he having any success?” I asked. “Can I see his
works? N o, he is no success at all and he w on’t show his
pictures ... anybody. But I ’ve seen them^ I know he is a great
artist. People laughed at Manet. Corot never sold a picture
... his life. Fame cam e to them only after death.
... the conversation I made ... my m ind to go ...
Strickland’s studio to se e for m yself.
(After “The Moon and Sixpence” by S. Maugham)
Exercise 19. Translate into English using the word combinations given
In exercise 18.
500
жался и продолжал спокойно (вежливо) говорить. 2. Вы
уж е расплатились за гостиницу?
3) 1. Д алее он сказал, что готов принять участие в вы
ставке. 2. Он продолжал говорить еще час.
4) 1. Они поздравили нас с поступлением в институт.
2, С днем рождения! 3. С Новым годом!
5) І. Я надеюсь, что вы изучили все данны е (факты).
2. Он, наверное, внимательно изучил все документы. 3.
Вам следовало бы изучить этот вопрос.
Exercise 21. Give your responses according to the model. Use modal verbs.
Peter finally m ade up his m ind to becom e a diplomat, a)
W ell, he m ay have d on e so. I know he w as alw ays good at
history and languages, b) N o, he can't have d o n e that. At
school he was not in terested either in history or in
languages, c) T h a t’s good. H e should have do n e that long
ago. H e has alw ays been good at history, d) He m u st have
don e so. I know he attend ed lectures on history last year.
1. He was discouraged from going into politics. 2. He
refused to speak on the subject. 3. I lent my dictionary to the
student whom I do not know very w ell. 4. John borrowed my
textbook for a few days. 5. T h e painter told M ichael that he
(M ichael) was hopeless.
Exercise 22. Say if these statements are true or false. Give your reasons.
501
again. 6. M endoza did not know who C harles’s unknown
benefactor was.
Exercise 27. Read the text, give a summary and discuss it.
LESSO N TEN
504
natural ['nactforl] а обычный, нор recall [п'кэ:1] v припоминать, вспо
мальный, понятный; It is natural минать; I do not recall her name,
for friends to help each other, subject ['sabtfeiktj n тема, сюжет
adm irer [od'maiaro] n поклонник; reproduction [,ri:pr3'dAkfn] n ре
an adm irer of art (m usic, ballet, продукция, копия
the theatre, etc.) поклонник ис It’s very kind of you. Очень мило с
кусства (музыки, балета, театра вашей стороны,
и т. п.) icon ['aikan] п икона
get in v входить; садиться ( в по unknow n ['лп'поип] а неизвестный;
езд, машину, трамвай и т. The writer’s name is unknown,
п.); When the car came to the make a film (m ade) поставить кар
door, we understood that we тину; I wonder when the film
could not ali get in. “Hamlet” was made,
unluckily [лп'ІлкіІИ adv к несча as to что касается (обычно употр. в
начале преложения); As to his
стью; Unluckily he failed to do the
advice, it was most helpful,
job.
exquisite I'ekskwizJt] а изысканный,
boast v (of) хвастать(ся), похва
утонченный, тонкий, изящный
ляться
artist |'a:tist] n художник portrait [ 'pj:tnt] п портрет
modest ['modist] а скромный; сдер It’s hard to believe. Трудно пове
рить.
жанный
seascape ['si.skeip] n марина, мор landscape ['lsendskeipj n пейзаж
ской пейзаж realist ['rialist] n реалист
tear [tea] oneself away from sm th, reflect [ri'flekt] v отражать;
(tore [d :], torn) оторваться от Prorokov’s pictures reflect the
чего-л.; We could not tear struggle of the people for peace,
ourselves away from the picture, serve v служить, быть полезным,
especially [rspepU] adv особенно, в оказывать помощь; содейство
особенности; I like the country, вать; It serves the interests of the
especially in spring, people.
depict [di'pikt] v рисовать, изобра sculptor ['skAlpta] n скульптор
жать sculpture ['skAlptJg] n скульптура
stormy а бурный, штормовой talented ['taelantid] а талантливый;
portray [por'trei] v писать, рисо John’s younger brother is a
вать; Repin wonderfully portrayed talented pianist,
the most outstanding people of his rem em ber [ri'memba] v помнить,
time. хранить в памяти; Do you
conflict ['kanfhktl n конфликт, remember the painter’s name?
столкновение if I am not m istaken если я не оши
opinion [a'pinjsn] n мнение; взгляд; баюсь
What is your opinion about the consider [kan'sids] v полагать, счи
new teacher? in my (your, etc.) тать; We consider him a talented
opinion по моему (вашему и painter. Michelangelo is
т. д.) мнению; In my opinion this considered one of the greatest
painting is brilliant, in the opinion Italian sculptors and painters,
of smb. по чьему-л. мнению; In prominent ['ргэпнпэт] а известный,
the opinion of most people the выдающийся
exhibition is a great success, abstractionist [9b'strtekJ(3)nist] n аб-
imaginative [Гтеес1з(э)пэИу] а ода стакционист, приверженец абст
ренный богатым воображением рактного искусства)
produce [pr3'dju:s] v создавать surrealist [sa'riglist] п сюрреалист
(приверженец сюрреализма)
505
E xchange o f Im pressions
2
John Lobb, an exchange English student, and George
Komov, a Moscow U niversity postgraduate, are having a talk.
John Lobb: G eorge, where can I see old R ussian painting? I
saw a few reproductions in a m agazine and was greatly
im pressed by them.
George K o m ov: T he Tretyakov G allery has the richest
collection, I believe if you have tim e tomorrow I can take
you there.
John: Thank you very much. It’s very kind of you.
George: Let’s m eet in the lounge at 9.30 if it suits you.
John: It suits me all right. See you tomorrow morning.
John: Thank you very much. I think I ’ll have to come back
to the G allery again. T h ere’s a lot to see and enjoy here.
George: Y es. T he G allery has the richest collection of
R ussian painting.
3
A: How do you like G ainsborough’s portrait of “Mrs
S id d on s”?
В: I think this is his m asterpiece. His blues are
exquisite.
A: Y es, he w as a brilliant portrait painter. It’s hard to
believe that he painted portraits only for a living.
He said it was the landscape that had his heart.
В: I d id n ’t know that.
4
A: I’ve just seen R ep in ’s pictures. T h ey ’re marvellous.
I believe h e ’s one of the most talented R ussian
realists.
B: Y es. His paintings reflect the life of the people. His
is the kind of art that serves the people.
5
A: Have you been to Shilov’s exhibition?
B: N o, I haven’t. Is he a modern painter?
A: Y es. His portraits are wonderful. T he portrait of
his “G randm other” made a great im pression on
me. I think he likes people whom he paints.
507
6
A: W hat’s the nam e of the sculptor who made the
“War M em orial” in Volgograd?
B: Vuchetich. H e’s one of our most talented sculptors.
A: Now I remember the name. I saw his sculpture
near the U N building in New York. If I ’m not
m istaken it’s called “Man Beating Sword into
P loughshare” .2
В: Yes. I also like the “Memorial to Soviet S old iers”
he m ade for Treptov Park in Berlin. I wonder
w hether H enry Moore is still considered the m ost
prominent E nglish sculptor.
A: I think so.
B: Do you consider him an abstractionist?
A: Our critics call him surrealist.
N am es
N otes
E xercise 5. W hat would you say if you took part in these dialogues?
Dramatize them.
509
1. A: Do you know how many galleries displayed their
paintings in Moscow last year?
В: ...
A: W hich of the paintings im pressed you most?
В: ...
2. A: Which of the modern R ussian painters do you like
most?
В•
A: What do you think of Shilov’s paintings?
B: ...
3. A: Who is your favourite 18th century English artist?
B:
A: Which of his paintings im pressed you most?
B: ...
A: Is he considered one of the most talented painters
of his time?
B: ...
4. A: Do you like T urner’s seascape pictures?
B: ...
A: What do they portray?
В.*
5. A: W hat’s G ainsborough famous for?
B: ...
A: I read once that he preferred landscapes to
portraits.
B: ...
A: Do you know why he had to paint portraits?
B: ...
6. A: W here could I see old R ussian painting?
B: ...
A: What are the nam es of the most talented old
R ussian painters?
B: ...
A: It’s a great pity we d o n ’t know whom we should be
grateful to for the beautiful paintings.
B •‘
L-* • » •
510
A: If I’m not m istaken there are som e of his
sculptures in the Hermitage*. Have you seen them?
D.
* -} * * * *
511
2. A: By the way I spoke to your friend, the young artist
the other day.
В: Какое впечатление он произвел на вас?
A: In my opinion h e ’s a very deep and talented artist.
We exchanged views on a number of problems and
what he said about the responsibilities* of the artist
im pressed m e greatly.
В: Что же он сказал об обязанностях художника?
А: Не said that the artist should be responsible** for
the education of the people. He should teach people
to love nature and life.
В: С этим я полностью согласен. Я считаю, что х у
дожник долж ен воспитывать морально-эстетиче-
ские чувства (moral ['m orl] and aesthetic
[is'0 etik ] standards) в человеке.
Exercise 9. Think of a situation for interpreting and dramatize it.
512
3. — Я предпочитаю пейзаж ную живопись и очень люблю
Левитана.
— Мне он тож е очень нравится. Он великолепно изо
бражает русскую природу: лес, пруды и реки.
— Я бы назвала его пейзажи поэтическими (poetic
[p o u 'etik ]). Я всегда вспоминаю стихи Пуш кина,
Тютчева, Есенина, когда смотрю на его пейзаж и.
— А я музыку Чайковского.
4 — % слышал, вы только что вернулись из Берлина.
— Д а, я ездил в туристическую поездку в Германию.
— Надеюсь, вы побывали в Д рездене.
— Да, и получил огромное удовольствие от посещения
Дрезденской галереи. Это, конечно, одна из бога
тейш их коллекций произведений искусства в мире.
— Понравился ли вам памятник Советскому солдату в
Т рептов-Парке?
— Очень. Это великолепный памятник. Вучетич, ко
нечно, выдающийся скульптор.
Exercise 11. Make up dialogues based on this picture.
513
I/ I фактический курс английского языка
3. An English colleague is on a visit in Moscow. He asks
your advice what galleries he should sec.
4. T hink of situations and dram atize them.
L E S S O N ELEVEN
формы, совпадающие с
would (should) + infinitive (без to)
Simple Past и Past Continuous
514
ПРИМЕЧАНИЯ: 1. Глагол to be в условных придаточных предложе
ниях имеет форму were для всех лид. Однако в современной английской
разговорной речи наблюдается тенденция употреблять was для І -m и 3-го
лица единственного числа.
If I wasn't so tired, I would go to see them.
2. Для современной английской разговорной речи характерно упот
ребление would для всех лиц в сослагательном наклонении.
I would forgive him if he apologized to me.
3. Ф ормула If I were you, I should... часто употребляется, когда гово
рящий советует, как поступить собеседнику.
I f I were you, I should tell him everything. Если бы я был на вашем месте
(будь я на вашем месте), я бы сказал ему все.
3. В условных предложениях III типа сказуем ое обоз
начает предполагаемое или воображаемое действие, кото
рое относится к прошлому. Это невыполнимое или невы
полненное действие.
I should (w ould) have told him if I had seen him last night
about it
Я бы сказал ему об этом, если бы увидел его вчера вечером,
Не would have dealt with the if you had told him about it last
matter himself Tuesday,
Он бы занялся этим вопросом если бы вы сказали ему об этом в
сам, прошлый вторник.
* subjunctive [sab'tfeAgktiv]
** object ['Dbd3ikt]
519
б) Если действие, выраженное сказуемым дополни
тельного придаточного предложения, относится к прошед
шему времени, то глагол-сказуемое употребляется в ф ор
ме, совпадающей с Past Perfect.
Ж аль, что у вас тогда
you had had time then.
не было времени.
he had borrowed that Жаль, что он не взял
I wish book from the эту книгу в
library, библиотеке.
you had not Жаль, что вы не
discouraged him. поддержали его.
Exercise 6. Translate into Russian in written form.
1. I wish I knew what is wrong with my car. 2. I wish you
had given him my phone number. 3. I wish you had not tried
to deal with the matter. You only made it w orse. 4. I wish it
were not snow ing now. 5. Charles w ished Mendoza had
encouraged him . 6. “ I wish I w ere independent of my
m oth er,” said C harles.
Exercise 7. Respond to these statements according to the model.
John is alw ays late.
I w ish he w eren ’t.
1. Jane is alw ays angry with me. 2. He often borrows
m oney from his brother. 3. She often changes her mind. 4.
You can’t change anyth in g now. 5. Jim w on’t apologize to her.
Exercise 8. Change your sentences using I wish. Translate them.
a) I’m sorry. I d on ’t know Mr Smith.
I wish I knew Mr Smith.
1. I’m sorry I cannot deal with this matter. 2. I’m sorry
I’ll have to go> to the doctor’s fpr a checkup. 3. I’m sorry I
d on’t know how to do it. 4. I’m sorry you can’t read the book
in the original.
b) I’m sorry we d id n ’t think of it before.
I wish w e’d thought of it before.
1. I’m sorry he d id n ’t leave a m essage. 2. I’m sorry the
play w asn ’t a success. 3. I’m sorry you had to hurry, 4. I ’m
sorry they refused our invitation. 5. I’m ’ sorry they did not
congratulate him.
Exercise 9. Translate into English.
1. Ж аль, что вы отказались принять участие в конфе
ренции. 2. Ж аль, что вы не хотите извиниться перед ним.
3. Хотелось бы, чтобы его новый роман понравился вам. 4.
Хотелось бы, чтобы вы последовали моему совету. 5.
520
Ж аль, что я пропустил столько занятий. 6. Ж аль, что я не
могу изменить это.
521
in sist) 5. It would be good if you went to the doctor’s now.
(H e in sisted ) 6. It would be good if they staged the young
playw right’s play. (I suggested)
Exercise 12. Translate into English.
1. Д -р Ингрэм потребовал, чтобы Дж иму Николасу
предоставили номер в этой гостинице. 2. Джим настаивал,
чтобы мы внимательно изучили их предложения. 3. Я
предлагаю поздравить молодых спортсменов с успехом. 4*
Д ж он настаивал, чтобы они сами выполнили эту работу.
5. Я предлагаю совершить поездку по древним городам
Средней Азии. 6. Майкл настаивал, чтобы мы вниматель
но изучили эти документы.
Exercise 13. Make up five sentences using suggest, in sist and dem and in
main clauses.
II TEXT
522
Learn these words a n d word conbinations
pajam as [рз'<іза:т9г] n Am . пижама су, кинокартину); Do you know
stage n сцена; эстрада when the film “Hamlet” was
show Цои] n зрелище, спектакль, produced?
представление chance [1$a:ns] n случай, возмож
rehearse [ri'h3:s] v репетировать; ность
They are rehearsing a new play go on v выходить на сцену
now. neck n шея
reh ea rsal [ri'haisl] n репетиция; praise [preiz] v хвалить, восхва
dress rehearsal генеральная ре лять, превозносить; to praise to
петиция; When are they having the skies превозносить до небес;
the dress rehearsal? Every critic praised the show to
encourage [т'к л п сЫ v поощрять, the skies.
поддерживать; воодушевлять; I pass [pa:s] v идти, проходить, про
wish you encouraged your son in текать ( о времени)
his studies, whenever [wen'evs] cnj когда бы
audition [o:'difn] n театр, проба, ни; всякий раз когда
прослушивание, смотр актеров be on v зд. быть занятым в спектакле
на исполнение ролей wings п театр, кулисы
hesitate ['heziteit] v колебаться, со heart [ho:t] п сердце
мневаться, не решаться; I by h eart наизусть; to know (to
hesitated whether to go there or learn) smth, by heart знать (вы
stay at home, to hesitate to do учить) что-л. наизусть; I wonder
sm th. не решаться сделать что-л., if you know this part by heart,
She hesitated to become a painter, allow [a'lau] v позволять, разре
com pany ['клтрэш ] n постоянная шать, давать разрешение;, to
труппа (артистов); ансамбль allow smb. to do smth. cf: Пре
hire ['hai9] v нанимать подаватель разреиіил еще раз
chorus singer ['кэ:гэ$ 'sirp] хористка прочитать текст. — The teacher
sense n чувство; ощущение, восп allowed the students to read the
риятие; a sen se of pain ощуще text again,
ние боли; a sen se of time чувство matinee ['maetinei] n дневной спек
времени; She is always late, I такль или концерт
think she has no sense of time, a afford [s'fard] v иметь возмож
sense of hum our ['hju:m3] чув ность, быть в состоянии сделать
ство юмора; A good teacher (что-л.); позволять себе (что-
always has a sense of humour, л ) ; to afford sm th. позволять се
comedy ['kamadi] n комедия бе что-л.; I can’t afford the
dancing ['da:nsirji n танцы journey. Я не могу позволить се
dance [da:ns] v танцевать, плясать бе это путешествие, to afford to
hit n успех, удача; to be a (big) hit do smth. быть в состоянии сде
иметь (большой) успех, произ лать что-л.; Can you afford to
вести (шумную) сенсацию; The make a tour of the country?
play was quile a hit. break [breik] n перерыв, пауза; пе
opening ['oupnirj] n первое пред ремена ( в ш коле); When will you
ставление, открытие сезона; have a break? without a break бес
Syn. first night прерывно; They have been working
understudy ['Andasudi] n театр. since 9 o’clock without a break,
дублер fix v 1. Am. приготовить, сделать на
producer [pra'djuisa] n режиссер- скорую руку (обед и т.п.); She
постановщик, продюсер fixed lunch for children. 2. устра
produce [pr9'dju:s] v ставить (пье ивать, делать что-л.; Don’t
worry, I’ll fix everything for you.
523
3. устанавливать, определять: toact n действие, акт
fix the date for a meeting ankle ['aegkl] n лодыжка
(conference) назначить день со p u rse n кошелек
брания, встречи (конференции); dressing-room ['dresirjrum] n актер
Has the date for the conference ская уборная
been fixed yet? shake (shook [$uk] shaken) v дро
ru n (ran, run) v идти (о пьесе, жать, трястись
ф ильм е); The play has been make-up n грим, косметика
running for two years now.
cu rtain ['ka:tn] n занавес; The
offer ['ofa] v предлагать кому-л. curtain went up and the
что-л., сделать что-л.; с/.: offer performance began, curtain-call
предлагать — suggest предла повторный вызов исполнителя;
гать, подавать идею; 1. to offer She had seven curtain-calls that
smb. smth. предлагать кому-л. night.
что-л. конкретное (книгу, руч
audience ['o:dians] n публика, зри
ку) — to suggest smth.; Не offered тели, аудитория (употр. с гла
me a ticket. — He suggested a visit
голом в ед. и мн. числе) ; The
to the theatre, 2. to offer to do smth.
audience were happy to see the
предлагать сделать что-л. (делает
famous actress on the stage again,
тот, кто предлагает) — to suggest
doing smth; He offered to book impatient [im'peifnt] а нетерпели
tickets for the show — He suggested вый
going to the theatre, to suggest that stage director художественный ру
smb. should do (do) smth.; He ководитель
suggested that we should go to the perform [p3'fo:m] v исполнять роль
theatre. box-office ['baksDfis] n театральная
offer n предложение to make an касса
offer сделать предложение; to take a deep breath [breO] глубоко
accept [эк'sept] a n offer при вздохнуть
нять предложение; Will you spectator [spek'teita] n зритель
accept their offer? to reject laugh [la:f] n смех; to have a good
[ri'dfcekt] an offer отклонить (a hearty) laugh at smb., sm th.
предложение; I wonder why she от души посмеяться над кем-л.,
rejected their offer, чем-л.; We did have a good laugh
keep smb. from doing sm th. (from yesterday,
sm th.) (kept) мешать, препятст laugh v смеяться; to laugh at smb.
вовать кому-л. делать что-л.; посмеяться над кем-л.; “You
Don’t кеер me from joining them, shouldn’t laugh at them”, the
taink over v продумывать, взвеши teacher said,
вать; Think over what I have said, ch eer [tjiaj v 1. аплодировать; при
attitude l ' 0etitju:d] n отношение; ветствовать или награждать
friendly attitude дружеское отно одобрительными возгласами и
шение; attitude towards (to) аплодисментами; Everyone
sm b, sm th. отношение к кому- cheered the news. 2. ободрять,
л ., чему-л.; W hat's your attitude подбадривать; His visit has
towards (to) that problem? cheered (up) his sick father,
sceptical ['skeptikl] а скептический cast n театр, состав исполнителей
notice ['noutis] n извещение, уве (в данном спект акле); актер
домление, предупреждение ский состав (употр. с глаголом
get stuck застрять, задержаться в ед. и мн. числе); It was а
tunnel I'tAnl] n тоннель performance with an all-star cast,
pace v ходить взад и вперед applaud {s'pbidl v аплодировать,
sidewalk ['saidwo:k] п,А т . тротуар; рукоплескать; to applaud sm b.;
Br. pavem ent Everyone stood up and applauded
the actors.
524
Exercise 3. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations. .
I. H e suggested that we should see the new m usical. 2. As
the curtain went up the audience began to applaud. 3. We did
not hesitate to go and see the new com edy as we were sure it
would be a hit. 4. If he offered to buy tickets for tod ay’s
m atinee w e would certainly agree. 5 .M endoza praised the
drawings C harles show ed him after he returned from Paris.
6. Mrs Hornby could not keep her son from becoming a
professional hockey-player. 7. If her husband had not
encouraged her sh e would not have accepted the offer. 8.
“How did you like the show ?” “It’s w ond erful.” 9. I wish
you had a sen se of humour. 10. T he producer allowed us to
attend the dress rehearsal. 11. You sh ou ld n ’t hesitate to
become a painter. 12. Is the date of the opening fixed? 13.
She said she would think the offer over. 14. John suggested
that they should fix the date for the next m eeting. 15. I don ’t
think he can afford a holiday now.
526
com m unication appeared to be th ere.11 At last I was with the
audience.
T he performance was over. The curtain went down and
then up again for the curtain-calls. T he audience stood. T hey
cheered and threw k isses. T he cast around me applauded.
“ I w ish y o u ’d seen it y o u rself,” said Steve as he came up
to me in the w ings. “You were great.”
“Was I really?”
“To them , y es, but you still have a long way to g o ,12” he
' added.
I rem em bered the notice in my purse. What would have
happened if I had handed it to the producer the night before?
(After “Don’t Fall off the Mountain” by Shirley MacLaine)
N am es
N otes
528
5. Suddenly the flow of com m unication appeared to be there.
6. But you still have a long way to go.
Exercise 9. Make up sentences using these tables and translate them,
a) w hether to offer John a ticket
I hesitate for the show.
T hey w hether to accept their offer.
to appoint the young actor the
He hesitates leading actor’s understudy,
She hesitated to join the sports club,
about what to do next.
b)
I to book seats for the first night,
He offered to fix everything for the m eeting,
T hey to help them,
to stage his new play.
a cup of tea?
a cup of coffee?
Can (Could) I offer you a drink?
som e juice?
my help?
a job?
c)
that they should have a dress
He
rehearsal next week,
She
suggests that they announce the talks
T hey
suggest take place next month,
suggested that she allow her son to go in
for hockev.
*
that John should fix the date for
the appointment,
that they have a break now.
Exercise 10. Make up sentences according to the models using the words given
below.
me his help.
a) He offered
to help me.
orange juice, a cup of coffee, a job, a new dictionary; to
fix the time for the m eeting, to attend the dress rehearsal, to
work without a break, to think the proposal over
making a tour of the Caucasus.
b) He suggests /
that we should make a tour (make a
tour) of the Caucasus.
529
to fix breakfast, to reject their offer, to change their
attitude towards the young actress, to rehearse the second
act again , to cheer the young writer, to go to the theatre, to
stay at the “R u ssia” Hotel
E xercise I I . Respond to these questions with a conditional sentence.
Translate the answers.
W ould he accept their help if they offered it?
If I were in his place, I’d accept their help if they offered
it.
1. Would she encourage her son to becom e an actor if he
had a talent? 2. Would they cheer the young actor if he were
a success? 3. Would the producer allow her to play the part if
she knew it by heart? 4. Would he work without a break if it
w ere necessary? 5. Would she fix everything if we asked her
to? 6. Would he applaud the actors if he liked the
performance?
E xercise 12. Change these sentences according to the model and translate
them.
If he were really interested in the problem, he would
study it carefully.
If h e ’d really been interested in the problem, he w ould’ve
studied it carefully.
1. If the performance were not a success, the audience
w ould not applaud. 2. If she were not late, she w ouldn’t m iss
the first act. 3. If sh e could afford a journey, she would go to
Samarkand. 4. If the spectators liked the first act, the
performance would be a success. 5. If her mother kept her
from becom ing an actress, she would leave home.
Exercise 13. Insert the words given below.,
1. If John w ere offered a new job, he would ... it im m edi
ately. 2. N othing could ... M ichelangelo ... becom ing a
sculptor. 3. It is pleasant to deal with him. He is always so
.... 4. When the show was over, and the curtain ... ... and
then ... the audience stood and . .. for a long time. 5. T he
critics ... to the skies the second novel of the young writer. 6.
You should learn these expressions ... . 7. “How long ...th is
c o m e d y ........ ?” “ I suppose, for about a m onth.” 8. “I wonder
how m any film s th ey are going , . . this year?” “ Quite a few ,
I b eliev e.” 9. T he ... enjoyed the performance as the ... was
really excellen t. 10. Mary ... to buy tickets for the ... as she
will have time today.
530
cast, to applaud, cheerful, to praise, to produce, to offer,
to go down, up, by heart, show , to run, to accept, to keep
from, audience
Exercise 14. Make up twelve questions based on the text and answer them.
Exercise 15. Insert prepositions or adverbs.
a) to be
1. "Is Mr Brown ...? ” “ N o, he is ... . H e will be ... in 15
m in u tes.” 2. ‘T i l be ... as soon as the m eeting is ...” 3.
“Where is Peter? He is ... . H e’ll be ... tomorrow.”
b) to go
1. T h e curtain w ent ... and everybody saw Shirley
M acLaine. 2. T he curtain w ent ..., the performance was over.
3. You should g o ........ sport, it is good for health. 4. He w ent
... to say that th ey had a lot to do that week. 5. We suggested
going ... the cinem a but he said he would not be able to join
us. 6. John w e n t ... doing the translation. 7. T he curtain went
up, then ... but the audience went ... applauding.
c) m iscellaneous*
1. “ I m ust think the offer ... before 1 can give you an
a n sw er,” said the actress. 2. T heir attitude ... the young
dancer changed after th ey saw him dance.- 3. Have they fixed
the date ... the conference? 4. I regret to say he has no sen se
... tim e. 5. Children easily learn poems ... heart. 6. Dr
Ingram w anted to keep Dr N icholas ... leaving the
convention.
Exercise 16. Make up fourteen sentences using these word combinations. Use
conditional sentences if possible.
to go up, to go down, attitude towards smb. (sm th.), to
think sm th. over, to fix the date for sm th., without a break,
sen se of hum our (pain, tim e), to keep smb, from doing
sm th., to laugh at sm b., to have a good laugh
Exercise 17. Insert articles wherever necessary.
1. Sergei Obraztsov is ... founder of the State Central
Puppet T heatre. ... theatre was founded in 1931. In ... fifty
years of its ex isten ce ... theatre produced over sixty plays.
W hen ... theatre w as opened it was intended for ...
* miscellaneous [^misaieinias] разное
531
children. But tim e showed that ... adults* becam e interested
in ... puppet theatre, too.... first show produced for ... adults
in 1940 was called “A laddin’s Lamp” . It became ... hit. “...
U nusual C oncert” , another show for ... adults, has been ...
trem endous su ccess for many years now.
2. G alina U lanova, prima ballerina of Moscow’s Bolshoi
T heatre Ballet, is ... most exciting theatrical personality of ...
20th century.
H er name has been ... legend** here for years and those
interested in ... arts listened eagerly to ... tales of ...
travellers from Moscow who had been lucky enough to see
her dance at ... Bolshoi Theatre. Ever since ... war our Royal
Opera has been negotiating*** for ... Bolshoi Theatre Ballet
to appear in London and we all hoped that Ulanova would
head ... com pany in som e of her most fam ous parts.
(After “Ulanova the Unforgettable” by Eric Jones)
Exercise 18. Say if these statements are true or false. Give your reasons.
Exercise 19. Give a summary of the text “Nothing Succeeds Like Success” .
532
го, как она шла уж е три года. 6. Труппа репетировала
пьесу уж е три месяца, но режиссеру все еще не нравились
отдельные сцены. 7. Музыкальная комедия «Моя прекрас
ная леди» по пьесе Бернарда Ш оу «Пигмалион» была
впервые поставлена в США. Спектакль имел большой у с
пех. Состав исполнителей был прекрасный. Публика вос
хищалась музыкой, танцами и игрой актеров. 8,. Вы хоти
те пойти на утренний спектакль? — С удовольствием. 9.
Когда состоится генеральная репетиция? — Еще не знаю.
10. Если бы вы ее поддержали, она стала бы худож ницей.
11. Он хотел отклонить их предлож ение. 12. Давайте по
смотрим этот фильм, он идет уж е неделю . 13. Если бы он
предложил помощь на прошлой неделе, я бы с удовольст
вием ее принял, а теперь уж е поздно. 14. Куда вы идете?
Касса ещ е закрыта. 15. Зрители приветствовали актеров
одобрительными возгласами и долго аплодировали им по
сле того, как спектакль закончился. 16. Режиссер настаи
вал, чтобы молодая балерина (ballet-dancer) танцевала в
этом балете. 17. Доктор Ингрэм был уверен, что доклад
(taik) доктора Николаса произведет сенсацию . 18. Мать
Чарльза вполне могла позволить себе истратить тысячу
долларов на занятие сына живописью. 19. Мендоса сразу
увидел, что у Чарльза есть чувство юмора; ему хотелось
похвалить молодого человека, но обещ ание, данное его
матери, удерж ало М ендосу от этого.
Exercise 22. Debate these problems. Give your arguments “for” and
“against” .
The argument: key sentences.
533
2. It was quite by chance* that Shirley got the main role.
She m ight have been a chorus girl for m any years.
3. Shirley’s success in “T he Pajama G am e” m eant
nothing. She m ight again become a chorus girl after “T he
Pajama G am e” stopped running.
The counter-argument: key sentences.
1. A ny talented girl can become a famous actress. N o
help is needed if you have a talent.
2. If Carol had not broken her ankle, Shirley might have
got the main part in another show because she was really
talented .
3. N othing succeeds like success. After her success in
“T h e Pajama G am e” Shirley becam e fam ous and w ell-know n
producers invited her to play in their shows and film s.
Exercise 23. Read the text, give a summary and discuss it.
534
T h e young company has set itself the task of developing
the genre of “sm aller opera” 1, practically unknown in
R ussia, using new stagecraft devices capable of enriching
“big opera”, as well.
Everything is unusual in this theatre: a small hall seating
only 220, no orchestra pit, no custom ary division of the
com pany into soloists and chorus. T hose taking leading roles
today, can be found in m ass scenes tomorrow. Quite often,
the orchestra is involved in the action. T he theatre is based
on the “singing actor” principle: in other w ords, an opera
singer should also be a good actor.
T he Chamber M usical T heatre has revived many works
long since forgotten. It has staged unfam iliar operas by
Mozart, H aydn, Schubert and R ossini. Several 18th century
R ussian operas w ere revived, too. But the outstanding event
in the short history of the theatre was its contact with the
fam ous composer of our tim e, Dmitri Shostakovich, who took
an active part in the production of his opera “The N o se ” ,
which he had written in his youth after the novel of the sam e
title by Gogol. T he production was extrem ely original in
design and execution, “prickly sarcastic” , with unexpected
turns and ingenious devices. For exam ple, each performer
played several roles, which was also part of G ogol’s
conventionality. “T he N o se ” was a great success at the
international “W arsaw Spring” Festival in 1976. R ecently
the C harles Cros A cadem y1 in France awarded its Grand
Prix 1 to the recording of this opera by the Moscow company.
All of this shows that the opera in R ussia is far from
being in decline but looks for new original forms and
ingenious devices.
L E S S O N TWELVE
535
Learn these speech patterns
1. How do you account fo r the success of this play? Как
вы объясните успех этой пьесы?
E xercise I, Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
536
survive [sa'vaiv] v оставаться в ж и in tact действительно, на самом де
вых, выжить, уцелеть ле, фактически
survival [sa'vaivl] п выживание adm it [ad'mit] v признавать, допу
seem v казаться, представляться; to скать; I admit it is true,
seem old (young, new, etc.); He night (зд. в знач. first night) пре
seemed very old to me. Мне он по мьера, первое представление
казался очень старым, imagine [I'maetfen] v воображать,
production-theme [0i:m] play пьеса представлять себе
на производственную тему prompt [prompt] n подсказка, ре
interpretatio n [in,t9:pn'teijn] п ин плика
терпретация, толкование; I don’t rest n (the) остаток, остальное; the
agree with the producer’s rest of it все остальное
interpretation of the play, last out v быть достаточным, хва
at work на работе тать.
seek (sought [so:t]) an answer to exactly [lq'zasktli] adv точно; вот
smth. искать ответа на что-л. именно, совершенно верно
take up v рассмотреть (вопрос и prove [pru:v] v доказывать; I shall
т. п.) ; проявить интерес к чему- prove to you that this is true,
л.; There is another matter which I elderly ['eldali] а пожилой, пре
feel you ought to take up. клонного возраста
contem porary [кэпЧетрэгэп] а со old hand старый работник
временный weakness n слабость; the weakness
activity [aek'tiviti] n (обыкн. pi.) де of old age
ятельность, действия (в опреде strength [strer)0] n сила; He is a man
ленной области); classroom of great strength. It isn’t easy to
activities классные занятия; get back one’s strength after an
literary activities литературная illness.
деятельность merely ['migli] adv только, просто
sphere [sfia] п сфера hum anity [hju:'maeniti] n человече
dram a ['drarma] 1. драма (пьеса); ство; род людской
2. драматургия renew [ri'nju:] v обновлять, восста
playw right ['pleiraitl п драматург; навливать
Т. Williams is one of the most convince [kan'vins] v убеждать,
prominent American playwrights, уверять; to be convinced убе
youngster ['jAgsta] n мальчик, юно диться, быть убежденным; I am
ша convinced Peter isn’t right, to
nonsense ['n3ns(a)ns] n вздор, ерун convince smb. of sm th. убедить
да, чепуха; бессмыслица, аб кого-л. в чем-л.; We could not
сурд, пустяки convince Jane of her mistake.
538
2.
M ichael: I saw the play at the Art T heatre and I liked it very
much, too.
539
A lfred: Ah — but the Theatre was the T heatre in those
d ays, Martin. It was all the public had, and so we all did
our best with it. N one of your film s and radio and
television and th e rest of them then. It was the Theatre —
and the T heatre as it ought to be.
M artin: The T h eatre’s dying — though it may last out our
tim e
A lfred: Y es, thank God. But I d on ’t give it much longer.
M artin (sm ile s at h im ): Well, you see, A lfred, I know that
speech about the dying Theatre. I’ve heard it before.
A lfred: E xactly. And everything goes to prove
M artin : That you ’re an elderly actor, A lfred, and that the
T h eatre’s dying for you. It’s alw ays been dying for the old
hands. And it ’s alw ays been born again for the new ones.
And th at’s not its w eakness — th at’s its strength. It
lives — really lives and not m erely exists, but lives as
hum anity lives — just because it’s for ever dying and
being born, because it’s alw ays renew ing its life.
A lfred ( n ot con vin ced): Now wait. It’s dying for m e, w e’ll
say but who is it being born for?
(T he door opens and O tle y comes in.)
Otley: M iss Sew ard’s here.
M artin ( to O tley): Send her in. (T o A lfred ) Your answ er’s
here.
(After “Jenny Villiers: a Story of the T heatre” by John B. Priestley)
N am es
Notes
1. the Moscow Chamber ['tfeim bs] Musical Theatre Мос
ковский камерный музыкальный театр
2. sm aller opera малая (камерная) опера
3. “P lay-hou se D irector” «Директор театра»
4. “A pothecary” [э'рэ01кэп ] «Аптекарь»
5. “Marriage B ill” «Брачный вексель»
6. the French Charles Cros Academy — академия названа
540
по имени известного французского поэта Шарля Кро-
*са (1842— 1888)
7. Grand Prix [рп ] «Гран при» (Большая премия, Глав
ная прем ия), высшая награда на фестивале, конкурсе
и т. п.
8. “The Echelon” ['ejab n ] «Эшелон»
9. I’ve had it. С меня достаточно, (театра)
10. we might as well admit it и мы могли бы также при
знать это
11. Sir H enry Irving (1838— 1905) сэр Генри Ирвинг, анг
лийский актер
12. Ellen Terry (1847— 1928) Эллен Терри, английская ак-
трж а
13. Sir Herbert ['haibat] Tree (1853— 1917) сэр Герберт
Три, английский актер
Exercise 3. Read and translate the dialogues.
Exercise 7. What would you say if you took part in these dialogues?
Dramatize them.
542
А: I saw “ Faryatyev’s F an tasies” at the Sovremennik
Theatre last week.
В:
A; It im pressed me greatly. This is a play about
young people. T he main character, Faryatyev is a
very kind man dreaming* of cosmic contacts.
B: ...
543
Exercise 9. Give responses using conditional sentences.
545
18 Практический курс английского языка
— Р у х ш ш театр всегда ш т ,т та*есы зарубежных
мщ ррмт* как іхж «и здоремвдивде.
— І&щ? ш амери^амшик драмаггурщ®
шшш&утом «аийода».шей щои^яярношью?
— ШЬнмршу,, Т ш еш и Зкашшшс {TT&messse jf'&emsutl
'ЖіШаш^Х* Вт яю са <<Шрамвв&~желание>> <(“А
Streetcar Earned © esfe'”') пшіььшашо*. &шыит&
цехом з тещяше -рада д а ,
іЕхессіж ;Щ. Make цр ttiaiogu.es hased on ithis picture.
1. The Infinitive
Active Passive
Non Non-
Continuous Continuous
contiguous Continuous
переход to be
to write to be writing —
Non- ные written
Perfect
непере to be coming
to come — —
ходные
547
3. Форма Perfect употребляется для обозначения дейст
вия, предшествующего действию, выраженному глаголом
в личной форме.
I am glad to have seen him. Я рад, что повидал его.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Формы Continuous и Perfect Continuous употребля
ются сравнительно редко в английском языке (в основном в качестве со
ставной части конструкции Complex Subject). *
4. Отрицательная форма инфинитива образуется при
помощи отрицательной частицы not, которая ставится п е
ред инфинитивом.
Не was told not to book tickets for the eleven o ’clock train.
Его попросили не заказывать билеты на одиннадцати
часовой поезд.
Действительно,
Indeed to know
him is to love знать . его,
him. значит любить,
Подлежа его.
щее
Ожидают, что
The delegation is
часть сложного делегация
подлежащего
expected to прибудет
arrive tomorrow.
завтра.
Вы должны
You must say it
часть сложного сказать об этом
now.
модального' He needn’t go сейчас.
сказуемого Ему не нужно
there.
идти туда.
548
Продолжение
Он поехал в
He went to the
аэропорт, чтобы
цели airport to meet a
встретить своего
friend of his.
друга.
Обстоя
тельство
Он так устал, что не
мог слушать ее.
He was too tired to
следствия (Он был слишком
listen to her. усталым, чтобы
слушать ее.)
549
ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: В русском языке аналогичная конструкция употреб
ляется после глаголов попросить, заставить и др.
Он заставил Петра написать письмо.
Their plan s are likely Jo, change in the future. Их планы, ве
роятно, в б у д у щ щ ^зэденятся.
They are certain to agree with you. Они определенно согла^
сятся с вами.
She is unlikely to len d you the textbook. Вряд ли (маловеро
ятно, что) она даст вам учебник.
They are bound to join us. Они обязательно (непременно)
присоединятся к нам.
552
4. For-phrase as Subject (Инфинитивный комплекс с
предлогом for в ф ункции п одлеж ащ его)
2
The old gentleman' $швй& mfeei! mppy fm the іттщ****
“Goodness!” Ы тШі ‘And уш say you’re: m iles
fe r n hom e?”
“That’s- ttghtv s ir,”1answered’ tte штхр hogeW Ijf.-
“ And? w&er#s> your йш іе?”'
^Aiisttraliai'1
“T a fe №is, a iy gOfcd ЙІШ:. &Ut; hisw dfo J01* ®Єфй&1; afcjw*
bacHTy
The cramp Ibofe* an tfra m Has* fofttdl 'ЧШ 1,, Шt
diwit’tf d& і ш tJrn&y^ &e saftit. "E suufos^, ИНОДУш& t&
-wML"
Ш
without P ete’s help. 4. T he novel is .too difficult. It ca n ’t be
read by first-year students.
c) Is John a talented coach? (to consider)
Y es, I consider him (to be) a talented coach,
1. Is Jane a very good friend? (to consider) 2. Is he a
good goalkeeper? (to find) 3. Is Mr M itchell a kind man? (to
know) 4. Is Mary a promising painter? (to believe)
d) H as John filled in the form? (to see)
Y es, I saw him fill it in.
1. Have they rehearsed the play yet? (to watch) 2. Did
Peter agree to join them? (to hear) 3. Did Dr Smith exam ine
the docum ents? (to see) 4. Did they congratulate Jane on her
success? (to hear)
e) It is expected they will arrive tomorrow.
T h ey ’re expected to arrive tomorrow.
1* It is expected Peter will establish a record tomorrow. 2.
It is known Mr Evans will deal with the matter. 3. It is said
Bill prefers boating to swim ming. 4. It is believed A nn’s son
is a prom ising physicist.
f) T he wind is getting stronger, (to seem )
T he wind seem s to be getting stronger.
1. Ben is doing well at college, (to appear) 2. John Burton
is dealing with this matter, (to seem ) 3. He met them when
he was in London, (to happen) 4. T hey are losing the game,
(to seem )
g) It is certain that their team will win the game.
Their team is certain to win the game.
1. It is certain that the new performance will be popular
w ith the audience. 2. It is likely he will give up smoking. 3.
It is unlikely that John will change his mind. 4. It is certain
that she will forgive him. 5. It is likely that they will agree to
his offer.
555
b) Do you know Mr Green?
Y es, I happen to know him.
1. Does Jim know w ho’s won the game? 2. Did you meet
the Sm iths in Paris? 3. Did you see James Burton play golf?
4. D id you see the new French film?
c) D oes she know Mr Brown? (to have met him before)
N o, she doesn’t seem to have met him before.
1. D oes she know his last novel? (to have read it) 2. Have
they heard the news? (to have heard it) 3. D oes he know he
was wrong? (to realize it) 4. D oes he know geography well?
(to be good at it)
Exercise 5. Translate into English.
1, Знать страну означает знать историю народа этой
страны, его литературу и искусство. 2. П отребуется очень
много времени, чтобы решить эту проблему. 3. Он был
счастлив, что побывал в городе, где провел свое детство. 4,
Мы полагали, что художник будет высокого мнения о ри
сунках Петра. 5. Критики (critics) считают новый роман
молодого писателя шедевром. 6. Анна сказала сестре, что
бы она не колебалась и оставила работу, которая ей не
нравится. 7. Д -р Ингрэм ожидал, что коллеги поддержат
его. 8. Вы ведь видели, как новый хоккеист забил гол? Ве
ликолепно, не правда ли? 9. Вы ведь слышали, как Д ж он
сказал, что он заказал два номера в гостинице? 10. Гово
рят, что сын Питера Брауна принимает участие в концер
те, 11. Сообщили, что делегация американских преподава
телей прибыла в Москву. 12. П о-видимому, на следующ ем
заседании будут обсуждаться проблемы развития спорта в
сельской местности. 13. Известно, что он писал свою по
следнюю картину в течение трех лет. 14. Вы случайно не
знаете номера телефона г-на Брауна? — К сож алению ,
нет. 15. Маловероятно, что он упустит возможность по
смотреть финальный матч. 16. Кажется, они приняли при
глашение г-на Брауна.
II. TEXT
556
editorial [,edi'to:nal] n передовая force v заставлять, принуждать
статья, передовица; редакцион double Scotch двойная порция шот
ная статья ландского виски
editorial а редакторский, редакци signal I'signl] v подать знак
онный; editorial office редакция somehow 1'SAmhau] adv тем или
(помещение) иным образом, как-нибудь, так
tradition [tra'difn] п традиция, ста или иначе
рый обычай dirt п 1. грязь; 2. подлость, гадость,
common sense ['кэтэп 'sens] здра непристойность '4 J
вый смысл press п пресса, печать; yellow
powerful f'pauafl] а могуществен (g u tter ['gAt9] ) press «желтая»
ный (бульварная) пресса; popular
magnate ['maegneit] п магнат p ress (new spapers) массовые га
expand [jks'paend] v расширять, зеты (в отличие от т ак назы
развивать; распространяться; ваемых quality papers); The
расширяться, развиваться “Daily Express’* belongs to the
empire ['empaia] п империя popular press,
executive [lg'zekjutiv] п сотрудник, m urder ['raardaj n (умышленное,
служащ ий преднамеренное) убийство; to
warn v предупреждать commit [kg'mit] m urder совер
in order to для того чтобы шать убийство; Do they know
who committed that murder?
daily п ежедневная газета
horrible ['ЬэгэЫ] а страшный,
weekly п еженедельное периодиче
ужасный, вселяющий ужас; The
ское издание; еженедельник;
news is horrible,
“The Times” is an American
weekly, rape v изнасиловать
monthly ['шлпбИ] n ежемесячное newspaper trade ремесло (профес
периодическое издание, ежеме сия) газетчика
сячник; Is «Inostrannaya ruddy а жарі, проклятый
Literature* a monthly? objective [ab'djektiv] n цель, зада
popular ['popjubl а популярный ча, стремление; All their
advertisem ent fad'vattismant] n объ objectives are won.
явление, реклама; to put an power ['раиэ] n могущество, сила,
advertisem ent (in the власть
new spaper) помещать в газете circulation [,s3:kju'leijn] n тираж
объявление (газеты и rn.ru); a new spaper
scandat ['skaendl] n позорный, по with a (daily) circulation of fifty
стыдный факт, скандальное про thousand (of more than two
исшествие; What a scandal! million, etc.) тираж газеты - 50
political scandal политический тыс. (более двух миллионов и
скандал т.д.); This paper has a circulation
decision [di'sijn] п решение; to of more than a million,
reach (to come to, to take, to bulk n основная масса, большая
make) a decision принять реше часть
ние, решиться на что-л.; Have juicy bits зд. пикантные подробно-
you reached a decision yet? \\ сти
hold put (held [held]) v продер sex п секс
жаться; Are you sure you’ll be make a fuss about sm th., smb. под
able to hold out? нимать шум, суетиться, волно
though [dou] cnj хотя, несмотря на, ваться о чем-л., ком-л.; You
все же shouldn't make so much fuss about
blackmail ['blsekmeil] v шантажиро them, they are quite happy,
вать, вымогать hum an ['hjurman] а человеческий,
557
человечный; hum an being чело argum ent ['aigjumant] n довод, ар
век гумент; an argum ent for
blink v посматривать, смотреть (against) sm th. довод, аргумент
point п главное, суть, смысл; to за что-л. (против чего-л.); I
come to the point перейти к suggest that we should discuss first
(дойти до) сути дела, главному; all the arguments for and then
Will you, please, come to the against the project,
point? to keep to the point гово tru th [tru:0] n правда; There is not a
рить по существу; Keep to the word of truth in what he said, to
point, please. Ближ е к делу. Го tell th e tru th а) говорить правду;
ворите, пожалуйста, по сущест “You should always tell the truth,”
ву. to m iss the point упустить са said the mother to the child. 6) no
мое главное; I don’t see the point. правде говоря; To tell the truth I
Я не понимаю «соли» . forgot about our appointment. A nt.
improve [im'pru:v] v улучшать (ся), to tell a lie говорить неправду;
совершенствовать (ся); His health You should believe him, he never
is improving, isn’t it? tells a lie.
ethical stan d ard s ['евікі 'stsendsdz] d istort [dis'lD:t] v искажать, извра
нравственные (этические) нор щать, передергивать; to distort
мы facts (the truth, etc.) извращать,
journalism I'dbarnolizm] n ж урнали передергивать факты (искажать
стика, профессия журналиста правду и т.п.); The capitalist
board [bo:d] n правление, совет; press often distorts facts about the
коллегия; board of directors со life in socialist countries,
вет директоров, правление; inflated drivel [in'fleitid 'drivl] на
Board of T rade Министерство пыщенная болтовня
торговли (в Англии)', Торговая otherw ise ['Adswaiz] adv или же; в
палата (в СШ А) противном случае; You must start
control [kan'troul] v регулировать, at once, otherwise you will be late
контролировать for the appointment,
freedom ['fri:d3mj of the p ress сво real [пэ1] а настоящий, истинный,
бода печати подлинный; Is this real gold?
censorship ['sensojip] n цензура Who is the real manager of the
electrocution [blektra'kju:Jn] n казнь business?
на электрическом стуле humanitarian [hju^masm'tearian] n
tabloid ['taebbidj n малоформатная гуманист
газета бульварного толка со сж а humanitarian а гуманный, гумани
тым текстом и большим количе стический
ством иллюстраций; I don’t think drunk а пьяный
tabloids give much information, innocent ['inasnt] a 1. невинный,
smuggle ['smAgl] v провозить, про чистый, непорочный; 2. наив
носить контрабандой ный, простодушный; Don’t be so
bright a 1. способный, сообрази innocent as to believe everything
тельный, смышленый; Charles Senators say. He будьте такими
was a very bright boy. 2, веселый, наивными, не верьте...
живой, полный оптимизма, бод assignm ent h'sainm gnt] п задание;
рости; a bright face (sm ile, etc.); to give an assignm ent дать зада
His future is bright. У него свет- ние
. лое будущее, cover ['клуэ] v давать в прессу ре
lynching ['lintfig] п линчевание портаж, материал (о событиях,
prove v оказаться; Не proved (to be) совещаниях и т. п.); Не was
right. Let’s hope that his second given an assignment to cover the
book won’t prove as uninteresting President’s press conference,
as the first one. coverage ['клупсЫ n репортаж, oc-
558
зркш т шедшзда -Aiy язтщцщє шаці ящтт s
m iss the train ,” said Jim. 13. There is no getting out of it.
14. She wanted to listen to the radio but he kept on talking.
15. Our major papers have a daily circulation of over ten
m illion. 16. To tell the truth, we were all im pressed by his
new play.
SENSATION IS NEWS
* * *
W hen they got to the Red Lion 4 they went into the
lounge and found a couple of armchairs by the window. N y e
ordered double Scotch. T hey had their drinks and N y e
signalled to the w aiter for the sam e again. When he cam e
back he brought the menu and Leonard ordered the dinner.
“You kn ow ,” Smith said, “it’s wonderful the way w e ’ve
w on, in spite of everything. Yet I can ’t som ehow get Page out
o f my m ind... that look in his ey es... I like the m an .”
N ye h ad n ’t had much lunch, only a snack at the station
bar, and the Scotch on an empty stom ach was giving him a
lift.5
560
“N o, seriously, I don ’t believe I ’d have agreed with yo u ”
“About what?”
“Publishing the d irt.”
“For C hrist’s sak e!” 6 N y e looked at him. “D on ’t you
know th at’s what our popular press deal largely with . . . dirt
... sensation ... murder ... sudden death. H aven’t you ever in
your sweet life heard the new sboys shout? “Horrible
murder... girl raped and k illed .” T hat’s new s, brother.
I know the newspaper trade inside out. 7 It’s a ruddy
business, like any other, w ith two m ain objectives: m oney
and power. To get these you need circulation. For circulation
you must give the custom ers what th ey want. And what they
want... at least the bulk of them . T hey want the juicy b its-
sex, scandal, sensation and advertisem ent. So w hy make a
fuss about it. People are only hum an.”
“S till” — Smith blinked at N y e .— “I think Page had a
point. We need to improve the ethical standards of
journalism .”
“How?”
“Some sort of board of control.”
“You can ’t control the freedom of the press — not in a
democracy. Damn it all, 8 th a t’s censorship. B esides, if the
people d on ’t want what we offer them, why the hell do they
buy it? There was an electrocution at Sing-Sing 9 when I was
in New York and you should have seen what appeared in one
of the tabloids — their reporter had sm uggled in a microfilm
camera and there was a w hole spread of pictures of the poor
bastard strapped to the chair in the death cell, with the
electrodes on him, being officially bumped o ff.10 N ext year
the sam e bright new sboy won the Homer Gluck Prize 1 for
his pictures of lyn ch in g.”
“Horrible, Leonard, really horrible. It proves my
argument. We sh ould n ’t distort the truth.”
“And go right out of business? D on’t talk inflated drivel.
The people need their d aily dose of opium these days:
otherwise this bloody world is too tough a place to live in. 12
We’re the real hum anitarians, not' those w ould-be do-
gooders 13 like your friend P a g e.”
“All right, all right, Leonard. But you must have a
heart, ” Smith was getting quite drunk.
“You can’t have a heart in this g am e,” N ye said. “ I
learned my lesson early. W hen I was a young reporter, green
and innocent, if you can believe it, 1 was given an assignm ent
to cover a stunt parachute jumper, 14 a young Austrian, Rudi
561
Schermann. Scherm ann w ent around doing his act a t country
fairs>. and Г w en t with him. H e was a* sim ple sort o f fellow,,
with a nice w ife an d kid, brave — E n eed n ’t tell you1 his>
stunts w ere as dangerous: && helll f g e t Ш like him — Г still*
could like people in- those days. Г knew t i e risks h e was;
taking and kept сш tellin g him to g e t out: w hile h e w as stMl
alive. So did h is wife, Sue h e w ould sm ile and s h a f e M&
head, 15 H e wa&ted to make enough to- retire to з 1M*z ta x m
in th e T yrol —' fioe was- ju st that simple;
Well,. o n e d ay it happened, ftu d i took off at: fen th ou san d
feet, t o t som eth in g ш й ^ wr®ir&, t f e parachute d id n /t opera*
H e w as down now to й й ееп hundred f e e t Ffe tried Mis;
secon d paraehttifc Ft opened' sligh tly b№ m i eaougftk- Mfe Ш
th e ground thirty fe e t from me;. № w m aii\*e w& m T p e k e d
ййш up; He died at few secon d s later, in my arms. E Brad
f e d i n ^ in th o se days. T h e tears w ere running: down: m y
cheeks. Somehow I got tier a phone booth. £ p o r te d m y editor.
V w as shaking ail- <sver. 1” ®b y m M o w wttaC Й е & & & - ^
said? “ F in e,” h e said. k‘^ e ,!l g£ve h im the w hole й?ш£ page^
Г want- all th e d em ils y m c m le t m e h a w an d lo ts o f
photographs, 3£e т ш ш ё & good e m o f th e b od y.’' M ye
looked at Smith аш£ tfesft a long; diinfe “HP уош want; t№ta fw ,-
that's when I lest? my journalist v irg tH i^ W here #re hell* iis
that waiter? W e’ll h a v e aaottter round ™ then w e ?lt g@ ам $
ea t.”
Oflftfcr " Ш - №ortHeffl Ligftt" tty; Av Д - Citttrth))
fram es
H enry P age FeK $» Ш й а ж
' Som erville [ґюшдоіФ]? С й ш р т г ш ’
Leonard Шуе fie n ^ d "nan? 1! Л к ш д е (СЙОеанард)* Ша&
Шга1& ['1гсш»ВДІ ЗшШр Га^шоду Скигг
£udt З с Ь е гттш |Гсш& "Гегшш ]’ Ррщг Шщтт
Т утї Тя|Рб№
Ш ш
L. а1 Ы № n f i« m «С еж йриж ш ш ш ( Щ ш ш т
за*т}>
1. for i*Ffegr%; йшяйшн?« е ш е an d sou nd news?
]Ш б )М Ш Р ЗШ <Ш5Ш> 5ЭДШЙЙ# СМОД&Р ЯР яра»^
д а ш е осйєшшшє' Л щ і
3е; an d wfrat mstf т s e e т і еж ж
41 th e Ked І л ш fik im i ї (іїашшіш? рект щ ш У
ш
5. and the Scotch on an empty stomach was giving him a
lift и выпитое на голодный желудок виски подняло его
настроение
6. For C hrist’s fkraists ] sake! Ради Бога!
7. inside out вдоль и поперек, как свои пять пальцев
8. Damn [deem 1 it all! Проклятье! Черт побери!
9. Sing-Sing Синг-Синг (название тюрьмы)
10. a whole spread of pictures of the poor bastard ['baested]
strapped to the chair in the death cell, with the
electrodes on him, being officially bumped off целая се
рия фотографий бедняги в камере смертника, привя
занного ремнями к электрическому стулу, с пристав
ленными к нему электродами, иллюстрирующая, как
его официально отправили на тот свет
11. the Homer Gluck Prize ['houm s 'gluk praiz] приз Гоме
ра Глюка (за лучший фоторепортаж)
12. this bloody ['bUdi 1 world is too tough a place to live in
в этом проклятом мире слишком трудно жить
13. would-be do-gooder так называемый доброжелатель
14. a stunt parachute ['ржгэ{и:1] jumper парашютист, кото
рый во время прыжка выполняет различные трюки
15 But he would sm ile and shake his head Он, бывало,
только улыбался и отрицательно качал головой
1 6 .1 was shaking all over. Я весь дрожал.
I7.S .O .B . (son of a bitch) груб, сукин сын
18. w e’ll have another round выпьем еще по одной
Exercise 2. Read and translate the text.
Exercise 3. Find in the text English equivalents for these sentences.
1. Разве ты не знаеш ь, что наша популярная пресса в
основном имеет дело с грязью, сенсацией, убийствами? 2.
Это проклятое ремесло, у которого две цели: деньги и
власть. 3. Зачем поднимать шум по этому поводу? 4. Мы
должны поднимать нравственные нормы журналистики. 5.
Ты бы посмотрел, что появилось в одной из бульварных
газет. 6. Мы не должны искажать правду. 7. Мы настоя
щие гуманисты. 8. Я все время твердил ему, чтобы он по
кончил с этим. 9. К ое-как я добрался до телефонной б у д
ки. 10. Я хочу иметь все подробности, которые ты см о
жешь собрать.
Exercise 4. Give Russian equivalents for these sentences.
1. T h ey will set up a new daily which will publish
sen sation s, advertisem ents, scandal. 2. I know the newspaper
trade inside out. 3. To get these you need circulation. 4.
563
People are only human. 5. You can ’t control the freedom of
the press. 6. Horrible, really horrible. It proves my
argument. 7. When I was a young reporter, green and
innocent, I was given an assignm ent to cover a stunt
parachute jump. 8. Г11 give him the w hole front page.
564
Light” . 5. The ... said he w anted his best journalists to ...
the Foreign M inisters’ m eeting. 6. To Som erville’s surprise
Henry Page ... ... for quite a tim e. 7. I suggest everyone
should give his ... for and against the project. 8. We shall get
there ... . 9. Several scientific institutions were ......... in the
Far East. 10. Do not make so much ... about little things. 11.
You should ... now ... it will be too late. 12. T he old man ...
... thinking about his decision.
565
“Is it believed that our army has been the protector ...
our freedom in Puerto Santos?”
“N o .”
“Y et you support Martinez and consider our army to be
part ... the larger strategy of freedom ?”
“Y es. T h ere’s no g e t t in g ........ it .”
“I still hope w e’ll be able to set ... a new democratic
governm ent,” the old man said.
(After “The Triumph”* by John Kenneth Galbraith)
566
6): to get ®Ш of' b u siness, № get out-' of th e appointm ent, tb
g e t o u t o f diffiGUlTi eS\
E xercise 14ч Translate these sentences using the word' combinations given ш
exercise 1’&
I ). L Надето*» что они уже приняли решение, 2, Коїда
комитет собирается1пришли ошнчатеялшое решение?
2) I,- На пресе-конферентдот ГЕрем&ер-шшиетру бші-за--
дан вопрос, действительно л » в его стране ш существует?
свобода печати. 2. Вульварная пресса никогда широко яе
освещ ает важные международные события. 31 Малофор
матные газеты о р о с я т с я & так называемой iso-called )
«популярной» прессе.-
3).- К Шш- ож идали, что он сразу ж е перейдет жсущ ест
в у «опроса. 2. Повторите то, что аы сказали. Мне к аж ет
ся, что я упустил сам ое главнее. 3, Говорите яо существу.
У нас очень мало' времени. 4 £вроститег ж я не понял «ес
ли»; Повторите ш у т у ещ е p»3v ^пожалуйста,
4). 1, Новый репортер — довольно смышленый молодой
человек, 2і.- У нее- всегда в е с е л а улшбкж 3>. ¥ т с светлое1
будущее:.-
5)- f .. Работа Между на родного конгресса уш ш ж -ф ш ш -'
ш * широко освещалась в прессе и ш телевидению.
6) Г. Шм нужно как-нибудь ИЗбавИТЪСЯ! ОТ Э1Т01?О пред>
ардогивг. 2. М ненадобудет жосташтвс* шбтштнся о^ это-
т делового свидания'. Зі Itor- щ ж т > выбратвся m это*»'
ТруДНОСТеЙЪ
f x e r d s e !&• S a y if these statem ents am tm e o r fblse S'ive ymir г е а ш ік
L said; th at popular newspapers dealt largely m th
dirt;, sertsatioii a n d murder. 2. w as itttp^ssfie# %
Ш я щ : F&ge’s statem ent tfts# tfte etMcai standards o f
sttmtM tie? im provedl Зі №yg w a$ т ш tike p o s t e r
press- published jus*' wftBC ззіі огФмЗяу-* ій ж aeedW .- 4 , %y&
бшв£й&ге& Мш&еШ' ж & й іе MseT*1 real-- Ілш аййш іаш :, 5i
& й # . щ treed? wiffe Щ & Шш % repmifer sta&ftf Have' sieitfer
feelings nor heart-
Sxerais^<fc Give a surmnary of ttte text- “Sensation is W . Comment, m
Ш
ІЕяенЦде Ш- translate int№Eng}№
L «йшайте'- ерш у я&деі&ю№ ж ^ .м ш у - —
шазш- Шейдак, % Ему нужш* .ш озді-, ж т т т хш яродер^-
* -itttitiHry i^dvn&rU; обьжнов&нмйй;. орданашый^
хШ іШе себе подобньік
***** (йптіпет [Р&мзт]! on it. П Ь о » < і і ^ м ш і т р у его• (ігеж&)\
Ш
жится. 3. Я был очень горд тем, что редактор решил поме
стить мою статью на первой странице. 4. П ейдж старался,
чтобы его газета объективно отражала внутренние и меж
дународные события. 5. Прочитав статью в «Ньюсуик»
(“ N ew sw eek”), я понял, что факты были искажены. 6. Как
сообщ ают, новый балет вызвал сенсацию и был широко
освещ ен в прессе. 7. Они наблюдали за тем, как самолет
взлетел и исчез в облаках. 8. Не забудь заехать за Д ж о
ном, иначе он опоздает на лекцию . 9. Най понимал, что
было бесполезно и даж е опасно говорить с Сомервилем о
поднятии нравственных норм репортеров. 10. «Говоря по
правде,— сказал Мендоса своему д р угу,— единственное,
что мне хотелось сказать матери Ч арльза,— это: «Убирай
тесь отсюда». І І . «Эта бульварная газета оказалась хуж е,
чем я ож идал,— сказал П ейдж .— Не понимаю, как наши
граждане могут читать ее.» 12. Было бы хорош о, если бы
вы повторили все доводы в пользу проекта. 13. К сож але
нию, его вторая пьеса оказалась такой ж е неинтересной,
как и первая.
E xercise 18. Debate these problems. Give your arguments “for” and
“against”.
The argument: key words.
1. T he main objectives of the press are to let readers
know what is going on in their own place and their country,
to inform them of the most important international events.
2. T he ethical standards of journalism should be high.
Journalists should never distort the truth.
3. Reporters should not look for sensational new s. T hey
should give an accurate coverage of the events.
The counter-argument: key words.
1. T he main objective of the press is sensation. Only
sensation is news.
2. Journalists and reporters should not have high ethical
standards. T hey should have neither feelings nor heart. For
the sake of sensation they should be ready to distort the
truth, to tell lies.
3. Reporters should look only for sensational new s. Such
reporters think that only money and sex are the main
objectives of the human race.
Exercise 19. Speak on these topics.
1. The role of m ass media. 2. The main objectives of the
press. 3. The freedom of the press.
568
LESSO N FOURTEEN
ШЇ-
domestic [da'raestik] а внутренний; extent [iks'tent] п степень, мера; to
’ domestic policy (trade, news) what extent ...? в какой степе
announcem ent [a'naunsmant] n объ ни...?
я в л е н и е , сообщение, извещение
assume [3'sju:m] v предполагать, до
(чаще о будущих событиях); Ап пускать
announcement will be made next
week. laughter ['laiftoj п смех
authoritative [3'0o:rit3tiv] а автори
arrangem ent [э'гетсЬ тэш ] n pi. тетный
приготовления; I’ll make
arrangements . for somebody to intelligence [m'telicfeans] п разведка
meet you at the airport, involve [m'vDlv] v вовлекать, вме
шивать, затрагивать; The
arrange [a'reindj] v 1. уславливать
ся, договариваться, приходить к contract involves the interests of
соглашению; to arrange with both countries,
smb. for or about smth. уславли intention [in'tenjn] n намерение,
ваться с кем-л. о чем-л. Did he стремление; I wonder what their
arrange with Mr Brown for an intentions are.
appointment? 2. проводить подго intend [in'tend] v намереваться, хо
товку, принимать меры; The теть, собираться, предполагать
Tourist Bureau arranged every (чт о -л сделать); What do you
thing for our journey to intend to do today?
Samarkand, abide [a'baid] by v быть верным,
complete [kam'pli:t] а законченный выполнять
detailed ['di:teild] а детальный, treaty [*tri:ti] n договор
подробный correct [ka'rekt] а правильный, вер
by noon к полудню ный, точный
resignation [,rezig'neifn] n отстав deny [di'nail у отрицать, отвергать;
ка; отказ от должности; уход в to deny the truth of the
отставку; to accept [ak'sept] statem ent утверждать, что заяв
one’s resignation принять чью-л. ление не соответствует действи
отставку тельности
resign [n'zain] v уходить в отстав useful ['ju:sf(u)l] а полезный, при
ку, слагать с себя обязанности; годный; This textbook will be very
When did he resign from the useful.
Cabinet? inform [in'fo:m] v информировать,
the armed services ['s9:visiz} воору извещать, сообщать; to inform
женные силы smb. of sm th.; Have you informed
military aide ['m ilit(3)n 'eid] воен Mr Smith of the press conference?
ный советник in good time в свое время
the Army сухопутные войска consult [kan'sAlt] v 1. советоваться;
the Navy военно-морской флот Did you consult the doctor? 2.
the Air Force военно-воздушные си (with) совещаться, советоваться;
лы The President consulted with his
advisers.
the Marine [тэ'п :п ] aide советник
по вопросам морской пехоты in this particular [p9'tikjub] case зд.
в данном конкретном случае
promote [prs'mout] v повышать в
чине или звании; Не was cause [ko:z] п причина, основание;
promoted captain (to the rank of What was the cause of the
the captain). Ему присвоили зва general’s resignation?
ние капитана, stir v волновать, возбуждать, про
brigadier general [,brig9'di9 '{feenrl] буждать
бригадный генерал (в армии
США)
571
A. T elevision
1
A: Do you happen to know w hat’s on after the news?
В: I think it’s a documentary,
A: Would you mind if I watched it?
B: D on’t you want to see part two of the serial on
BBC 1 2?
2
A: Do you remember w hat’s on channel 2 at 9.30?
B: As far as I can remember, it’s a play.
A: Do you m ind if we switch over?
В; N o, I’ve been looking forward to it all evening.
3
Four U niversity students discuss advantages and
disadvantages of television. Michael and Ann are R ussian
stud en ts, John is an American student and Ruth is an English
student.
B. Newspapers
1
A nna P etrova: How m any newspapers do you subscribe to?
C lare D awson: I d on’t subscribe to any. I buy papers every
m orning on my way to college. A nd do you subscribe to
an y papers?
Anna: Y es. I subscribe to three: “Izvestia” ,
“Kom som olskaya Pravda” and “Literaturnaya G azette”. Ї
like to look through the papers before I leave for college.
2
C lare ( to A nna who is readin g a p a p er): Looking through
the “D aily Mirror”?
A nna: Yes. It’s the first tim e that I see this paper.
Clare: How do you like it?
Anna: I feel puzzled. 5 It is n ’t very informative: a lot of
sensation al new s, strip cartoons and ads. A few articles
cover the dom estic news and th ere’s alm ost next to
nothing about the international situation.
Clare: W ell, that’s the w ay tabloids are m ade in this
country.
C. Press Conference
The P residen t: Good morning. I have several an
nouncem ents. First, the arrangem ents for the trip to
V ienna are now com plete, and Mr Simon will have detailed
inform ation on that for you by noon today. Second, I have
accepted a number of resignations in the armed services.
T here will be a list available after the press conference, by
the w ay.
M alcolm W atersf “A ssociated P ress”: Mr President?
The P residen t: E xcuse m e, Mr W aters, I have one further
announcem ent. As you all know the President has
traditionally had three m ilitary aides — one each from the
Army, N avy and Air Force, I thought it was about tim e a
573
M arine was added, and I am appointing Colonel C asey as
my Marine aide. He will be promoted to brigadier general.
T h at's all I have.
J a m e s C om pton, “ Knight N ew spapers”: Sir, you d id n ’t
make it clear in your speech Saturday to what extent you
encouraged the generals to resign.
The P residen t: Jim, I’ll assum e that’s a question even
though I couldn’t hear a question mark on it. Let’s just say
I advised them to resign and they accepted my advice.
( Laughter)
H a l B rennan, “ New York T im es” : Mr President, we have an
authoritative report that som e intelligence information,
involving R u ssia’s intentions to abide by the treaty,
accounts for your trip to V ienna to see Mr Feemerov. Is
that correct, sir?
The P residen t: I’m sorry, but I will have nothing more to
say on the V ienna conference until it is over.
H a l B rennan, “N ew York T im es”: T hen we m ay assum e the
report is correct?
The P resid en t: N ow, Mr Brennan, I am neither confirming
nor d en yin g anything. I am sim ply not discussing the
subject. I’d like to be helpful, but I think it would not be
useful for me to discuss it just now. Y ou’ll be informed in
good tim e.
Thom as H odges, “M inneapolis Star and T ribune” : Mr
P resident, did you consult with the N ational Security
Council ® or the Cabinet or other advisers on those
resignations?
The P residen t: Not the NSC or the Cabinet as such, but I
did consult with certain of my advisers.
Thom as H odges, “M inneapolis Star and T ribune”: I wonder
if you could give us their nam es, please, sir?
The P resid en t: In this particular case, I d on ’t believe it
would be useful.
Roger S w en sson » “Chicago T ribune” : Mr President, m any
people find it hard to believe that the treaty alone 7 was
the cause of this m ass resignation. Was anything else
involved?
The P resid en t: T he treaty stirred very deep feelings in this
country. Men in high position are not immune to deep
feelin gs. 8
M alcolm W aters, “A ssociated P ress” : Thank you, Mr
President.
(After “Seven Days In May” by Fletcher Knebel and Charles Bailey,»
574
N am es
Eoitfa СгиФЗ Рут
O are $ t o !3 Клер
ЗДаІеока Гшаейкэт ] Малькольм
$be Associate# ^'soujiem d^j Press Аесошиэйтед Пресс
?Й*е fKa%ht Newspapers газеты Найта
Тікм ш в Modges fptonras Томас Ходжис
tike Mmneapoiis j “: t o and Tribune”
«Стар энд Трибнш»
J&oger I" гэ$з2 0 Роджер
,Ше “Chicago jji'kcr.gou j T rib u n e” «Чикаго трибюн»
'N ote
1. BBC (B ritish Broadcasting |'bn).:dka:sux)J Corporation
j^ fca ^ 're ijn ] Шт^Вп^Ов (Британская радиовещатель
ная корпорация — радио- и телевещательная компа
ния з Лондоне)
2. 4<jRby School” «Играем (играйте' з школу», телепрог
рамма щш детей дошкольного возраста.
3. so that Мa ll seems like a game так, что все это похоже
на т ру шажется игрой)
4. Tfeese S it e «ell well. 'Эти фильмы легко распродаются.
5. I Ш1 puzzied. Я я недоумении- Ш смущен.)
сб. Xh&МаЯіодаІ $есш*Ьу l« i-'kjuar*ti;| Council (N SC) Совет
национальной безопасности С Ш А )
X ithe treaty «Іоне только договор
8. Men in high position are not immune to deep feelings.
Лшш, занимающие высокое положение, не защищены
« г глубоких переживаний.
Exercise 5. Read anti trans&te the dialogues
i*
Е х«ш $е j6. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for these word
combinations and sentences.
1. Вы не будете возражать, если я посмотрю его (до
кументальный фильм)? 2. О н отнимает все наше свобод-
ное «время. % Это ш о из преимуществ телевидения. А.
большинство наших учебных программ. 5. Им следует за
явить протест против показа насилия по телевидению. 6.
не обращают на них внимания. X Сколько газет вы вы
писываете? В. Несколько статей описывают внутреннее
положение. 9. Я принял ^несколько отставок. 10. В своей
речи в субботу вы не высказались определенно. 11. быть
верным договору. 12, Я ничего не подтверждаю и ничего
не .отрицаю. 13. £ некоторыми из моих советников. 14.
;575
многим трудно поверить, что только договор был причи
ной.
Exercise 7. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used in the dialogues and translate them.
to switch over, invention, educational, so that, th at’s the
way, violence, indifferent, to take no notice of, to feel
puzzled, to cover, arrangem ents, available, to promote to, to
involve, to deny, to consult, treaty, resignation
Exercise 10. What would you say if you took part in these dialogues?
Dramatize them.
1. A; Would you m ind if I sw itched over to channel 2?
Part 4 of the serial is on.
B: ...
2. A: Will you switch on the radio, please? T he football
results are on Radio 1, aren’t they?
B: ...
576
3. A: What are the advantages of the television
educational programmes for children?
В-«*** t »•
Д
4. A: Do you agree that television occupies too much of
our spare time?
В: ...
5. A: Has television more advantages than disadvantages?
В : ...
6. A: Should children be permitted to watch any
television programmes?
В: ...
7. A: Which of the educational programmes would you
advise your younger brother (sister) to watch?
B: ...
8. A: Have you ever watched Programme “ABC”? *
W hat’s, its purpose?
B: ...
9. A: Mr Brown, do you let your children watch film s of
violence?
В: ...
A: Why d on ’t parents and teachers protest against
violence on TV?
В : ...
10. A: What newspapers and m agazines do you subscribe
to?
B: ...
* “ABC”- АБВГДейка
** statesman государственный деятель
577
19 Практический курс английского языка
15. A: Do you have to consult the dictionary when
translating into English?
B: ...
16. A: Would you consult with the Council m em bers if you
were Chairman?
JBLV*
* »«• 1
578
Barbara: I hear you have English language lesson s on
channel 4.
Е вгения: Д а. Эта программа называется «Смотри, слу
шай, учись» (“Look, Listen, Learn”). Кстати, помимо
английской, имеются ещ е программы по ф ранцузско
м у, немецкому и испанскому языкам.
Barbara: Do you know w hether these programmes attract *
a lot of learners?
Е вген ия: Д а, конечно. Многие учащ иеся старших клас-
сов, студенты, особенно живущ ие на периферии (living
in provinces), совершенствуют свои знания, используя
эти программы.
Barbara: I saw your w eekly “ Moscow N ew s”and there I
found an article covering this educational programme. I
think this paper is very helpful to learners of English.
Е вген ия: Д а, эта газета очень помогает и изучающим ан
глийский язык, и тем кто его знает. Она довольно ши
роко освещает внутренне и международные события. В
ней также печатаются рассказы и повести современ
ных английских и американских писателей, Я много
лет выписываю эту газету и всегда с удовольствием
читаю ее.
Exercise 15. Translate into English.
1. — Ты случайно не знаеш ь, что идет в восемь по седь
мому каналу?
— Д ум аю , какой-нибудь детективный фильм.
— Ж аль, а что идет по второму каналу?
— Кажется, пьеса. Не возражаешь, если я переключу
на второй канал?
— Н ет, конечно.
2. — Вы видели сегодняшний «Труд»?
— Нет еще. Я уш ел очень рано и почтальон (postman
['poustm sn]) ещ е не приносил газет.
— В ней напечатана очень интересная статья о событи
ях на Ближнем Востоке (in the M iddle East).
— Можно мне взять вашу газету? Мне хотелось бы
просмотреть эту статью сейчас.
— Пожалуйста.
3. — Я недавно посмотрел по телевидению фильм-балет
«Галатея» (G alatea [,gaeb'tm ]) и должен сказать,
что он произвел на меня огромное впечатление.
579
19 *
— Я тоже видел этот балет и тож е получил огромное
удовольствие. Я считаю, что телевидение долж но не
только показывать балетные постановки крупных
театральных коллективов, но и само должно ставить
новые балеты.
— Полностью согласен с вами. Например, телевидение
С анкт-П етербурга поставило очень интересные ба
леты «Старое танго» (“Old T ango” ['taerjgou 1) и
«Ж иголо и Ж иголетта» ( “Gigolo Гзідзіои J and
G igolette” ['з!дэЫ ]> .
— Я, к сож алению , не видел их, но читал о них в
статье, которая была напечатана в «Правде».
— Кто автор статьи?
— Екатерина Максимова, одна из выдающихся совет
ских балерин.
— И нтересно, что она пишет в статье.
— Она считает, что телевидение долж но больше ста
вить камерные балеты с небольшим числом персона
ж ей, простым сюжетом (plot) и единым местом д ей
ствия (the sam e scene [si:n ]).
— Я с ней согласен. На телеэкране лучше показывать
камерные балеты. Кроме того, можно будет при
влечь больше талантливых молодых танцоров и тан
цовщиц.
— Борис, насколько я знаю, по ваш ему телевидению де
тям не показывают фильмы об убийствах и уж асах.
— Мы стараемся такие фильмы не показывать и взрос
лым. Детективные (detective [d i'tektiv]) фильмы
есть и у нас, но преступления и убийства рассматри
ваются в них как антигуманные и антисоциальные
действия.
— Есть ли в наличии материал об использовании теле
видения для учебных целей?
— Д а, конечно. Вы можете получить его в нашей биб
лиотеке.
— Насколько я помню, вы собирались проконсультиро
ваться со своими коллегами об использовании у ч еб
ных телепрограмм на занятиях по географии и би о
логии.
— Я советовался с ними, и мы намерены провести экс
перимент в этом учебном году (school year).
— Подтвердил ли г-н Браун нашу договоренность
письмом?
— Д а, письмо было получено вчера.
Exercise 16. Read and translate this conversation. Dramatize it.
Mr Page, the owner of the local newspaper “T he N orth
ern Light”, receives two visitors, Mr Smith and Mr N ye, rep
resentatives of the newspaper tycoon Som erville, who wants
to buy Mr P age’s paper.
S m ith : Mr Page, may I say that we approach you in the
m ost cordial and friendly spirit. You know, of course, the
reason for our being here. T he Som erville group is very
in terested in your publication.
Page: What I cannot understand is w hy there should be this
interest in “T he Northern Light” .
S m ith : We are anxious to expand. A lso we know the
reputation of your paper, Mr Page.
Page: You believe that to be good?
Sm ith: We do, sir. We consider “T he Northern Light”
ab solutely first in its own class.
Page: T hen why should I sell it?
Sm ith: I w ill tell you, Mr Page. We know yo u ’ve done w ell.
But tim es are changing fast. There are only half a dozen
independent papers of your type left in the provinces
and, I promise you, w ithin two or three years they will
all be absorbed. We estim ate that your entire property is
worth seventy-five thousand pounds. I am now
authorized to increase the amount.
Page: I ’ve no quarrel with you, gentlem en. You are only
doing your job. S till... you must realize w hat’s happening
to our press today. A few powerful groups are reaching
out for every paper th ey want with the objective to
increase circulation and outsell their rivals in the cut
throat com petition that now exists.
W e, all of us, know the power of the press. It can make
or break an individual, create or destroy a governm ent, it
m ay even start a new war. It’s the application of this
power by certain papers with enormous national coverage
that is the curse of our country today and may well be its
ruination tomorrow.
Nye (breakin g in ): I suppose you exem pt your own paper
from this ruination business.
Page: I do. In its own lim ited sphere it follows the papers
that lead and educate the people, and try to create
in telligen t citizen s, rather than a nation of gaping
prim itives reared on a mixture of sex , sensation and
scandalous gossip.
Nye: Let me inform you that sex and m oney are the two
581
main objectives of the human race. What do you think a
working man wants with his morning cup of tea at six
o ’clock on a foggy morning? Not the soapy serm on that
you serve up but the bit of spice we give him in the
“Gazette**.
Page: Even if I were desperate to sell I would never sell it to
the “Gazette**.
Sm ith: D on’t le t’s be hasty. Take a few days to think things
over.
Page: N o, my decision is final.
Nye: Then w e ’ll have to see that you. get a little extra
com petition. A nd believe me it will be hot and strong.
(After “The Northern Light” by A. J. Cronin)
Exercise 17. Make up dialogues based on this picture.
1. T he Gerund (Герундий)
Герундий, как и причастие и инфинитив, — неличная
форма глагола. В русском языке нет соответствующ ей гла
гольной формы.
Герундий обладает свойствами как глагола, так и су
ществительного.
1) Свойства глагола.
Active Passive
583
2. Как и глагол, герундий может принимать прямое до
полнение.
I am sorry for having m issed your lecture. Извините, что я
не был на вашей лекции.
3. Герундий, как и глагол, может определяться наре
чием.
I do not like your com in g late every tim e. Мне не нравится,
что вы каждый раз приходите поздно (опаздываете).
584
I remember telling him about the m eeting. Я помню, что я ‘
сказал ему о собрании.
It was a pleasure hearing you sing. Было очень приятно ус
лышать, как вы поете.
б) предложного.
She thanked him fo r having h elped her. Она поблагодарила
его за то, что он помог ей.
5) о п р е д е л е н и я .
Do you know the reason for his giving up the studies?
Зн аете ли вы, почем у он бросил заниматься?
What is their plan for solving these problems? Какой у
них план решения этих задач (проблем)?
6) о б с т о я т е л ь с т в а .
Не left the room without saying a word. Он вышел из
комнаты, не сказав ни слова.
586
5. после предлогов: after, before, besides кром е, поми
м о, instead of вм ест о т ого, чт обы , on, without без т о го ,
чт обы , by и др.
On receiving the telegram Mr Bailey left for London. Пол
учив (после того, как он получил) телеграмму, г-н
Бейли выехал в Лондон.
John left the room without s aying a word. Джон вышел из
комнаты, не сказав ни слова.
ПРИМЕЧАНИЯ: 1. Как видно из приведенных выше примеров, ге
рундий может переводиться на русский язык существительным, инф ини
тивом, деепричастием или придаточным предложением.
2. После глаголов to stop, to rem em ber, to forget и др. может упот
ребляться как герундий, так и инфинитив. Следует обратить внимание на
различия в значениях действий, выраженных герундием и инфинитивом.
Сравните:
Gerund Infinitive
When he saw his father enter the Before entering his father's house he
room he stopped smoking. stopped to sm oke. П режде чем
Когда он увидел, что отец войти в дом отца, он ост ановил
входит в комнату, он пере ся покурить, (сочетание с ин
ст ал курить, (сочетание с финитивом выражает цель дей
герундием выражает пре ствия)
кращение действия)
I remember sending the letter. Я I must remember to send the letter. Я
помню, что послал письмо. должен помнить о том, что нуж
но отправить письмо.
I shall never forget taking that Do not forget to come to the
examination. Никогда не за examination tomorrow. He забудь
буду, как я сдавал этот эк те прийти завтра на экзамен,
замен. (сочетание с герун (сочетание с инфинитивом обоз
дием обозначает прошед начает действие, которое долж
шее действие) но произойти в будущем)
Exercise 1. Read and translate these sentences. Define the functions of the
gerunds.
588
d) Y ou’ve told Ben about *t, haven’t you? .
Y es, of course. I couldn’t help telling him about it.
1. Y ou’ve encouraged Bill, haven’t you? 2. T hey agreed
with him , didn’t they? 3. H e changed his m ind, d id n ’t he? 4.
T h e y ’ve enjoyed the film , haven’t they?
e) I in sist that you should borrow books from the library.
I in sist on yoifr borrowing books from the library.
1. I insist that you should lend books to your friends. 2.
He in sists that John should apologize to them . 3. T h ey in sist
that he should exam ine the docum ents. 4. I insist that Mary
should forgive them.
f) You should think it over before you give an answer.
You should think it over before giving an answer.
1. You should collect the necessary material before you
start to write an essay. 2. You should reserve a hotel room
before you leave on business. 3. You should think the offer
over before you accept it.
g) I see no reason why they should leave tonight.
I see no reason for their leaving tonight.
1. I see no reason w hy they should criticize him. 2. He
gave up all hope that he would see them again. 3. I d on’t like
the idea that I should do everything m yself. 4. There is a
way this problem can be settled.
h) I suppose Mr N elson saw the manager before leaving?
No, he left without seeing the manager.
1. I suppose Mrs Blake left a m essage before going away?
2. I suppose he thought the offer over before accepting it? 3.
I suppose you made an appointment with him before going to
see him? 4. I suppose you made som e changes before
handing the paper?
Exercise 4. Complete these sentences using gerunds.
1. T h e telephone w ent on ... (to ring) 2, Will you please
stop ... ? (to read) 3. Would you mind ... ? (to repeat) 4.
Your idea is worth ... (to consider) 5. Excuse my ... . (to
interrupt you) 6. He dislikes ... , (to deal with them) 7. He
gave up ... , (to learn French) 8. He does not feel like... . (to
go into politics) 9. He couldn’t help ... . (to agree with them)
Exercise 5. Make up sentences using gerunds after these words and word
combinations.
to start, to enjoy, to remember, to mind, to be busy, to be
tired of, it’s a pleasure, to thank for, to congratulate on, to
589
depend on, plan for, reason for, before, instead of, besid es,
without.
II. TEXT
591
E xercise 1. Make up sentences using the table and translate them.
594
inhuman [m'hjirman] а бесчеловеч fellow men ближние, собратья; со
ный, жестокий, безжалостный отечественники
outlook ['autluk] n точка зрения,
кругозор; world outlook мировоз
зрение; a narrow (broad) outlook reasonable ['п:гэпэЫ] а разумный,
on life узкий (широкий) круго благоразумный; You should be
зор; узкий (широкий) взгляд на reasonable and ask Ben’s advice,
жизнь; Here was a man with а plead v (for smth., smb.) молить,
narrow outlook on life, просить (о чем-л., кого-л.)
h o rro r ['hora] n отвращение (и restore [ri'sto:] v восстанавливать
страх), ужас, омерзение; to effect [i'fekt] n действие, воздейст
one’s ho rro r к своему ужасу; То вие, влияние; to have an (some,
her horror Jane saw that her son’s little) effect on sm th., smb. ока
temperature had awfully risen, зывать (некоторое, небольшое)
h o rro r film фильм ужасов; A lot воздействие (влияние) на что-л.,
of horror films are shown on кого-л.; Hot weather had по effect
American television, on him.
madman ['maedmgn] n сумасшедший write off v списать
failure ['feiljo] n неудача, провал
E xercise 5. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
A POOL OF BRAINS
* * *
597
little man with an inhuman outlook on life. Everything he said
was so reasonable, so logical and so business-lik e, that it
made the horror worse. Here was no madman, just a man to
whom his fellow men were so much raw material.
“But can’t you let any of these people go?” she asked.
“That would be unreasonable. But you are pleading for
your husband, I understand. I admit I am very disappointed
in Thom as Betterton. I hoped that your presence here m ight
restore him to his brilliance. But your coming seem s to have
had little or no effect.”
“There are birds that cannot sing in cap tivity,” 5 said
Hilary. “Write off Thom as Betterton as one of your failures.
Let him return hom e.”
“That would hardly do, 6 Madame, I am not yet prepared
to have knowledge of this place broadcast to the g lob e,”
Aristides said.
(From “Destination Unknown” 7, by Agatha Christie)
N am es
Thom as Betterton ['tomss 'betatn] Томас Бетертон
Hilary Graven ['h ilsri 'greivn] Хилэри Грейвн
Aristides [,aeris'taidi:z ] Эристайдиз
N otes
1. T he BIS (British Intelligence [in'tehd33ns ] Service) Р аз
ведывательная служ ба Великобритании
2. are all here in my keeping все здесь у меня (содержат
ся здесь у меня)
3. True up to a point. Д о некоторой степени это так (это
правильно).
4. they are arriving at a state where obedience can be
assured without affecting mental brilliance они (хирур
ги) подходят к такому этапу, когда (в результате оп е
рации) можно обеспечить покорность, не затронув (не
повредив) гениальные способности
5. There are birds that cannot sing in captivity
[kaep'tivati ]. Есть птицы, которые не поют (не могут
петь) в неволе.
6. That would hardly do. Вряд ли это возможно.
7. “D estination [,d esti'n eifn ] Unknown” «Место назначе
ния (прибытия) неизвестно»
Exercise 6. Read and translate the text.
598
Exercise 7. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1. решают, чтобы Хилэри Грейвн заменила миссис Бе-
тертон. 2. из разговора она узнает, что собой представляет.
3. Конечно. Иначе это не имело бы смысла. 4. Здесь я
встречаю не очень много умных людей. 5. Не считаете ли
вы это естественным? 6. что отвращение (ужас) возросло
(возрос).
Exercise 8. Give Russian equivalents for these sentences.
1. The BIS agents follow Mrs Betterton to Africa. 2. as the
latter resem bles Mrs Betterton very much. 3. I buy them with
safety — those that have broken the law. 4. There m ay have
to be a certain conditioning, shall we say? 5. After the
operation the patient has no more desire to commit suicide. 6.
Hilary felt a deep horror of this sm iling, yellow -faced little
man with an inhuman outlook on life.
Exercise 9. Answer these questions.
1. Why did the BIS decide to substitute Hilary Graven for
Mrs Betterton? 2. What made A ristides start collecting
“brains”? 3. What did A ristides mean by saying “otherw ise it
would make no s e n se ”? 4. How did Aristides get the young
scientists to come ti the Unit? 5. In what cases did Aristides
allow wives to come to the Unit? 6. Do you share A ristides’s
opinion that “if the bird has all it needs it forgets in the end
that it was ever free”? 7. What did H ilary mean by saying “a
contented animal will never produce creative work of real
brilliance”? 8. What do you think of Aristides? 9. Could
som ething of the kind happen in reality?
Exercise 10. Make up sentences using the tables and translate them.
their continuing the research
P eter’s substituting for John
a) He insisted on while the latter was away.
T hey objected to Dr Bray’s operating on Bill,
their supp lyin g the new colleges
with books and magazines.
following the old man.
carrying out those experim ents,
b)I did not feel like making another suggestion to
He them.
substituting for Mr Parker.
in reality [ri'ael:ti] в действительности
599
accepting their invitation,
telling them about our latest
achievem ents,
с) Не couldn’t help making somemore
Michael experim ents.
performing that operation,
telling them they were safe.
Exercise 11. Make the necessary substitutions and reproduce the dialogues.
600
dull, certain, experim ents, properly, sen se, to follow, to
perform, to assure, operations, desire, achievem ents, like
Exercise 13. Make up twelve questions based on the text “A Pool of Brains”
and answer them.
Exercise 14, Insert prepositions or adverbs.
1. ... last the doctors agreed that an operation ... the
brain should be perform ed. 2. What w as Mr W illiam s
operated ......... ? 3. I am afraid your decision to give up
experim ents had no effect ... him. 4. “Do you mean it ’s
possible to buy scien tists ... any other goods?” asked
H ilary. 5. T he BIS agents were worried the disapperance
of Thom as Betterton as his research was connected ...
security m atters. 6. Do you think Dr Ingram w as
disappointed ... Dr N icholas after he learned ... the latter’s
decision to leave for home? 7. ... first nobody w anted to
supply them ... necessary inform ation. 8. You will be the
first to substitute ... the talented surgeon. 9. I assure you
he is a man ... narrow outlook... life. 10. T he young doctor
felt happy when he m anaged to cure his first patient ... a
serious d isease.
E xercise 15» Make up eleven sentences using these word combinations.
to be connected with, to learn about, to look like, to feel
like, to have an effect on smb. (sm th.), to be disappointed in,
to supply smth. to sm b., for a certain reason, to carry out an
experim ent, with a (broad) narrow outlook on life, to cure
smb. of smth.
Exercise 16. Transform these sentences into reported speech.
1. “I, have the finest art collection in Europe,” said
A ristides. 2. “If a nation wants a scientist it will have to com e
і
Exercise 18, Say if these statements are true or false. Give your reasons.
602
Чарльз. 2. «Молодой ученый, — говорил Эрнест Резерфорд
(Ernest Rutherford ['sim st 'rAcbfad]), выдающийся англий
ский ф изик, — должен иметь глубокие знания, творческий
ум (подход) и склонность (должен быть склонен) к прове
дению бесконечных (endless) экспериментов». 3. В послед
ние двадцать лет очень возросла «утечка мозгов» из разви
вающихся стран в США. 4. Он прочел письмо во второй
раз и снова не мог понять смысл последних фраз. 5. «Это
едва ли возможно. Как только вы согласитесь, вам сразу
ж е придется приступить к проведению экспериментов», —
сказал он, 6. «Сегодня я долж ен встретиться с г-ном Гри
ном. Что он собой представляет?» — спросил Петр. 7. Про
стите, но довольно трудно следить за ходом ваших рассуж
дений (следовать за вами). Повторите еще раз, пожалуй
ста. 8. Я никогда не думал, что он человек с узким круго
зором. 9. В силу каких-то причин письмо не оказало ника
кого воздействия на его сына. 10. П охож е на то, что будет
дождь, а у меня не желания промокнуть. 11. Вы не возра
ж аете, если вашего отца будет оперировать д-р Брэдли? 12.
Никогда не забуду, как я проводил свой первый опыт в ла
боратории.
Exercise 22. Debate these problems. Give your arguments “for” and
“against”.
The argument: key sentences.
603
E xercise 23. Speak on these topics.
L E S S O N SIX T E E N
604
wage v вести, проводить; to wage a step n мера, действие, шаг; to take
war {against smb.) вести войну steps принимать меры; I wonder
(против кого-л.) what steps they are going to take,
ruination [rui'neifn] n крушение proof n доказательство
(погибель) kill v убивать
enemy ['enami] h враг, противник
protection [pra'tekjn] n защ ита, ох budge [bAd3 ] v (в отриц. предл.) не
рана, предохранение; уступать
protection of the environm ent
plenty ['plenti] а многочисленный,
gap n разрыв обильный
developing [di'velapirj] country раз issue ['isju:J v выпускать, издавать;
вивающаяся страна to issue a statem ent опублико
вать заявление; When was the
broaden ['broidn] v расширять (ся) official statement issued?
hunger I'hArjga] n голод propose [prs'pouz] v предлагать,
вносить предложение; I propose
solve [solv] v решать, разрешать; that the meeting should be
to solve a problem (a difficulty, continued tomorrow. He proposed
etc.) решить проблему (найти to start at six o’clock,
выход из затруднения); 1 hope be at war находиться в состоянии
we shall be able to solve this prob войны
lem. get smth. out издавать что-л., опуб
obvious ['obvi9S] а ясный, понят ликовывать что-л.
ный; само собой разумеющийся discredit [dis'kredit] v дискредити
ровать, компрометировать
get down to sm th., to doing sm th.
браться за что-л., приступить к fair [fcaj а честный, справедливый
чему-л.; It’s high time to get realistic [ria'listik] а реалистиче
down to some good, hard work. ский, реалистичный
result [ri'ZAit] n результат, исход,
atomic bomb [a'tomik 'Ь э т ] атом следствие; I wonder whether the
ная бомба results of the competition were an
test v подвергать испытанию, ис nounced. to obtain good results
пытывать; проверять, опробо добиться хороших результатов
вать; The first atomic bomb was lock v зд. посадить в тюрьму
tested by the USA. a num ber of некоторое количество,
ряд; A number of books are
rumour ['ги:тэ] n слух, молва
missing from the library,
the military ['m ilitsri] n военные, project ['pnxfeekt] n проект, план;
военщина объект
drop v бросать, сбрасывать; to protest ['proutest] n протест, возра
drop a bomb сбросить бомбу жение
willing а готовый, склонный, распо
get together собираться, встречать ложенный, согласный (сделать
ся ч т о -л); Не is quite willing to help
scheme [skim] n план, проект, про you.
грамма
A. An Invitation to a C onference
Petrov: Petrov speaking.
M r D ixon: H ello, Mr Petrov. Can I speak to Mr Ivanov,
please?
605
P: Mr Ivanov is away and h e’ll be back at the end of next
week. Can I help you?
D: This is Dixon from the Department of T ransportation.1
I w onder w hether Mr Ivanov has received our invitation
to the C onference on “Transportation and the
Environm ent” ?
P: Y es, he received your invitation but unfortunately he
w on’t be able to com e, as h e ’ll be away at that time. I
believe h e’s sent you a letter to that effect.
D: T h a t’s too bad. Could som ebody else come?
P: I’ll speak to the C ounsellor and let you know later.
D: Thank you. Hope to hear from you soon. Bye.
P: Goodl>ye.
607
nothing, then all scien tists will be discredited. I sh an ’t
mind putting the statem ent out by m yself.
N am es
608
N otes
E xercise 6. What would you say if you took part in these dialogues?
Dramatize them.
610
А: ...
6. Q: Could you comment on the present international
situation?
A: ...
7. Q: What advantages do you see for m ankind in case of
detente?
A: ...
8. Q: Why are all progressive people for detente and
disarmament?
A: ...
9. Q: What schem e was proposed by the English scientists
in case an atomic bomb were used against Hitler?
A: ...
10. Q: What did Arthur M ounteney suggest?
A: ...
Q: Did other scien tists find his proposal realistic?
A: ...
11. Q: What was Martin E liot’s proposal?
A: ...
611
вы, получил ли г-н Королев наше приглашение при
сутствовать на открытии автомобильной выставки?
— Д а, он получил приглашение и послал подтвержде
ние вчера. Он сможет присутствовать на открытии
выставки. Он возвращается послезавтра.
— Спасибо.
2. — Я надеюсь, вам понравится этот станок (machine
[тз'$і:п ] tool).
— Это ваша последняя модель?
— Д а. Причем наш станок стоит деш евле, чем станки
других фирм.
— Есть ли у вас проспект?
— Вот, пожалуйста. Вы можете взять его.
— Спасибо. Я подумаю и сообщу вам на следующей не
деле о нашем решении.
3. — Международная обстановка ухудш ается <to worsen,
to deteriorate [d i'tiariareit]). Н еобходимо принять
меры, чтобы сохранить мир.
— Я считаю, что необходимо, чтобы восторжествовала
(победила) политика разрядки.
— Полностью с вами согласен. У нас нет иной альтер
нативы, кроме мирного сосуществования и разрядки.
— Только в условиях разрядки можно будет решить
многие проблемы, которые имеются у развивающих
ся стран.
— Д а, разрядка — это объективная реальность, и все
люди в мире должны понять это.
L E S S O N SEV E N T E E N
He looked ju st as he had
that, whether, if, аз, looked ten years before.
Predicative clause who, what, which, That was what she did
(предикативное when, where, how, that morning on
придаточное) why reaching home.
613
Type of clause Conjunctions, conjunc
(Тип придаточного tive words (Союзы и Examples
предложения) союзные слова)
614
Type of clause Conjunctions, conjunc
(Тип придаточного tive words (Союзы и Examples
предложения) союзные слова)
617
II. TEXT
* Only active words are given in the vocabulary of lesson 17. Look up the
words you do not know in the dictionary.
619
to spare smb. smth. (sm th. for влекать, смешить; His old jokes
smb.) уделять кому-л. что-л.; did hot amuse anyone,
Can you spare me a few minutes? I am using l3'mju:zii]J а забавный,
don’t think they can spare the time ■смешной; Did you find the story
for a holiday at present, amusing?
constituent [kan'stitjugnt] n избира investm ent [in'vestman] n капита
тель ловложение, помещение капита
constituency [kan'stitjuansi] n изби ла; инвестирование
рательный округ; What invest [in'vest] v помещать, вкла
constituency is Senator Garner дывать деньги, капитал
from? sub-com m ittee п подкомитет
have a word with smb. поговорить, easy а непринужденный, естествен
переговорить, побеседовать с ный; easy m anners непринуж
кем-л.; “ I’d like to have a word денные манеры; an easy voice
with him,” said Jane, естественный (непринужден
spoil (spoilt) v портить; Their ный) голос; I always liked his
holiday was spoilt by bad weather, easy manners. Take it easy. Отне
recognize ['rekagnaizj v узнавать; ситесь к этому спокойно (не
I’m sorry, I didn’t recognize your волнуйтесь, не принимайте
sister yesterday. She’s changed близко к сердцу)
beyond recognition, ease [i:z] п непринужденность, сво
vote n голосование; право избирать; бода; to be (to feel) at ease чув
Do women have the vote in Iran? ствовать себя свободно, непри
vote v голосовать; to vote for нужденно; Please do feel at ease
(against) smb., sm th. голосовать here, to be (to feel) ill at ease
за (против) кого-л., что-л.; Who чувствовать себя неловко, кон
are you going to vote for? фузиться, смущаться; I wondered
aware {a'wegj a (употр. предика why he felt so ill at ease the
т ивно) (о)сознающий (чт о-л.); presence of his teacher,
знающий (чт о-л.); осведомлен legitim ate [li'cfcitimit] а законный,
ный (о чем -л.)\ to be aware that правильный; Public money should
сознавать, что; отдавать себе от be used only for legitimate
чет в том, что; Are you aware that purposes.
the job will take you quite a time? tim etable ft расписание; Do you
to be aware of sm th.; Are you know the timetable for trains
aware of your failure? leaving for St. Petersburg?
plain a 1. ясный, явный; I suppose ru n for v баллотироваться ( на
the meaning is quite plain, isn’t it? пост), выставлять свою канди
2. простой, обычный; “I like датуру; to run for P resident (the
plain English cooking,” said Mr Presidency, etc.) выставлять
Smith. свою кандидатуру на пост пре
for the time being пока, до поры до зидента и т.п.; I wonder who is
времени going to run for President in the
association [э-sousi'eijn] п ассоциа 1988 election,
ция, связь (идей и т .п.); vague [veig] а неопределенный, не
pleasant (u npleasant) ясный, смутный, туманный; а
associations with sm th., smb.; I vague idea (answer, etc.) смут
have very pleasant associations ное представление (туманный
with this place, ответ и т.п.); I am sorry to say ї
slender а стройный, изящный; have only a vague idea of what it
slender girl (figure); P eter’s means.
sister was a tall slender girl, disclose [dis'klouz] v раскрывать; to
a/nuse [3'mju:z] v забавлять, раз refuse to disclose one’s nam e
and addres [a'dres] отказаться
620
назвать свою фамилию и адрес; h onest ['anist] а честный; He was
to disclose a secret poor but honest,
source [sd:s] n источник; a source bribe n взятка
of information, of knowledge; a attem pt [9'tempt] v пытаться, про
reliable [ri'laiabl] (unreliable) бовать, сделать попытку; to
source источник, заслуживаю- attem pt to do smth.; They
щий доверия (не заслуживаю attempted to come to an agreement
щий доверия); Are you sure the with the firm but failed,
news comes from a reliable source? attem pt n попытка, проба; to make
campaign [kam'pein] n кампания; an attem pt to do sm th. (at doing
an election (a political, a smth.) совершить попытку сде
national) campaign; to sta rt (to лать что-л.; They made no
hold) a campaign начать (прово attempt to settle the matter.
дить) кампанию; The election
campaign has just started,
statesm an n государственный дея
тель
Exercise 6. Read and translate these sentences. Pay attention to active words
and word combinations.
1. Do you think the Senators will approve the bill
submitted by the President? 2. 1 suggest we should restrict
discussion to two main problems. 3. One third of senators and
all congressmen are elected to Congress every two years. 4.
The journalists said that Eisenhower had won the Republican
nomination and then the Presidency because of his great
popularity and fam e as a war hero. 5. Who do you think will
be nominated for President in 1992 in the USA? 6. He
sounded, he knew, as if he were seeking votes. 7. T he Senator
turned to Peter, “ But surely you will want to do som ething
more than raise m on ey.” 8. Jane accepted an invitation to
have lunch with them after she had sent some papers to one
of the Senator’s constituents. 9. In fact, except for a telegram
of congratulations in Novem ber, the Senator had not heard
from Clay since the election. 10. Burden looked at the
photograph: in the uniform of a colonel*, Clay shook the hand
of General MacArthur, who was congratulating the Senator-
elect. 11. Aware at last of the other’ nature, Peter realized
that Harold had never been his friend. 12. “How do you mean
that?” Peter asked her. “It’s plain that your father loves Clay
more than y o u ,” answ ered Diana. 13. He said h e ’d thought it
over and decided not to run for he Senate in the coming
election. 14. “I plan to write a book”, Clay added, he was
very much at case. 15. “W hat’s your tim etable for next
week?” his m other asked him.
621
SENATOR FOR SALE1
622
Squaring shoulders and breathing deeply, Burden nodded
to the huge Capitol policeman who guarded the door of the
cloakroom and stepped into the world of the Senate.
T he cloakroom, narrow as a corridor, ran the length of the
Senate C ham ber.7 Here, amid black leather sofas and writing
tables, the Senators of his party gossiped and politicked.
When Burden made his entrance, he was given a playful
ovation. Happy, Burden drank a glass of soda-water and
listened to praise.
“Best thing w e’ve done in twenty years, and it’s all your
d oing.”
“ P resid en t’s sworn to have your neck if it ’s the last thing
he ever does ...”
“ ... will be the last. Old Burden’ll lick him every time ...”
“ Burden can lick the President in 1940. T h at’s our year.”
“Why spoil a good Senator by making a President out of
him ?”
T hen they were joined by the senior Senator from
Burden’s state. H e took Burden’s hand in his own. “Y ou’re
going to be the P resident, all right* T h at’s as clear as day.
Now I’ve got some advice for you ...”
Burden sm iled and listened until a pale-faced page came
to tell him , “ The V ice-President is on the floor.8 H e’d like to
have a word with you, Senator.”
Burden slipped away from his admirers. At the glass doors
of the Senate Cham ber, he paused to straighten his tie,
arrange hair. Then he stepped on the floor of the Senate, and
was home.
Careful not to look at the gallery, Burden walked up the
aisle to his seat, chin held high so that he would be
recognized. H e was. There was a patter of applause. There
were several men in the press box, w hile the gallery was
perhaps a third full, which was remarkable on a day when
there was neither a debate nor a vote. Evidently the people
had com e to see him , and the Senate which had humbled the
President. Several Senators stopped to congratulate him, each
aware of the hundreds of watching eyes.
T hen Burden saw the V ice-President. H e was not in the
chair but beside it, talking to a group of Senators. The V ice-
President and Burden exchanged a few words. But what the
exchange meant was plain to those who understood the
workings of The C lub9. T h e V ice-President had allied him self
with Burden D ay. T hey were one, for the time being. That
was better than Burden had hoped. With the V ice-President’s
support in 1940, the thing was his.
623
D elighted Burden returned to the cloakroom. He was
halfway to the main door when Clay joined him. “What did
the V ice-P resident say?” he asked.
“H e’s with us. All the w a y ,” Burden answered.
624
“ I’m a businessm an. Now I have spoken very directly to
you, Senator. I have been com pletely h on est.”
“Y es, you have. And do you know the penalty for
bribing... for attem pting to bribe a member of C ongress?”
“Among my many friends there are law yers,” Mr N illson
was genuinely am used. “I know the law’s penalties. Also the
world’s rewards. I wish you would think seriously about what
I said to you the other d a y .”
Burden felt him self losing control again, “There is nothing
to think about. I don ’t ta k e...” he found him self lowering his
voice automatically even though no one was within earshot,
“b rib es.”
“O th ers...”
“ I d on ’t care what others d o .”
“ Is an investm ent in your career a bribe? A contribution
to electing you President, is that a bribe? How do you think
money is ever raised for a national campaign? Anyway,
should I invest in your future^ I shall demand a good deal less
of you than, saVi the CIO or the N ational Association of
Manufacturers. ” * .
“I am not for sale, Mr N illso n .”
“I don’t want to buy you, Senator,” The easy voice was as
cold now as his own. “ I will give you the money that you need
if you make it possible for me to buy what I want. That is a
legitim ate exchange and it is called “bu sin ess”, I only want
your sub-com m ittee not to object to my buying a hundred
thousand acres of Indian la n d .”
Burden’s Packard arrived, and he got in without a word.
N ow , Burden told him self, he must think, plan for the
future, devise a tim etable extending from this very moment to
that day in N ovem ber of 1940 when he would run for
President. First he would talk to Blaise Sanford about m oney.
Then he would go to William Randolph Hearst and make it
perfectly clear that... His m ind shifted stubbornly: despite the
boldness of Mr N illso n ’s offer (and the assum ption behind it)
he had never in his life taken a bribe. At worst he had
accepted campaign m oney with the vague understanding that
he might som e day be of use to the donor, a disagreeable pro
cedure but the way things were done in the Republic. Mr
N illson, however, had offered a straightforward bribe.
Had other Senators been approached? Senators seldom
discussed such things. He recalled the embarrassment that
they had all felt when a famous but poor member of the Club
had died and his widow discovered eight hundred thousand
dollars in a safety deposit box. “W ell,” Burden had said to a
625
21 Практический курс английского языка
colleague when this was m entioned in the Senate dining
room. “W ell,” the colleague had replied.
(From “Washington, D. C .” by Gore Vidal)
N am es
Burden [ba:dn ] Day Берден Дей
C lay Overbury ['ouvsbsri ] Клей Овербери
Mrs Blaine миссис Блейн
W illiam Randolph H earst ['raendo'lf h s:st] Уильям Ран
дольф Херст (американский газетный магнат)
Blaise [b leiz] Sandford Блейз Сэндфорд
N otes
1. Senator for Sale. Продается сенатор.
2. T he fat cats love you. Жирные коты (зд . крупные капи
талисты) любят вас.
3. the Supreme Cot [sju'pri:m 'ko:t] Верховный суд
4. elevator ['elsv ] n A m . лифт (.Br. lift)
5. the Senate Office Building здание, в котором размещ е
ны рабочие кабинеты сенаторов
6. the Capitol ['kaepitl ] Капитолий (здание конгресса
США)
7. the Senate Chamber зал заседаний сената
8. T he V ice-P resident is on the floor, зд. Вице-президент
в зале заседаний.
9. the Club — закрытый клуб, членами которого являют
ся наиболее влиятельные сенаторы
10 .th e Day for P resident.
Автор использует игру слов: day день и Day — фами
лия сенатора.
11. Who the hell are you? груб. Кто вы, черт вас подери?
12. the CIO (C ongress of Industrial Organizations) КПП
(Конгресс производственных профсоюзов)
13. the N ational A ssociation of Manufacturers Националь
ная ассоциация предпринимателей
Exercise 7. Read and translate the text.
Exercise 8. Find in the text English equivalents for these word combinations
and sentences.
1. таким образом ограничив права президента. 2, для
того, чтобы быть выдвинутым и победить на выборах. 3.
подобрать журналистов. 4. если он может уделить ему вре
626
мя. 5. В данный момент они составляли единое целое. 6. Я
никогда не раскрываю свои источники. 7. за попытку дать
взятку члену конгресса. 8. составить расписание, начиная
с данного момента.
Exercise 9. Give Russian equivalents for these sentences.
1. Senator Burden m ade a brilliant speech in the Senate
and actually killed the bill submitted by the President. 2.
W ell, at least w e’ve got three years to raise the m oney. 3.
Clay showed him telegrams of congratulations and invitations
to speak. 4. They rode with a new Senator and three of his
constituents. 5. Several Senators stopped to congratulate him ,
each aware of the hundreds of watching eyes. 6. which was
remarkable on a day when there was neither a debate no a
vote. 7. I would certainly vote for you. 8. Also the w orld’s
rewards. 9. At worst he had accepted campaign m oney with
the vague understanding that he might some day be of use to
the donor.
Exercise 12. Make up sentences using the tables and translate them.
627
21*
President?
a) Who do you think will be elected Chairman?
Dean?
b) T he bill
T heir plan was approved yesterday.
Our project
His proposal
the Presidency?
the Senate?
c) Who do they intend to the House of Representatives?
nom inate for Parliament?
the Supreme Soviet?
an explanation?
d) Are you seeking publicity?
som ebody’s help?
her illness?
his failure?
e) Are you aware of their friendship?
his honesty?
to settle the matter?
f) Did they make to come to an agreement?
an attempt to disclose the source?
to raise money?
the Presidency?
g) Who is going to run for President?
the Senate?
h) Everyone
Jane always felt at ease in their home.
Jim
Peter
Exercise 13. Make up ten questions based on the text and answer them.
Exercise 14. Give a summary of the text.
Exercise 15. Insert the words given below.
1. “Clay has just announced that h e’ll .........the Senate if
I don’t run a g a in ,” said Burden. 2. It was now ... to Peter that
Clay would win the election. 3. “The Senator’s not directly
involved, is he?” “N o, but to the extent that Mr N illson ...
m oney for him, h e ’s involved.” 4. “ 1 d id n ’t expect to see you
628
h ere.” She was ... . 5. “Two years ago we approved a post-war
international organization.” “But you d id n ’t... . ” 6. You
sh ould n ’t hurry. Everything should be done ... . ” 7.
“Senator, there’ll be joint session tomorrow at twelve-thirty.
... will sp eak ,” he said. 8. T hey cam e here ... of Mrs
Sandford. 9. The Chairman made ... for quiet. 10. I did not
find the story ... at all. 11. He was aware of the pleasant ...
the old man had with that place.
vote, am used, President, am using, plain, to raise,
C ongress, at the request, associations, step by step, to run
for, a request
Exercise 16. Insert articles where necessary. Give a summary of the text and
discuss it.
“Could I have ... word with y o u ,” Clay heard ... easy
voice. Clay turned and recognized ... Congressman repre
senting som e western constituency.
“ I’m for Burden,” said ... Congressm an. ... statem ent did
not sound true.
C lay knew that ... C ongressm an’s constituency was in
favour of ... Secretary of State who was also running for ...
Presidency.
... Congressman went o n ,”... lot of fellows in this room
might support Burden if h e ’d make ... little effort to woo*
th em .”
C lay was silent w aiting. No politician ever spoke for
another politician. “T h ey ” usually m eant “I ”.
“ For instance, there’s been som e concern about Burden’s
dealings with ... certain Ed N illson .”
“What about them ?” asked Clay.
“ W hat about them ?” ... red face was suddenly near his.
“N othing much to te ll,” Clay said. “Ed came to ...
Senator, oh, ... couple of years ago. He wanted to help out.
And h e ’s helped us ... lo t.”
“You know I got som e Indians in my district. They are ...
salt of the earth, those fellow s. In fact I’m one-eighth Indian
m y self.” Clay knew it was fashionable for ... W esterners to
claim ... drop or two of Indian blood. Then they could
consider them selves ... original Americans. “Well, I am aware
of ... fact that ... certain sub-com m ittee allowed some rich
Indian lands to be sold to one Edgar N illson who then became
... treasurer of ... James Burden Day for President
C om m ittee,” said ... Congressm an.
629
Clay said, “I’m not sure I understand you .”
... Congressm an replied, “Our friend Burden was ...
chairman of that Senate sub-com m ittee.”
“As far as I remember he was out of ... country at that
time. He was in Canada if Г т not m istaken.”
“ T hat’s right. But just before he went to Canada, he
phoned one of ... Senators on ... sub-com m ittee and told him
how important it was that Mr N illson be allowed to buy that
Indian land. By the way, there was a recording device
attached to ... Senator’s private telephone and their
conversation was recorded. That Senator’s secretary has got
the tap e.”
C lay’s hands went cold. His career in ... politics was
ended before it ever began.
“ N ow .” said ... Congressm an. “I might help you obtain
the tape. I think we could come to ... agreem ent. Now I
happen to have a friend who has ... interest in ... few acres of
land next to Ed N illso n ’s. H e’d like to sell it to him at ...
reasonable price.”
“O kay,” said C lay, “I’ll talk to Ed tomorrow.”
“Tell him to call me at home. I’ll be waiting for E d’s call.”
(From “Washington, D. C .” by Gore Vidal)
631
1. Одна треть сенаторов и все члены палаты представи
телей (конгрессмены) переизбираются каждые два года. 2.
Сначала республиканская и демократическая партии вы
двигают по несколько кандидатов в президенты. После
предварительных выборов (primaries ['praim ariz]) каждая
партия обычно оставляет по одному кандидату. 3. Н а
сколько я знаю, этот законопроект должен быть одобрен
как палатой представителей, так и сенатом. 4. Его вопрос
прозвучал так, как будто бы он хотел получить объяснение
(искал объяснения). 5. Сенатор Д ей был удивлен, что Клей
не писал ему с тех пор, как прислал поздравительную те
леграмму после выборов. 6. Почему бы не добиваться дели
постепенно? Вы должны знать (понимать), что вам потре
буется потратить много времени и усилий. 7. Питер отка
зался раскрыть источник, из которого он узнал, что в свое
время сенатор Д ей получил взятку от Нилсона. 8. Вначале
Клею было не по себе в доме Сэндфорда, но затем преус
певающий молодой человек (a young man on the rise) по
чувствовал себя как дома среди сенаторов, конгрессменов и
бизнесменов. 9. Н е дум аю , что он раскроет источник ин
формации, даж е по вашей просьбе. 10. Как вы думаете,
удалось ли П ейджу собрать деньги, чтобы продолжить и з
дание своей газеты? 11. В повести Драйзера «Западня»
(“Will You Walk into My Parlor?” ) рассказывается о том,
как противники честного кандидата пытаются вручить ему
взятку и дискредитировать его.
E xercise 23. Give a summary of the excerpt. Use active words and word
combinations.
В одно прекрасное утро Вилли проснулся кандидатом в
губернаторы. Конечно, баллотироваться в губернаторы —
не бог весть какое достиж ение. Каждый, кто мог наскрести
несколько долларов на квалификационный взнос, имел
право выставить свою кандидатуру и полюбоваться на
свою фамилию в избирательном списке (ballot ['baebt ]).
Но с Вилли дело обстояло несколько иначе.
В нашем штате демократы разбились на две основные
фракции — Д ж о Гаррисона и Макмерфи, Д ж о Гаррисон
был губернатором раньше, а Макмерфи — теперь и хотел
остаться на этом посту. Гаррисона, человека городского,
поддерживали, практически, только крупные города. З а
Макмерфи стояли сельские местности и маленькие города.
Шансы были примерно равные.
К ому-то из команды Гаррисона пришел в голову сме
лый план — выдвинуть еще одного кандидата, пешку
632
(pawn [рэ:п]), которая отобрала бы у Макмерфи часть го
лосов. Для этого требовался человек, популярный в про
винции. Таким был Вилли, за которого проголосовали бы
многие на севере штата. Выяснилось, что ему даж е не
предлагали сделки. План был разработан заранее. В Мей-
зон-С ити к нему приехали на прекрасной машине несколь
ко столичных джентльменов в полосатых брюках.
Вилли подстригся (he had his hair trim m ed), приобрел
новую шляпу, новый портфель, куда был положен текст
его речи, его окружили новые друзья, а один из них, руко
водитель предвыборной кампании Крошка Дафи, представ
ляя его, лучезарно улыбался и говорил: «Познакомьтесь с
Вилли Старком, будущ им губернатором штата». И Вилли
полагал, что все было законно. Он ни о чем не догадывал
ся. Его речи представляли собой мешанину фактов и цифр
и туманных обещаний.
Пока он выступал в своем округе, его речи производи
ли впечатление. Но вскоре Вилли перебрался в централь
ную часть штата, и тут у него начались неприятности. Его
не слуш али. Он не мог понять, в чем дело, но часто ему
бывало не по себе.
В Скидморе Вилли заш ел в номер к Д ж еку Вердену, со
провождавшему его корреспонденту «Кроникл».
— Человеку не обязательно быть губернатором, — про
изнес Вилли.
Тут как раз и вошла Сэди Берк, которая входила в чис
ло новых друзей Вилли и исполняла обязанности секретаря
Д аф и.
Она остановилась на полпути и спросила:
— Что случилось?
— Ничего особенного, просто Вилли сказал, что ему не
быть губернатором.
— Значит, вы рассказали ему. — Сэди посмотрела на
Дж ека.
— Ни черта, — ответил Дж ек. — Я никогда ничего не
рассказываю. Я слушаю.
— Кто тебе сказал? — обратилась она к Вилли.
— Что сказал? — спросил Вилли, пристально глядя на
нее.
— Н у что ж е, растяпа (You dope!), — сказала она, —
тебя надули! (You’ve been made a fool of!)
— Надули?
— Д а, они хотели, чтобы ты отнял голоса у Макмерфи.
В провинции. Теперь ты понял? — сказала Сэди.
— Это правда? — спросил он Джека.
633
— Н е знаю , ходят такие слухи (rumours are getting
ab o u t), — ответил Берден несколько смущенно.
(По роману Роберта Уоррена «Вся королевская рать»)
E xercise 24. D ebate these problems. Give your arguments “for” and
“against”.
The argument: key sentences.
1. D eputies should serve the interests of the people.
2. C itizens of R ussia are equal before the law.
3. E lections in R ussia are equal: each citizen has one vote.
T here are no election qualifications.
4. All parties in the USA have the right to nominate
candidates for the Presidency.
The counter-argument: key sentences.
1. Senators and Congressm en serve the interests of Big
B usiness.
2. N ot all citizens in the USA have the right to elect and
be elected. T here are a number of election qualifications.
Exercise 25. Speak on these topics.
1. T he recent elections in Great Britain (the U SA ). 2 T he
role of Big B usiness in the political life of the USA (Great
Britain and other capitalist countries).
L E S S O N E IG H T E E N
636
present Parliam ent. After that the election date is fixed.
Then com es the nom ination of candidates for the H ouse
of Commons.
Notes
1. make the use of the tide when it ’s flowing for you исполь
зовать удобный момент, воспользоваться удобным
случаем
2. commit fa u x p a s [fo:'p:] (франц.-англ. false step) совер
шить ошибку
3. that long так долго
4. next T uesday имеется в виду первый вторник после
первого понедельника в ноябре
5. the Electoral C ollege выборщики, непосредственно голо
сующ ие при косвенных выборах за кандидатуру на
пост президента
Exercise 1. Read and translate the dialogues.
Exercise 2. Find in the dialogues English equivalents for these word
combinations and sentences.
1. Д анное правительство может находиться у власти
еще почти год. 2. в самый благоприятный момент для себя.
3. Количество безработных немного сократилось. 4. «Н е
устойчивые избиратели» решают вопрос. 5. Королева дол
жна согласиться на роспуск действующего парламента. 6 Г
Лидер партии большинства формирует кабинет. 7. ценз
оседлости. 8. Я не совсем понимаю роль первичных выбо
ров. 9. И збиратели будут выбирать выборщиков. 10. Вновь
избранный президент будет торжественно введен в долж -
638
ность. 11. ценз оседлости, который колеблется от шести
месяцев до двух лет.
Exercise 3. Quote the sentences in which these words and word combinations
are used and translate them.
/
E xercise 4. Write out all the complex sentences from the dialogues, define the
subordinate clauses and translate them.
10. A: For how long does Parliam ent in Great Britain hold
office?
B: For five years unless it is dissolved sooner.
640
11. A : Do you happen to know the latest data on
unem ploym ent in England?
В: Y esterday I read an article which says the number
of the unem ployed has gone up considerably. I
don’t remember the exact figures.
13. A : What is the total num ber of the Congressm en? D oes
it vary from election to election?
B: N o, it d o esn ’t. It’s a fixed number of 435.
A ; Is the number of Senators also fixed?
В : Y es, there are a hundred Senators in the Senate:
two from each state,
14. A ; For what term are Senators elected?
B: For a six -y ea r term. Every two years one third of
the Senate is re-elected.
E xercise 7. W hat would you say if you took part in these dialogues?
Dramatize them.
* data данные
** to recall a deputy отозвать депутата
641
В: ...
A: Who do you think will run for the Presidency from
the Democratic party in the com ing election?
B: ...
ф♦ ♦
643
N: N o, not too often.
А : Борьба во время избирательной кампании идет в
основном м еж ду консервативной и лейбористской
партиями, не так ли?
N: Y es. T h ese two parties are the main contestants * in
alm ost every election campaign.
А: Кто считается избранным после подсчета голосов?
N : U sually the candidate who receives the largest
num ber of votes is elected: th e w inner may have
much less than half of the votes, le t’s say 35 per
cen t, but he is elected nevertheless.
А: И меет ли шансы быть избранным кандидат, не
принадлежащ ий ни к одной из основных партий?
N: Practically none. N o candidate has a chance of
being elected except as a candidate backed by
either of the main parties.
А: Кто помогает кандидату проводить кампанию?
N : A local party organization w hose first task ** is to
nom inate a candidate.
А ; Всегда ли кандидат выдвигается местной организа
цией?
N: N ot alw ays. More often it is the central organization
that recom m ends its own candidate.
А : Есть ли в Англии избирательные округа, которые
всегда голосуют либо за консерваторов, либо за
лейбористов?
N: Y es, there are som e.
А : Кто мож ет избирать в парламент?
N: Everyone w ho has reached the age of eighteen,
except lunatics and also peers, w ho already have
seats in the H ouse of Lords.
А : Кто ещ е не им еет права быть избранным?
N: All G overnm ent em ployees, clergym en, m inisters
of the Church of England and Roman Catholic
priests.
Exercise 11. Translate into English. -і
644
Б: И з двух палат.
3. А: Как часто проводятся выборы в Парламент?
Б : Каждые пять лет по истечении срока его работы
(полномочий).
4. А: Кем принимаются законы в России?
Б : Парламентом, поскольку он является высшим за -
конодательным органом страны.
А: Когда закон считается принятым?
Б : Если законопроект одобрен обеими палатами.
5. А: Кому принадлежит исполнительная власть в Рос
сии?
Б : Правительству.
6. А: Какие функции у президента Соединенных Ш та
тов?
Б : П резиденту принадлежит исполнительная власть.
Он такж е является Главнокомандующим армии
США (C om m ander-in-C hief),
7. А : Какие ограничения сущ ествую т для избирателей
в Соединенных Ш татах?
Б: Насколько мне известно, это ценз оседлости и об
разовательный ценз.
8. А : На какой срок избираются конгрессмены?
Б : На два года.
E xercise 12. Read an excerpt from the screenplay “Left, Right and C entre” .
Dramatize it.
Robert W ilcot, Conservative candidate for M. P. (M ember
of Parliam ent), comes to see his uncle, Lord Wilcot, a rich but
stingy landowner.
Ьогф W ilcot: Г m expecting a bumper season * and thanks to
you.
R obert: Thanks to me?
L o rd W ilcot: Y es. R ecom m endig you as a candidate was my
b iggest brain wave. **
R obert: I don’t quite follow you, sir.
L o rd W ilcot: Oh, fam ous TV personality Bobby Wilcot as a
candidate — Wilcot Priory *** is bound to get a
*: bumper season эд. небывалый приток посетителей
** biggest brain wave самая удачная мысль
*** Wncot Priory название родового имения лорда Уилкота
645
trem endous boost. Oh, there are endless possibilities. I
intend to revive the old -fash ioned hustings * here on the
grounds. We could charge at least a shilling a time for
your autograph. Tanner to m e, tanner to you. **
646
L ord W ilcot: Robert, Robert, w e are all governed by dead
ideas but w hen it comes to party programmes an idea is
not m erely to be dead, but to have lost all m eaning
before it has any chance of being adopted with real
enthusiasm . Rem em ber that, m y boy.
Exercise 13. Make up dialogues based on the picture, p. 298.
.
Exercise 14 Dramatize these situations.
1. Speak with a foreign colleague about the electoral,
system and the recent (coming) general election to the
Parliam ent.
2. D iscuss with a British colleague the British electoral
system and the recent (coming) general election to the House
of Commons.
3. D iscuss with an American colleague the US electoral
system and the recent (coming) presidential election.
U S T OF ABBREVIATIONS
647
LIST OF WORDS
Part II
accommodation* n — 7 border v — 3
account v — 12 both ... and cnj — 9
achievement n — 15 bound a — 13
ac i n — 11 bourgeois a — 1
activity n — 12 box-office n — 11
ad {сокр. от advertisement) n — brain n — 15
14 break n — 11
admirer n — 10 breathe v — 6
admit v — 6, 12 bright a — 13
advantage n — 14 board n — 13
advertisement n — 13 broadcast v — 15
advice n — 4 build (built) v — 1
affect v — 15
afford v — 11 call v — 4
agree v — 9 capital n — 1
alive a — 13 car-driver n — 2
allow v — II careful a — 6
among prep — 3 cartoon n — 14
angry a — 5 case n — 7
announcement n — 14 cast n — 11
apologize v — 7 cause n — 14
appear v — 5, 13 centre n — 1
applaud v — 11 century n — 1
appointment n — 2 certain a — 13, 15
appreciate v — 4 change v; n — 1, 2; 1
area n — 1 channel n — 14
argument n — 13 character n — 6
arrange v — 14 check v — 7
arrangement n — 14 checkup n — 8
artist n — 10 cheer v — 11
as chj — 5 cheese n — 8
assignment n — 13 chemist n — 15
assure v — 15 chest n — 6
athletic a — 6 circle n — 12
athletics n — 6 circulation n — 13
attention n — 6 classical a — 12
attitude n — 11 clear up v — 7
audience n — 11 coal n — 3
available a — 2 cold n — 6
awful a — 8 comedy n — 11
commercial a — 1
badly adv — 5 company n — 11
ball n — 6 compete v — 6
be to v — 5 complete v — 14
beer n 8 composer n — 12
bill n — 5 conductor n — 2
biologist n — 15 conference n — 4
bitter n — 8 confirm v — 7
650
official a — 2 prospect n — 4
oil n — 3 prove v — 12, 13
only a — 6 pub ft — 8
opening п — 2, 11 pull out v — 8
operation n — 15 purpose ft — 12
operate v — 15 push v — 7
opinion n — 10
opportunity n — 6 queue ft — 7
order n\ v — 8
otherwise adv — 13 reach v - 1
ought to v — 5 realist и - 10
outlook n — 15 reasonable a - 15
recall v -10
pain n — 6 receiver n - 7
paint v — 9 recently adv — 1
painter n — 9 recognition ft - 3
painting n — 10 recommend v - 4
part n — 1 record « - 6
participant n — 4 recording и - 12
passer-by л — 2 reflect v - 10
passport n — 8 refuse v - 9
pavement n — 11 register v - 7
peace n — 4 regret v - 9
perfect a — 2 rehearsal n ~ 11
perhaps adv — 2 rehearse v - 11
physician n — 6 relaxation n - 6
pick up v — 13 remember v - 10
pickles n p i — 8 repertoire ft - 12
pie n — 8 report v; ft - 3; 7
pioneer n — 6 reproduction n - 10
playwright n — 12 research ft - 15
point n — 13 reservation ft - 7
politics n — 9 reserve v - 7
pool ft — 15 resignation ft - 14
population n — 1 right и, a - 2
port n — 3 rounders n - 6
portrait л — 10 row ft - 12
portray v — 10 rugger (rugby) ft - 6
possible a — 2 run v - 6
post-office и — 2
powerful a — 13 safe a - 15
praise v — 11 sausage « - 8
prefer v — 7 save v - 9
prescription n — 6 scandal n - 13
press « — 13 Scottish a - 3
pretend v — 7 sculptor и - 10
pretty adv — 6 sculpture ft - 10
probably adv — 5 seascape n - 10
produce v — 11 seat v - 12
producer ft — 11 security / 1 - 1 5
programme n — 14 seem v - 12, 13
progress n — 3 sell out v - 12
promise v — 2 send v - 2
promising a — 9 sensation /і - 13
promote v — 14 sense r - 11, 15
properly adv — 15 sensitive a - 8
separate v - З take off v - 13
serial n - 14 take up v - 1 2
serve v - 10 talent n - 9
set up v - 1 2 talented a - 10
several a - 4 temperature n - 6
short a - 9 theatre-goer n - 1 2
should v - 5 thermometer n - 6
show /1 - 2 , 11 think v - 9
sick a - 5 think over v - 11
sidewalk n - 11 throat n - 6
sight n - 1 throw v - 5
sightseeing rt - 1 time /1 - 2
silence n - 9 total a - 3
single a - 8 track and field - 6
situated a - 3 tradition n - 1 3
shake v - 7 traffic-lights n - 2
sky-scraper n - 1 train / i - l
sleep л - 6 train v - 6
smart a - 5 training /1 - 6
smile v - 7 treaty п - 1 4
sneeze V - 6 tremendous a - 1 2
soccer n - 6 truth n - 1 3
somehow arfv - 13
sort n - 6 understand v - 13
unknown a - 10
sound v - 4
unlikely a - 13
soup n - 8
unluckily adv - 1 0
spare a - 14
upper a - 8
spectator / i - l l
upset v - 5
sport /1 - 6
urgent a - 2
sportsman n - 6
use V - 1
stadium n - 6
stage / г - 1 1 useful й - 14
stall n - 1 2 various a - 6
start v - 6 vast a - 3
state л - 3 violence n - 14
stay n - 8 waiter n - 8
still arfv - 1 wash v - 3
stop v - 6 watch v - 13
storey n - 1 way n - 2, 4, 7
straight on adv - 2 weakness n - 1 2
stranger /1 - 2 week n - 1
strenght n - 12 weekly n - 1 3
stretch v - 1
welcome v - 5
studio /1 - 9 Welsh a - 3
subscribe v - 14 while n - 1
substitute v - 15
while c/і/ - 7
suddenly adv - 5
when cnj - 7
suggest v - 11 wide arfv - 6
supply v - 15 wish v - 11
support v - 6
withdraw v - 7
suppose v - 1 0 , 13 work on smth. - 1
surgeon n - 6 worry (about) v - 5
surprise /1 - 9 wrong a - 2
switch v - 14
X -ray v - 6
tabloid n - 1 3
652